e424b4
Filed Pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(4)
File No. 333-162186
10,000,000 Shares
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of
Accretive Health, Inc.
Accretive Health is offering 6,666,667 of the shares to be sold
in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this
prospectus are offering 3,333,333 shares. Accretive Health
will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares
being sold by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol AH.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 11 to
read about factors you should consider before buying shares of
our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities
or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
|
$
|
120,000,000
|
|
Underwriting discount(1)
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to Accretive Health
|
|
$
|
11.16
|
|
|
$
|
74,400,004
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
11.28
|
|
|
$
|
37,599,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The underwriting discount for the shares of common stock sold by
Accretive Health is $0.84 per share and the underwriting
discount for the shares of common stock sold by the selling
stockholders is $0.72 per share.
|
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than
10,000,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have
the option to purchase up to an additional 1,000,000 shares
from Accretive Health and up to an additional
500,000 shares from the selling stockholders at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters have agreed to reimburse Accretive Health for a
portion of its offering expenses. See Underwriting.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in
New York, New York on May 25, 2010.
|
|
Goldman,
Sachs & Co. |
Credit Suisse |
|
|
J.P.Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Baird |
William Blair & Company |
Prospectus dated May 19, 2010.
ACCRETIVE HEALTH
results providers trust
Delivering Results Through:
People
A talented team with revenue cycle management skills an a focus on outstanding customer service.
Process
Standardized implementation process and continuing analysis using sophisticated analytics and proprietary algorithms.
Technology
Integrated proprietary technology suite delivered as a web interface.
Helping Our Customers Achieve:
Improved Net Revenue Yield
Increased Charge Capture
More Efficient Revenue Cycle Operations
|
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Prospectus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
Through and including June 13, 2010 (the 25th day
after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting
transactions in these securities, whether or not participating
in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This
is in addition to a dealers obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an
unsold allotment or subscription.
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any
information or to represent anything not contained in this
prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or
representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the
shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in
jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information
contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read the following summary together
with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus,
including our consolidated financial statements and related
notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 11, before
deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless
the context otherwise requires, we use the terms Accretive
Health, our company, we, us
and our in this prospectus to refer to Accretive
Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Accretive
Health
Overview
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue
cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help
U.S. healthcare providers to more efficiently manage their
revenue cycle operations, which encompass patient registration,
insurance and benefit verification, medical treatment
documentation and coding, bill preparation and collections.
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including
faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical
centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated
physician practice groups. Our integrated technology and
services offering, which we refer to as our solution, helps our
customers realize sustainable improvements in their operating
margins and improve the satisfaction of their patients,
physicians and staff. Our solution is adaptable to the evolution
of the healthcare regulatory environment, technology standards
and market trends, and requires no up-front cash investment by
our customers. As of March 31, 2010, we provided our
integrated revenue cycle service offerings to 21 customers
representing 53 hospitals and $11.6 billion in annual
net patient revenue, as well as physicians billing
organizations associated with several of these customers. As of
May 3, 2010, we provide our integrated revenue cycle
service offerings to 22 customers representing
59 hospitals and $13.6 billion in annual net patient
revenue, as well as physicians billing organizations
associated with several of these customers.
The revenue cycle operations of a typical healthcare provider
often fail to capture and collect the total amounts
contractually owed to it from third-party payors and patients
for medical services rendered. Our solution spans our
customers entire revenue cycle, unlike competing services
that we believe address only a portion of the revenue cycle or
focus solely on cost reductions. Through the implementation of
our distinctive operating model that includes people, process
and technology, our customers have historically achieved
significant improvements in cash collections measured against
the contractual amount due for medical services, which we refer
to as net revenue yield, within 18 to 24 months of
implementing our solution. Customers operating under mature
managed service contracts typically realize 400 to
600 basis points in yield improvements in the third or
fourth contract year. All of a customers yield
improvements during the period we are providing services are
attributed to our solution because we assume full responsibility
for the management of the customers revenue cycle. Our
methodology for measuring yield improvements excludes the impact
of external factors such as changes in reimbursement rates from
payors, the expansion of existing services or addition of new
services, volume increases and acquisitions of hospitals or
physician practices.
In assuming responsibility for the management and cost of a
customers revenue cycle operations, we supplement the
existing staff involved in the customers revenue cycle
operations with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. We also
seek to embed our technology, personnel, know-how and culture
within each customers revenue cycle activities with the
expectation that we will serve as the customers
on-site
operational manager beyond the contracts initial term. To
date, we have experienced a contract renewal rate of 100%
(excluding exploratory new services offerings, a consensual
termination following a change of control and a customer
reorganization). Coupled with the long-term nature of our
managed service contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees
under each contract, our historical renewal experience provides
a core source of recurring revenue.
1
Our net services revenue consists primarily of base fees and
incentive fees. We receive base fees for managing our
customers revenue cycle operations, net of any cost
savings we share with those customers. Incentive fees represent
our portion of the increase in our customers net revenue
yield. We and our customers share financial gains resulting from
our solution, which directly aligns our objectives and interests
with those of our customers. We believe that over time, this
alignment of interest fosters greater innovation and
incentivizes us to improve our customers revenue cycle
operations.
A customers net revenue improvements and cost savings
generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs
and as the programs we implement become more effective, which in
turn provides visibility into our future revenue and
profitability. In 2009, for example, approximately 87% of our
net services revenue, and nearly all of our net income, was
derived from customer contracts that were in place as of
January 1, 2009. In 2009, we had net services revenue of
$510.2 million, representing growth of 28.0% over 2008 and
a compound annual growth rate of 46.4% since January 1,
2005. In addition, we were profitable for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2007,
2008 and 2009, and our profitability increased in each of those
years.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue
to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will
increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles
effectively and efficiently. We estimate that the market
opportunity for our services which we define as the
total amount of net patient revenue collected annually by
U.S. hospitals and physicians billing
organizations exceeds $750 billion. We expect
this market opportunity will continue to grow. In addition, the
continued operating pressures facing U.S. hospitals coupled
with some of the themes underlying recently enacted healthcare
reform legislation make the efficient management of the revenue
cycle and collection of the full amount of payments due for
patient services among the most critical challenges facing
healthcare providers today.
We believe that the inability of healthcare providers to capture
and collect the total amounts owed to them for patient services
are caused by the following trends:
|
|
|
|
|
Complexity of Revenue Cycle Management. At
most hospitals, there is a lack of standardization across
operating practices, payor and patient payment methodologies,
data management processes and billing systems.
|
|
|
|
Lack of Integrated Systems and
Processes. Although interrelated, the individual
steps in the revenue cycle are not operationally integrated
across revenue cycle departments at many hospitals.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Patient Financial Responsibility for Healthcare
Services. Hospitals are being forced to adapt to
the need for direct-to-patient billing and collections
capabilities as patients bear payment responsibility for an
increasing portion of healthcare costs; however, we believe most
hospitals are not very well prepared to address consumer needs
regarding the patients payment obligation.
|
|
|
|
Outdated Systems and Insufficient Resources to Upgrade
Them. Many hospitals suffer from operating
inefficiencies caused by outdated technology, increasingly
complex billing requirements, a general lack of standardization
of process and information flow, costly in-house services that
could be more economically outsourced, and an increasingly
stringent regulatory environment.
|
The Accretive
Health Solution
Our solution is intended to address the full spectrum of revenue
cycle operational issues faced by healthcare providers. We
believe that our proprietary and integrated technology,
management
2
experience and well-developed processes are enhanced by the
knowledge and experience we gain working with a wide range of
customers and improve with each payor reimbursement or patient
pay transaction. We deliver improved operating margins to our
customers by helping them to improve their net revenue yield;
increase their charge capture, which involves ensuring that all
charges for medical treatment are included in the associated
bill; and make their revenue cycle operations more efficient by
implementing advanced technologies, streamlining operations and
avoiding unnecessary re-work. While improvements in net revenue
yield generally represent the majority of a customers
operating margin improvement, we are able to deliver additional
margin improvement through improvements in charge capture and
through revenue cycle cost reductions. We typically achieve
revenue cycle cost reductions by implementing our proprietary
technology and procedures, which reduce manual processes and
duplicative work; migrating selected tasks to our shared
operating facilities; and transferring certain third-party
services, such as Medicaid eligibility review, to our own
operations center, which allows us to leverage centralized
processing capabilities to perform these tasks more efficiently.
Improvements in charge capture are typically attributable to
reduced payment denials by payors and identification of
additional items that can be billed to payors based on the
actual procedures performed. Because our managed service
contracts align our interests with those of our customers, we
have been able, over time, to improve our margins along with
those of our customers.
We employ a variety of techniques intended to achieve our
objectives for our customer:
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering Complete Patient and Payor
Information. We focus on gathering complete
patient information and educating the patient as to his or her
potential financial responsibilities before receiving care so
the services can be recorded and billed to the appropriate
parties. Our systems automatically measure the completeness and
accuracy of up-front patient profile information and other data,
as well as billing and collections throughout the lifecycle of
each patient account. Our analyses of these data show that
hospitals employing our services have increased the percentage
of non-emergency in-patient admissions with complete information
profiles to more than 90%, enabling fewer billing delays and
reduced billing cycles.
|
|
|
|
Improving Claims Filing and Third-Party Payor
Collections. We implement sophisticated analytics
designed to improve claims filing and collection of claims from
third-party insurance payors. By employing proprietary
algorithms and modeling to determine how hospital staff involved
in the revenue cycle should allocate time and resources across a
pool of outstanding claims prioritized by level of risk, we can
increase the likelihood that patient services will be reimbursed.
|
|
|
|
Identifying Alternative Payment Sources. We
use various methods to find payment sources for uninsured
patients and reimbursement for services not covered by
third-party insurance. After a typical implementation period, we
have been able to help our customers find a third-party payment
source for approximately 85% of all admitted patients who
identified themselves as uninsured.
|
|
|
|
Employing Proprietary Technology and
Algorithms. Our service offerings employ a
variety of proprietary data analytics and predictive modeling
algorithms. Our systems are designed to streamline work
processes through the use of proprietary algorithms that focus
effort on those accounts deemed to have the greatest potential
for improving net revenue yield or charge capture.
|
|
|
|
Using Analytical Capabilities and Operational
Excellence. We draw on the experience that we
have gained from working with many of the best healthcare
provider systems in the United States to train hospital staffs
about new and innovative revenue cycle management practices.
|
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become the preferred provider-of-choice for
revenue cycle management services in the U.S. healthcare
industry. Since our inception, we have worked with some of the
largest and
3
most prestigious healthcare systems in the United States, such
as Ascension Health, the Henry Ford Health System and the
Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center. Going forward, our goal is
to continue to expand the scope of our services to hospitals
within our existing customers systems as well as to
leverage our strong relationships with reference customers to
continue to attract business from new customers. Key elements of
our strategy include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
delivering tangible, long-term results for our customers by
providing services that span the entire revenue cycle;
|
|
|
|
continuing to develop innovative approaches to increase the
collection rate on patient-owed obligations for medical services
received;
|
|
|
|
enhancing and developing proprietary algorithms to identify
potential errors and to make process corrections in the
collection of reimbursements from third-party payors;
|
|
|
|
expanding our shared services program;
|
|
|
|
hiring, training and retaining our personnel;
|
|
|
|
continuing to diversify our customer base; and
|
|
|
|
developing enhanced service offerings that offer us long-term
opportunities.
|
Risks Associated
with Our Business
Our business is subject to a number of risks which you should be
aware of before making an investment decision. Those risks are
discussed more fully in Risk Factors beginning on
page 11. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability,
and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future
growth rates;
|
|
|
|
hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health account for a
majority of our net services revenue;
|
|
|
|
we face competition from the internal revenue cycle management
staff of hospitals as well as from a variety of external
participants in the revenue cycle market;
|
|
|
|
if we are unable to retain our existing customers, or if our
customers fail to renew their managed service contracts with us
upon expiration, our financial condition will suffer; and
|
|
|
|
existing and prospective government regulation of the healthcare
industry creates risks and challenges for our business.
|
Corporate
Information
We were incorporated in Delaware under the name Healthcare
Services, Inc. in July 2003 and changed our name to Accretive
Health, Inc. in August 2009. Our principal executive offices are
located at 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2700, Chicago,
Illinois 60611, and our telephone number is
(312) 324-7820.
Our website address is www.accretivehealth.com. Information
contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into
this prospectus, and you should not consider information
contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in
deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
Accretive Health, the Accretive Health logo, AHtoAccess,
AHtoCharge, AHtoContract, AHtoLink, AHtoPost, AHtoRemit,
AHtoScribe, AHtoScribe Administrator, AHtoTrac, A2A, Charge
Integrity Services, Medicaid Eligibility Hub, YBFU, Yield-Based
Follow Up and other trademarks or service marks of Accretive
Health appearing in this prospectus are the property of
Accretive Health.
4
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by Accretive Health |
|
6,666,667 shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
3,333,333 shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
90,015,707 shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We intend to use approximately $0.9 million of our net
proceeds of this offering to pay the preferred stock liquidation
preferences that will be paid in cash to the holders of our
outstanding preferred stock concurrently with the conversion of
such shares into shares of our common stock upon the closing of
this offering. We intend to use the remainder of our net
proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which
may include financing our growth, developing new services and
funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. We
will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the
selling stockholders. See Use of Proceeds for more
information. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
You should read the Risk Factors section and other
information included in this prospectus for a discussion of
factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in
shares of our common stock. |
|
New York Stock Exchange symbol |
|
AH |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as
of April 30, 2010 after giving effect to the assumptions in
the following paragraph, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
3,266,668 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of April 30,
2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share,
which will remain outstanding after this offering if not
exercised prior to this offering;
|
|
|
|
16,076,525 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of
April 30, 2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of
$9.17 per share, of which 5,737,931 shares with a weighted
average exercise price of $3.37 per share would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of April 30,
2010; and
|
|
|
|
8,256,778 shares of common stock available for future
issuance under our equity compensation plans as of
April 30, 2010.
|
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to
purchase up to an additional 1,000,000 shares from us and
up to an additional 500,000 shares from the selling
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the split of our common stock effected on
May 3, 2010 pursuant to which each outstanding share of
common stock was reclassified into 3.92 shares of common
stock;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
non-voting common stock into shares of voting common stock on a
share-for-share basis effected on May 19, 2010;
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of convertible preferred stock into
43,796,607 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to our issuance of 615,649 shares of common
stock upon cashless exercises of outstanding warrants prior to
the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to our issuance of 100,000 shares of common
stock to Financial Technology Partners LP
and/or FTP
Securities LLC, whom we collectively refer to as FT Partners,
contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, which FT
Partners has elected in writing to receive in satisfaction of a
fee for financial advisory services in respect of this offering;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the restatement of our certificate of
incorporation and amendment and restatement of our bylaws upon
the closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the issuance of 1,265,012 shares of common
stock in satisfaction of the liquidation preference payments
required to be made to the holders of our outstanding preferred
stock upon the closing of this offering, based upon payment
elections received from such holders.
|
6
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data
for the periods presented. The summary statements of operations
for the three years ended December 31, 2009 and the summary
balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 are derived from our
audited financial statements for the three years ended
December 31, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary statements of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the summary balance sheet data as of
March 31, 2010 are derived from our unaudited financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited
financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements and notes thereto and, in the
opinion of our management, include all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement
of the information for the unaudited interim periods. Our
historical results for prior interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for a full year or for any
future period.
The pro forma balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 give
effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of
non-voting common stock into shares of voting common stock
effected on May 19, 2010, (2) the automatic conversion
of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into
shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and
(3) the mandatory preferred stock preference payment of
$16.1 million payable to the holders of outstanding
preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, to be
satisfied (based on payment elections received from such
holders) through the payment of an aggregate of
$0.9 million in cash and the issuance of an aggregate of
1,265,012 shares of common stock. The pro forma as adjusted
balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 give effect to
(1) the items described in the preceding sentence,
(2) our issuance and sale of 6,666,667 shares of
common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in
Use of Proceeds, (3) our issuance of
615,649 shares of common stock upon cashless exercises of
outstanding warrants prior to the closing of this offering, and
(4) our issuance of 100,000 shares of common stock to
FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering,
which FT Partners has elected in writing to receive in
satisfaction of a fee for financial advisory services in respect
of this offering.
You should read this data together with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus and the information under Selected
Consolidated Financial Data and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
Costs of services
|
|
|
197,676
|
|
|
|
335,211
|
|
|
|
410,711
|
|
|
|
92,703
|
|
|
|
102,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
43,049
|
|
|
|
63,258
|
|
|
|
99,481
|
|
|
|
19,764
|
|
|
|
23,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infused management and technology
|
|
|
27,872
|
|
|
|
39,234
|
|
|
|
51,763
|
|
|
|
11,175
|
|
|
|
14,909
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
15,657
|
|
|
|
21,227
|
|
|
|
30,153
|
|
|
|
8,817
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
43,529
|
|
|
|
60,461
|
|
|
|
81,916
|
|
|
|
19,992
|
|
|
|
22,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
2,797
|
|
|
|
17,565
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Net interest income (expense)
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
17,556
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
32,968,085
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
36,725,194
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
36,943,691
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
40,360,362
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
43,955,167
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
44,371,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(1)
|
|
$
|
6,842
|
|
|
$
|
12,220
|
|
|
$
|
32,912
|
|
|
$
|
5,644
|
|
|
$
|
4,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in
billions)
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
$
|
10.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
$
|
103,253
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
(3,955
|
)
|
|
|
(20,022
|
)
|
|
|
68,987
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
95,251
|
|
|
|
95,251
|
|
|
|
164,564
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
23,841
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
93,154
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest income (expense), income tax expense (benefit),
depreciation and amortization expense and share-based
compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial
measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net
income, operating income and any other measure of financial
performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. |
|
|
|
We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating
our operating performance for the following reasons: |
8
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures are widely used by
investors to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items that can vary substantially from company
to company depending upon financing and accounting methods, book
values of assets, capital structures and the methods by which
assets were acquired;
|
|
|
|
securities analysts often use adjusted EBITDA and similar
non-GAAP measures as supplemental measures to evaluate the
overall operating performance of companies; and
|
|
|
|
by comparing our adjusted EBITDA in different historical
periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results
without the additional variations of interest income (expense),
income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization
expense and share-based compensation expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
as a measure of operating performance, because it does not
include the impact of items that we do not consider indicative
of our core operating performance;
|
|
|
|
for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual
operating budget;
|
|
|
|
to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of
our business;
|
|
|
|
to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and
|
|
|
|
in communications with our board of directors and investors
concerning our financial performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We understand that, although measures similar to adjusted EBITDA
are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in
their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations
as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of
operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: |
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future
requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation
expense;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income
taxes;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect net interest income (expense);
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any
cash requirements for these replacements; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA
differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative
measure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage
you to review the GAAP financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus, and not to rely on any single financial
measure to evaluate our business. |
9
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Net interest (income) expense(a)
|
|
|
(1,710
|
)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
827
|
|
|
$
|
5,337
|
|
|
$
|
21,486
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
2,425
|
|
Stock compensation expense(b)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
3,551
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
Stock warrant expense(b)
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
3,332
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
3,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
6,842
|
|
|
$
|
12,220
|
|
|
$
|
32,912
|
|
|
$
|
5,644
|
|
|
$
|
4,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Interest income results from earnings
associated with our cash and cash equivalents. Interest income
declined subsequent to 2007 due to reductions in market interest
rates. No debt or other interest-bearing obligations were
outstanding during any of the periods presented. Interest
expense for 2009 is a result of a $150 origination fee paid in
connection with establishing our new revolving line of credit
and has been shown net of interest income earned during the year.
(b) Stock compensation expense and stock
warrant expense collectively represent the
share-based
compensation expense reflected in our financial statements. Of
the amounts presented above, $928, $921, $1,736 and $721 was
classified as a reduction in net services revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months
ended March 31, 2009, respectively. No such reduction was
recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as all
warrants had been earned and therefore there was no stock
warrant expense.
10
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully
consider the following risk factors. Any of the following risks
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the
value of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to
lose all or part of your investment. When deciding whether to
invest in our common stock, you should also refer to the other
information in this prospectus, including our consolidated
financial statements and related notes and the
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations section of this
prospectus.
Risks Related to
Our Business and Industry
We may not be
able to maintain or increase our profitability, and our recent
growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth
rates.
We have been profitable on an annual basis only since the year
ended December 31, 2007, and we incurred net losses in the
quarters ended March 31, 2007, December 31, 2007,
March 31, 2008, December 31, 2008 and March 31,
2009. We may not succeed in maintaining our profitability on an
annual basis and could incur quarterly or annual losses in
future periods. We expect to incur additional operating expenses
associated with being a public company and we intend to continue
to increase our operating expenses as we grow our business. We
also expect to continue to make investments in our proprietary
technology applications, sales and marketing, infrastructure,
facilities and other resources as we expand our operations, thus
incurring additional costs. If our revenue does not increase to
offset these increases in costs, our operating results would be
negatively affected. You should not consider our historic
revenue and net income growth rates as indicative of future
growth rates. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be
able to maintain or increase our profitability in the future.
Each of the risks described in this Risk Factors
section, as well as other factors, may affect our future
operating results and profitability.
Hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health currently account for a
majority of our net services revenue, and we have several
customers that have each accounted for 10% or more of our net
services revenue in past fiscal periods. The termination of our
master services agreement with Ascension Health, or any
significant loss of business from our large customers, would
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We are party to a master services agreement with Ascension
Health pursuant to which we provide services to its affiliated
hospitals that execute separate managed service contracts with
us. Hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health have accounted
for a majority of our net services revenue each year since our
formation. In the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010,
aggregate revenue from hospitals affiliated with Ascension
Health were $214.2 million, $281.7 million,
$307.5 million, $72.7 million and $74.7 million,
respectively, representing 89.0%, 70.7%, 60.3%, 64.7% and 59.3%
of our net services revenue in such periods. In some fiscal
periods, individual hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health
have each accounted for 10% or more of our total net services
revenue. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2009,
revenue from St. John Health (an affiliate of Ascension Health)
was $66.5 million, equal to 13.0% of our total net services
revenue. In addition, another customer, which is not affiliated
with Ascension Health, accounted for 10.6% of our total net
services revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 but
less than 10% of our total net services revenue in the year
ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010. Additionally, another customer, not
affiliated with Ascension Health, with whom we entered into a
managed service contract in 2009, accounted for 10.9% of our
total net services revenue in the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 9.2% of our total net services revenue
in the year ended December 31, 2009.
11
All of our managed service contracts with hospitals affiliated
with Ascension Health will expire on December 31, 2012
unless renewed. Pursuant to our master services agreement with
Ascension Health and our managed service contracts with
hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, our fees are subject
to adjustment in the event quarterly cash collections at these
hospitals deteriorate materially after we take over revenue
cycle management operations. While these adjustments have never
been triggered, if they were, our future fees from hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health would be reduced. In addition,
any of our other customers, including hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health, can elect not to renew their managed service
contracts with us upon expiration. We intend to seek renewal of
all managed service contracts with our customers, but cannot
assure you that all of them will be renewed or that the terms
upon which they may be renewed will be as favorable to us as the
terms of the initial managed service contracts.
Our inability to renew the managed service contracts with
hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, the termination of
our master services agreement with Ascension Health, the loss of
any of our other large customers or their failure to renew their
managed service contracts with us upon expiration, or a
reduction in the fees for our services for these customers would
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Our master
services agreement with Ascension Health requires us to offer to
Ascension Healths affiliated hospitals service fees that
are at least as low as the fees we charge any other similarly
situated customer receiving comparable services at comparable
volumes.
Our master services agreement with Ascension Health requires us
to offer to Ascension Healths affiliated hospitals fees
for our services that are at least as low as the fees we charge
any other similarly-situated customer receiving comparable
services at comparable volumes. If we were to offer another
similarly-situated customer receiving a comparable volume of
comparable services fees that are lower than the fees paid by
hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health, we would be
obligated to offer such lower fees to hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health, which could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.
Our agreements
with hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health and with some
other customers include provisions that could impede or delay
our ability to enter into managed service contracts with new
customers.
Under the terms of our master services agreement with Ascension
Health, we are required to consult with Ascension Healths
affiliated hospitals before undertaking services for competitors
specified by them in the managed service contracts they execute
with us. As a result, before we can begin to provide services to
a specified competitor, we are required to inform and discuss
the situation with the Ascension Health affiliated hospital that
specified the competitor but are not required to obtain the
consent of such hospital. In addition, we are required to obtain
the consent of one customer not affiliated with Ascension Health
before providing services to competitors specified by such
customer. In another instance, our managed service contract with
one other customer not affiliated with Ascension Health requires
us to consult with such customer before providing services to
competitors specified by such customer. The obligations
described above could impede or delay our ability to enter into
managed service contracts with new customers.
The market for
integrated revenue cycle management services that span the
entire revenue cycle may develop more slowly than we expect,
which could adversely affect our revenue and our ability to
maintain or increase our profitability.
Our success depends, in part, on the willingness of hospitals,
physicians and other healthcare providers to implement
integrated solutions that span the entire revenue cycle, which
encompasses patient registration, insurance and benefit
verification, medical treatment documentation and coding, bill
preparation and collections. Some hospitals may be reluctant or
unwilling to implement our solution for a number of reasons,
including failure to perceive the need for improved revenue
cycle
12
operations and lack of knowledge about the potential benefits
our solution provides. Even if potential customers recognize the
need for improved revenue cycle operations, they may not select
an integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solution such as ours
because they previously have made investments in internally
developed solutions and choose to continue to rely on their own
internal revenue cycle management staff. As a result, the market
for integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle solutions may develop
more slowly than we expect, which could adversely affect our
revenue and our ability to maintain or increase our
profitability.
We operate in
a highly competitive industry, and our current or future
competitors may be able to compete more effectively than we do,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
revenue, growth rates and market share.
The market for revenue cycle management solutions is highly
competitive and we expect competition to intensify in the
future. We face competition from a steady stream of new
entrants, including the internal revenue cycle management staff
of hospitals, as described above, and external participants.
External participants that are our competitors in the revenue
cycle market include software vendors and other
technology-supported revenue cycle management business process
outsourcing companies; traditional consultants; and information
technology outsourcers. Our competitors may be able to respond
more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing
opportunities, technologies, standards, regulations or customer
requirements. We may not be able to compete successfully with
these companies, and these or other competitors may introduce
technologies or services that render our technologies or
services obsolete or less marketable. Even if our technologies
and services are more effective than the offerings of our
competitors, current or potential customers might prefer
competitive technologies or services to our technologies and
services. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing
pressures, which could negatively impact our margins, growth
rate or market share.
If we are
unable to retain our existing customers, our financial condition
will suffer.
Our success depends in part upon the retention of our customers,
particularly Ascension Health and its affiliated hospitals. We
derive our net services revenue primarily from managed service
contracts pursuant to which we receive base fees and incentive
payments. Customers can elect not to renew their managed service
contracts with us upon expiration. If a managed service contract
is not renewed or is terminated for any reason, including for
example, if we are found to be in violation of any federal or
state fraud and abuse laws or excluded from participating in
federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and
Medicaid, we will not receive the payments we would have
otherwise received over the life of contract. In addition,
financial issues or other changes in customer circumstances,
such as a customer change in control, may cause us or the
customer to seek to modify or terminate a managed service
contract, and either we or the customer may generally terminate
a contract for material uncured breach by the other. If we
breach a managed service contract or fail to perform in
accordance with contractual service levels, we may also be
liable to the customer for damages. Any of these events could
adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating
results and cash flows.
We face a
variable selling cycle to secure new managed service contracts,
making it difficult to predict the timing of specific new
customer relationships.
We face a variable selling cycle, typically spanning six to
twelve months, to secure a new managed service contract. Even if
we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new
customer, we may not be successful in entering into a managed
service contract with that customer. In addition, we cannot
accurately predict the timing of entering into managed service
contracts with new customers due to the complex procurement
decision processes of most healthcare providers, which often
involves high-level or committee approvals. Consequently, we
have only a limited ability to predict the timing of specific
new customer relationships.
13
Delayed or
unsuccessful implementation of our technologies or services with
our customers or implementation costs that exceed our
expectations may harm our financial results.
To implement our solution, we utilize the customers
existing revenue cycle management and staff and layer our
proprietary technology tools on top of the customers
existing patient accounting system. Each customers
situation is different, and unanticipated difficulties and
delays may arise. If the implementation process is not executed
successfully or is delayed, our relationship with the customer
may be adversely affected and our results of operations could
suffer. Implementation of our solution also requires us to
integrate our own employees into the customers operations.
The customers circumstances may require us to devote a
larger number of our employees than anticipated, which could
increase our costs and harm our financial results.
Our quarterly
results of operations may fluctuate as a result of factors that
may impact our incentive and base fees, some of which may be
outside of our control.
We recognize base fee revenue on a straight-line basis over the
life of the managed service contract. Base fees for contracts
which are received in advance of services delivered are
classified as deferred revenue until services have been
provided. Our managed service contracts generally allow for
adjustments to the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90,
180 or 360 days after the contract commences, but can also
occur at subsequent dates as a result of factors including
changes to the scope of operations and internal and external
audits. In addition, our fees from hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health are subject to adjustment in the event
quarterly cash collections at these hospitals deteriorate
materially after we take over revenue cycle management
operations. While these adjustments have never been triggered,
if they were, our future fees from hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health would be reduced. Further, estimates of the
incentive payments we have earned from providing services to
customers in prior periods could change because the laws,
regulations, instructions, payor contracts and rule
interpretations governing how our customers receive payments
from payors are complex and change frequently. Any such change
in estimates could be material. The timing of such adjustments
is often dependent on factors outside of our control and may
result in material increases or decreases in our revenue and
operating margin. Any such changes or adjustments may cause our
quarter-to-quarter results of operations to fluctuate.
If we lose key
personnel or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and
retain key personnel and other necessary employees, our business
would be harmed.
Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract,
hire, integrate and retain key personnel. Our future success
also depends on the continued contributions of our executive
officers and other key personnel, each of whom may be difficult
to replace. In particular, Mary A. Tolan, our president and
chief executive officer, is critical to the management of our
business and operations and the development of our strategic
direction. The loss of services of Ms. Tolan or any of our
other executive officers or key personnel or the inability to
continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material
adverse effect on our business. The replacement of any of these
key personnel would involve significant time and expense and may
significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business
objectives. Competition for the caliber and number of employees
we require is intense. We may face difficulty identifying and
hiring qualified personnel at compensation levels consistent
with our existing compensation and salary structure. In
addition, we invest significant time and expense in training
each of our employees, which increases their value to
competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain
our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring,
integrating and training their replacements and the quality of
our services and our ability to serve our customers could
diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.
14
The imposition
of legal responsibility for obligations related to our employees
or our customers employees could adversely affect our
business or subject us to liability.
Under our contracts with customers, we directly manage our
customers employees engaged in revenue cycle activities.
Our managed service contracts establish the division of
responsibilities between us and our customers for various
personnel management matters, including compliance with and
liability under various employment laws and regulations. We
could, nevertheless, be found to have liability with our
customers for actions against or by employees of our customers,
including under various employment laws and regulations, such as
those relating to discrimination, retaliation, wage and hour
matters, occupational safety and health, family and medical
leave, notice of facility closings and layoffs and labor
relations, as well as similar liability with respect to our own
employees, and any such liability could result in a material
adverse effect on our business.
If we fail to
manage future growth effectively, our business would be
harmed.
We have expanded our operations significantly since inception
and anticipate expanding further. For example, our net services
revenue increased from $111.2 million in 2005 to
$510.2 million in 2009, and the number of our employees
increased from 33, all of whom were full-time, as of
January 1, 2005 to 1,802 full-time employees and 172
part-time employees as of March 31, 2010. In addition, the
number of customer employees whom we manage has increased from
approximately 1,600 as of January 1, 2005 to approximately
6,300 as of March 31, 2010. This growth has placed
significant demands on our management, infrastructure and other
resources. To manage future growth, we will need to hire,
integrate and retain highly skilled and motivated employees, and
will need to effectively manage a growing number of customer
employees engaged in revenue cycle operations. We will also need
to continue to improve our financial and management controls,
reporting systems and procedures. If we do not effectively
manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business
plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market
opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain
high-quality service offerings.
Disruptions in
service or damage to our data centers and shared services
centers could adversely affect our business.
Our data centers and shared services centers are essential to
our business. Our operations depend on our ability to operate
our shared service centers, and to maintain and protect our
applications, which are located in data centers that are
operated for us by third parties. We cannot control or assure
the continued or uninterrupted availability of these third party
data centers. In addition, our information technologies and
systems, as well as our data centers and shared services
centers, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from various
causes, including (i) acts of God and other natural
disasters, war and acts of terrorism and (ii) power losses,
computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or
data network failures, operator error, losses of and corruption
of data and similar events. We conduct business continuity
planning and maintain insurance against fires, floods, other
natural disasters and general business interruptions to mitigate
the adverse effects of a disruption, relocation or change in
operating environment at one of our data centers or shared
services centers, but the situations we plan for and the amount
of insurance coverage we maintain may not be adequate in any
particular case. In addition, the occurrence of any of these
events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in
service to our customers, or in interruptions, delays or
cessations in the direct connections we establish between our
customers and third-party payors. Any of these events could
impair or prohibit our ability to provide our services, reduce
the attractiveness of our services to current or potential
customers and adversely impact our financial condition and
results of operations.
In addition, despite the implementation of security measures,
our infrastructure, data centers, shared services centers or
systems that we interface with, including the Internet and
related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins,
hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer
viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks or other
attacks by third parties seeking to
15
disrupt operations or misappropriate information or similar
physical or electronic breaches of security. Any of these can
cause system failure, including network, software or hardware
failure, which can result in service disruptions. As a result,
we may be required to expend significant capital and other
resources to protect against security breaches and hackers or to
alleviate problems caused by such breaches.
If our
security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access
is obtained to a customers data, our service may be
perceived as not being secure, the attractiveness of our
services to current or potential customers may be reduced, and
we may incur significant liabilities.
Our services involve the storage and transmission of
customers proprietary information and protected health,
financial, payment and other personal information of patients.
We rely on proprietary and commercially available systems,
software, tools and monitoring, as well as other processes, to
provide security for processing, transmission and storage of
such information, and because of the sensitivity of this
information, the effectiveness of such security efforts is very
important. The systems currently used for transmission and
approval of credit card transactions, and the technology
utilized in credit cards themselves, all of which can put credit
card data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment
card industry, not by us. If our security measures are breached
or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error,
malfeasance or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain
unauthorized access to customer or patient data. Improper
activities by third parties, advances in computer and software
capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and
discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or
result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems.
Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage
systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until
launched against a target, and we may be unable to anticipate
these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures.
Our security measures may not be effective in preventing these
types of activities, and the security measures of our
third-party data centers and service providers may not be
adequate. If a breach of our security occurs, we could face
damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of
applicable laws or regulations, possible lawsuits by individuals
affected by the breach and significant remediation costs and
efforts to prevent future occurrences. In addition, whether
there is an actual or a perceived breach of our security, the
market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures
could be harmed and we could lose current or potential customers.
We may be
liable to our customers or third parties if we make errors in
providing our services, and our anticipated net services revenue
may be lower if we provide poor service.
The services we offer are complex, and we make errors from time
to time. Errors can result from the interface of our proprietary
technology tools and a customers existing patient
accounting system, or we may make human errors in any aspect of
our service offerings. The costs incurred in correcting any
material errors may be substantial and could adversely affect
our operating results. Our customers, or third parties such as
our customers patients, may assert claims against us
alleging that they suffered damages due to our errors, and such
claims could subject us to significant legal defense costs and
adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome
of such claims. In addition, if we provide poor service to a
customer and the customer therefore realizes less improvement in
revenue yield, the incentive fee payments to us from that
customer will be lower than anticipated.
We offer our
services in many jurisdictions and, therefore, may be subject to
state and local taxes that could harm our business or that we
may have inadvertently failed to pay.
We may lose sales or incur significant costs should various tax
jurisdictions be successful in imposing taxes on a broader range
of services. Imposition of such taxes on our services could
result in substantial unplanned costs, would effectively
increase the cost of such services to our customers and may
adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to
gain new customers in the areas
16
in which such taxes are imposed. For example, in 2008 Michigan
began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in addition to tax
based on net income. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
we recorded a tax provision of $3.0 million, of which
$1.5 million was attributable to the Michigan gross
receipts tax.
Our growing
operations in India expose us to risks that could have an
adverse effect on our costs of operations.
We employ a significant number of persons in India and expect to
continue to add personnel in India. While there are cost
advantages to operating in India, significant growth in the
technology sector in India has increased competition to attract
and retain skilled employees and has led to a commensurate
increase in compensation costs. In the future, we may not be
able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels
consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure
in India. In addition, our reliance on a workforce in India
exposes us to disruptions in the business, political and
economic environment in that region. Maintenance of a stable
political environment is important to our operations, and
terrorist attacks and acts of violence or war may directly
affect our physical facilities and workforce or contribute to
general instability. Our operations in India require us to
comply with local laws and regulatory requirements, which are
complex and of which we may not always be aware, and expose us
to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Our Indian operations
may also subject us to trade restrictions, reduced or inadequate
protection for intellectual property rights, security breaches
and other factors that may adversely affect our business.
Negative developments in any of these areas could increase our
costs of operations or otherwise harm our business.
Negative
public perception in the United States regarding offshore
outsourcing and proposed legislation may increase the cost of
delivering our services.
Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the
United States. For example, various organizations and public
figures in the United States have expressed concern about a
perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and
the loss of jobs in the United States. In addition, there has
been recent publicity about the negative experience of certain
companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India.
Current or prospective customers may elect to perform such
services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring
these services from onshore to offshore providers to avoid
negative perceptions that may be associated with using an
offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry
trends towards offshore outsourcing would increase the cost of
delivering our services if we had to relocate aspects of our
services from India to the United States where operating costs
are higher.
Legislation in the United States may be enacted that is intended
to discourage or restrict offshore outsourcing. In the United
States, federal and state legislation has been proposed, and
enacted in several states, that could restrict or discourage
U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies
outside the United States. For example, legislation has been
proposed that would require offshore providers to identify where
they are located. In addition, legislation has been enacted in
at least one state that requires that state contracts for
services be performed within the United States, while several
other states provide a preference to state contracts that are
performed within the state. It is possible that legislation
could be adopted that would restrict U.S. private sector
companies that have federal or state government contracts, or
that receive government funding or reimbursement, such as
Medicare or Medicaid payments, from outsourcing their services
to offshore service providers. Any changes to existing laws or
the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore
outsourcing in the United States may adversely affect our
ability to do business, particularly if these changes are
widespread, and could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows.
17
Regulatory
Risks
The healthcare
industry is heavily regulated. Our failure to comply with
regulatory requirements could create liability for us, result in
adverse publicity and negatively affect our
business.
The healthcare industry is heavily regulated and is subject to
changing political, legislative, regulatory and other
influences. Many healthcare laws are complex, and their
application to specific services and relationships may not be
clear. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and
regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the services that
we provide. There can be no assurance that our operations will
not be challenged or adversely affected by enforcement
initiatives. Our failure to accurately anticipate the
application of these laws and regulations to our business, or
any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements, could
create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and
negatively affect our business. Federal and state legislatures
and agencies periodically consider proposals to revise aspects
of the healthcare industry or to revise or create additional
statutory and regulatory requirements. Such proposals, if
implemented, could impact our operations, the use of our
services and our ability to market new services, or could create
unexpected liabilities for us. We are unable to predict what
changes to laws or regulations might be made in the future or
how those changes could affect our business or our operating
costs.
Developments
in the healthcare industry, including national healthcare
reform, could adversely affect our business.
The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent
years and we expect that significant changes will continue to
occur. The timing and impact of developments in the healthcare
industry are difficult to predict. We cannot be sure that the
markets for our services will continue to exist at current
levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and
marketing resources to react to changes in those markets. The
federal healthcare reform legislation (known as the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010) that was enacted in
March 2010 could, for example, encourage more companies to enter
our market, provide advantages to our competitors and result in
the development of solutions that compete with ours. Moreover,
healthcare reform remains a major policy issue at the federal
level, and additional healthcare legislation in the future could
have adverse consequences for us or the customers we serve.
If a breach of
our measures protecting personal data covered by the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act
occurs, we may incur significant liabilities.
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996,
as amended, and the regulations that have been issued under it,
which we refer to collectively as HIPAA, contain substantial
restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and
disclosure of individuals protected health information.
Under HIPAA, covered entities must establish administrative,
physical and technical safeguards to protect the
confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic
protected health information maintained or transmitted by them
or by others on their behalf. In February 2009 HIPAA was amended
by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical
Health, or HITECH, Act to add provisions that impose certain of
the HIPAA privacy and security requirements directly upon
business associates of covered entities. New regulations that
took effect in late 2009 also require business associates to
notify covered entities, who in turn must notify affected
individuals and government authorities of data security breaches
involving unsecured protected health information. Most of our
customers are covered entities and we are a business associate
to many of those customers under HIPAA and the HITECH Act as a
result of our contractual obligations to perform certain
functions on behalf of and provide certain services to those
customers. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical
and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal
data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with
applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this
data and properly responding to any security incidents. A
knowing breach of the HITECH Acts requirements could
expose us to criminal liability. A breach of our safeguards and
18
processes that is not due to reasonable cause or involves
willful neglect could expose us to civil penalties and the
possibility of civil litigation.
If we fail to
comply with federal and state laws governing submission of false
or fraudulent claims to government healthcare programs and
financial relationships among healthcare providers, we may be
subject to civil and criminal penalties or loss of eligibility
to participate in government healthcare programs.
A number of federal and state laws, including anti-kickback
restrictions and laws prohibiting the submission of false or
fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers, physicians and
others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments
for products or services that may be paid for through any
federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any
private program. These laws are complex and their application to
our specific services and relationships may not be clear and may
be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate.
Federal and state regulatory and law enforcement authorities
have recently increased enforcement activities with respect to
Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse regulations and other
healthcare reimbursement laws and rules. From time to time,
participants in the healthcare industry receive inquiries or
subpoenas to produce documents in connection with government
investigations. We could be required to expend significant time
and resources to comply with these requests, and the attention
of our management team could be diverted by these efforts.
Furthermore, if we are found to be in violation of any federal
or state fraud and abuse laws, we could be subject to civil and
criminal penalties, and we could be excluded from participating
in federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and
Medicaid. The occurrence of any of these events could give our
customers the right to terminate our managed service contracts
with them and result in significant harm to our business and
financial condition.
The federal healthcare anti-kickback law prohibits any person or
entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving anything
of value, directly or indirectly, for the referral of patients
covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare
programs or the leasing, purchasing, ordering or arranging for
or recommending the lease, purchase or order of any item, good,
facility or service covered by these programs. Many states have
adopted similar prohibitions against kickbacks and other
practices that are intended to induce referrals, and some of
these state laws are applicable to all patients regardless of
whether the patient is covered under a governmental health
program or private health plan. We seek to structure our
business relationships and activities to avoid any activity that
could be construed to implicate the federal healthcare
anti-kickback law and similar laws. We cannot assure you,
however, that our arrangements and activities will be deemed
outside the scope of these laws or that increased enforcement
activities will not directly or indirectly have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations. Any determination by a federal or state agency or
court that we have violated any of these laws could subject us
to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or
terminate some portions of our operations or business, could
disqualify us from providing services to healthcare providers
doing business with government programs, could give our
customers the right to terminate our managed service contracts
with them and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our
business and results of operations. Moreover, any violations by
and resulting penalties or exclusions imposed upon our customers
could adversely affect their financial condition and, in turn,
have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.
There are also numerous federal and state laws that forbid
submission of false information or the failure to disclose
information in connection with the submission and payment of
healthcare provider claims for reimbursement. In particular, the
federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, prohibits a person from
knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or
fraudulent claim for payment or approval by an officer, employee
or agent of the United States. In addition, the FCA prohibits a
person from knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or
used a false record or statement material to such a claim.
Violations of the FCA may result in treble damages, significant
monetary penalties, and other collateral consequences including,
potentially, exclusion from participation in federally funded
19
healthcare programs. The scope and implications of the recent
amendments to the FCA pursuant to the Fraud Enforcement and
Recovery Act of 2009, or FERA, have yet to be fully determined
or adjudicated and as a result it is difficult to predict how
future enforcement initiatives may impact our business. Pursuant
to the healthcare reform legislation enacted in March 2010, a
claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation
of the federal anti-kickback law constitutes a false or
fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA.
These laws and regulations may change rapidly, and it is
frequently unclear how they apply to our business. Errors
created by our proprietary tools or services that relate to
entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim or cost
report information may be determined or alleged to be in
violation of these laws and regulations. Any failure of our
proprietary tools or services to comply with these laws and
regulations could result in substantial civil or criminal
liability and could, among other things, adversely affect demand
for our services, invalidate all or portions of some of our
managed service contracts with our customers, require us to
change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to
refund portions of our base fee revenues and incentive payment
revenues, cause us to be disqualified from serving customers
doing business with government payers, and give our customers
the right to terminate our managed service contracts with them,
any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our failure to
comply with debt collection and consumer credit reporting
regulations could subject us to fines and other liabilities,
which could harm our reputation and business.
The U.S. Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA,
regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect,
directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be
owed to another person. Certain of our accounts receivable
activities may be subject to the FDCPA. Many states impose
additional requirements on debt collection communications, and
some of those requirements may be more stringent than the
comparable federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing
debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that may
be inconsistent among different jurisdictions. We are also
subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which
regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose
liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit
information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false
or inaccurate. We could incur costs or could be subject to fines
or other penalties under the FCRA if the Federal Trade
Commission determines that we have mishandled protected
information. We or our customers could be required to report
such breaches to affected consumers or regulatory authorities,
leading to disclosures that could damage our reputation or harm
our business, financial position and operating results.
Potential
additional regulation of the disclosure of health information
outside the United States may increase our costs.
Federal or state governmental authorities may impose additional
data security standards or additional privacy or other
restrictions on the collection, use, transmission and other
disclosures of health information. Legislation has been proposed
at various times at both the federal and the state levels that
would limit, forbid or regulate the use or transmission of
medical information pertaining to U.S. patients outside of
the United States. Such legislation, if adopted, may render our
operations in India impracticable or substantially more
expensive. Moving such operations to the United States may
involve substantial delay in implementation and increased costs.
Risks Related to
Intellectual Property
We may be
unable to adequately protect our intellectual
property.
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish,
protect and enforce our intellectual property and other
proprietary rights. If we fail to establish or protect our
intellectual property rights, we may lose an important advantage
in the market in which we compete. We rely upon a combination of
patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret law and
contractual terms and conditions to protect
20
our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only
limited protection. We cannot assure you that our intellectual
property rights are sufficient to protect our competitive
advantages. Although we have filed four U.S. patent
applications, we cannot assure you that any patents that will be
issued from these applications will provide us with the
protection that we seek or that any future patents issued to us
will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We have
also been issued one U.S. patent, but we cannot assure you that
it will provide us with the protection that we seek or that it
will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Legal
standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of
protection of patents are uncertain. Any patents that may be
issued in the future from pending or future patent applications
or our one issued patent may not provide sufficiently broad
protection or they may not prove to be enforceable in actions
against alleged infringers. Also, we cannot assure you that any
trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future
applications or that any of our trademarks will be enforceable
or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights.
We also rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect
our technology. Trade secrets may lose their value if not
properly protected. We endeavor to enter into non-disclosure
agreements with our employees, customers, contractors and
business partners to limit access to and disclosure of our
proprietary information. The steps we have taken, however, may
not prevent unauthorized use of our technology, and adequate
remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use
or disclosure of our trade secrets and proprietary technology.
Moreover, others may reverse engineer or independently develop
technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our
intellectual property.
Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent
third parties from infringing or misappropriating our
intellectual property and using our technology for their
competitive advantage. Any such infringement or misappropriation
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. Monitoring infringement of
our intellectual property rights can be difficult and costly,
and enforcement of our intellectual property rights may require
us to bring legal actions against infringers. Infringement
actions are inherently uncertain and therefore may not be
successful, even when our rights have been infringed, and even
if successful may require a substantial amount of resources and
divert our managements attention.
Claims by
others that we infringe their intellectual property could force
us to incur significant costs or revise the way we conduct our
business.
Our competitors protect their intellectual property rights by
means such as patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks.
We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to
third parties. Additionally, because patent applications in the
United States and many other jurisdictions are kept confidential
for 18 months before they are published, we may be unaware
of pending patent applications that relate to our proprietary
technology. Although we have not been involved in any litigation
related to intellectual property rights of others, from time to
time we receive letters from other parties alleging, or
inquiring about, possible breaches of their intellectual
property rights. Any party asserting that we infringe its
proprietary rights would force us to defend ourselves, and
possibly our customers, against the alleged infringement. These
claims and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could subject
us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our
proprietary rights or interruption or cessation of our
operations. The software and technology industries are
characterized by the existence of a large number of patents,
copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent
litigation based on allegations of infringement or other
violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, the risk
of such a lawsuit will likely increase as our size and scope of
our services and technology platforms increase, as our
geographic presence and market share expand and as the number of
competitors in our market increases. Any such claims or
litigation could:
|
|
|
|
|
be time-consuming and expensive to defend, whether meritorious
or not;
|
|
|
|
require us to stop providing the services that use the
technology that infringes the other partys intellectual
property;
|
|
|
|
divert the attention of our technical and managerial resources;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements with
third parties, which may not be available on terms that we deem
acceptable, if at all;
|
|
|
|
prevent us from operating all or a portion of our business or
force us to redesign our services and technology platforms,
which could be difficult and expensive and may make the
performance or value of our service offerings less attractive;
|
|
|
|
subject us to significant liability for damages or result in
significant settlement payments; or
|
|
|
|
require us to indemnify our customers as we are required by
contract to indemnify some of our customers for certain claims
based upon the infringement or alleged infringement of any third
partys intellectual property rights resulting from our
customers use of our intellectual property.
|
Intellectual property litigation can be costly. Even if we
prevail, the cost of such litigation could deplete our financial
resources. Litigation is also time-consuming and could divert
managements attention and resources away from our
business. Furthermore, during the course of litigation,
confidential information may be disclosed in the form of
documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests,
depositions or trial testimony. Disclosure of our confidential
information and our involvement in intellectual property
litigation could materially adversely affect our business. Some
of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex
intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can
because they have substantially greater resources. In addition,
any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation
of any litigation could significantly limit our ability to
continue our operations and could harm our relationships with
current and prospective customers. Any of the foregoing could
disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our
operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to
this Offering and Ownership of Shares of Our Common
Stock
The trading
price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you may
not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public
offering price.
Our common stock has no prior trading history, and an active
public market for these shares may not develop or be sustained
after this offering. The initial public offering price for our
common stock was determined through negotiations with the
representatives of the underwriters. This price does not
necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market
will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this
offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock is
likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide
fluctuations in response to various factors. In addition to the
risks described in this section, factors that may cause the
market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly
financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
|
|
|
|
changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations
by securities analysts;
|
|
|
|
investors general perception of us; and
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
|
In addition, if the stock market in general experiences a loss
of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock
could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their
securities have had securities class actions filed against them.
If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or
outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert
managements attention and resources. This could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition.
22
Our securities
have no prior market and our stock price may decline after the
offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock. Although our common stock has been
approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, an active
public trading market for our common stock may not develop or,
if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. For
example, the New York Stock Exchange imposes certain securities
trading requirements, including minimum trading price, minimum
number of stockholders and minimum market capitalization. We and
the representatives of the underwriters negotiated to determine
the initial public offering price. The initial public offering
price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock
following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part
of your investment.
Future sales
of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price
to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to
sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market after the contractual
lock-up
agreements described below expire and other restrictions on
resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could
decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares
outstanding as of April 30, 2010, upon the closing of this
offering, we will have outstanding 90,015,707 shares of
common stock. Of these shares, 10,309,374 shares of common
stock will be eligible for sale in the public market and
79,706,333 shares of common stock will be subject to a
180-day
contractual
lock-up with
the underwriters. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acting as representatives of the
underwriters, may permit our officers, directors, employees and
current stockholders who are subject to the contractual
lock-up to
sell shares prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements. Upon expiration of the contractual
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters, and based on shares
outstanding as of April 30, 2010, an additional
79,706,333 shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market.
Some of our existing stockholders have demand and incidental
registration rights to require us to register with the SEC up to
75,259,073 shares of our common stock, following the
closing of this offering and expiration of the lock-up
agreements, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares. If we register these
shares of common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell
those shares freely in the public market.
See Shares Eligible for Future Sale for further
details regarding the number of shares eligible for sale in the
public market after this offering.
Insiders will
continue to have substantial control over us after this offering
and will be able to determine substantially all matters
requiring stockholder approval.
Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive
officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately 52.8% of our outstanding common stock,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares. As a result, these stockholders will
be able to determine substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval, including the election of directors and
approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger
or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration
of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate
matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
third-party from acquiring control over us. For information
regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our
executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see
Principal and Selling Stockholders.
You will
experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and
future equity issuances.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of
our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a
result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will
experience immediate dilution of $10.98 per share. In addition,
we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices
significantly below the initial
23
public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are
ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to
investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part
to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less
than the initial public offering price when they purchased their
shares of common stock. In addition, if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, if
outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised
or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience
additional dilution.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could
discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company
and may affect the trading price of our common
stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions
of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or
prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a
business combination with an interested stockholder for a period
of three years after the person becomes an interested
stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to
our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate
of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage,
delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us
that stockholders may consider favorable. Our restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws,
which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize the issuance of blank check preferred
stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a
takeover attempt;
|
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which
the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be
elected to serve from the time of election and qualification
until the third annual meeting following their election;
|
|
|
|
require that directors only be removed from office for cause and
only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;
|
|
|
|
provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including
newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority
vote of directors then in office;
|
|
|
|
limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
|
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all
actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain
amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws.
|
For additional information regarding these and other
anti-takeover provisions, see Description of Capital
Stock Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and
Bylaws and Delaware Law.
We do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the
foreseeable future following the closing of this
offering.
Although we paid cash dividends on our capital stock in July
2008 and September 2009, we do not expect to pay cash dividends
on our common stock in the foreseeable future following the
closing of this offering. Any future dividend payments will be
within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend
on, among other things, our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, capital expenditure
requirements, contractual restrictions, provisions of applicable
law and other factors that our board of directors may deem
relevant. In addition, our revolving credit facility does not
permit us to pay dividends without the lenders prior
consent. We may not generate sufficient cash from operations in
the future to pay dividends on our common stock. See
Dividend Policy.
24
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve
substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than
statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus
regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial
position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans,
objectives of management and expected market growth are
forward-looking statements. The words anticipate,
believe, estimate, expect,
intend, may, plan,
predict, project, will,
would and similar expressions are intended to
identify forward-looking statements, although not all
forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.
These forward-looking statements include, among other things,
statements about:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain customers;
|
|
|
|
our financial performance;
|
|
|
|
the advantages of our solution as compared to those of others;
|
|
|
|
our new quality/cost service initiative;
|
|
|
|
our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property
rights;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and
appropriately staff our operations; and
|
|
|
|
our estimates regarding capital requirements and needs for
additional financing.
|
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or
expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and
you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking
statements. Actual results or events could differ materially
from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the
forward-looking statements we make. We have included important
factors in the cautionary statements included in this
prospectus, particularly in the Risk Factors
section, that could cause actual results or events to differ
materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our
forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact
of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint
ventures or investments we may make.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have
filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this
prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that
our actual future results may be materially different from what
we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by
law.
INDUSTRY AND
MARKET DATA
We obtained the industry and market data in this prospectus from
our own research as well as from industry and general
publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties.
Industry and general publications, studies and surveys generally
state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or
completeness of such information. While we believe that these
publications, studies and surveys are reliable, we have not
independently verified the data contained in them. In addition,
while we believe that the results and estimates from our
internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have
not been verified by any independent source.
25
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering
of approximately $69.0 million, or $80.3 million if
the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase
additional shares from us, after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will
not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock
by the selling stockholders.
We intend to use approximately $0.9 million of our net
proceeds of this offering to pay the preferred stock liquidation
preferences that will be paid in cash to the holders of our
outstanding preferred stock concurrently with the conversion of
such shares into shares of our common stock upon the closing of
this offering. See Related Person Transactions
Preferred Stock Liquidation Preferences for more
information. We intend to use the remainder of our net proceeds
of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may
include financing our growth, developing new services and
funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. In
addition, the other principal purposes for this offering are to:
|
|
|
|
|
increase our visibility in the markets we serve;
|
|
|
|
strengthen our balance sheet and increase the likelihood that we
remain debt-free;
|
|
|
|
create a public market for our common stock;
|
|
|
|
facilitate our future access to the public capital markets;
|
|
|
|
provide liquidity for our existing stockholders;
|
|
|
|
improve the effectiveness of our equity compensation plans in
attracting and retaining key employees; and
|
|
|
|
enhance our ability to acquire complementary businesses or
technologies.
|
Except for the preferred stock liquidation preference payments
described above, we have not yet determined with any certainty
the manner in which we will allocate our net proceeds. Our
management will retain broad discretion in the allocation and
use of our net proceeds of this offering. The amounts and timing
of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of
factors, including the amount of cash generated by our
operations, competitive and technological developments, and the
rate of growth, if any, of our business. For example, if we were
to expand our operations more rapidly than anticipated by our
current plans, a greater portion of the proceeds would likely be
used for the development or enhancement of our proprietary
technologies. Alternatively, if we were to engage in an
acquisition that required a significant cash outlay, some or all
of the proceeds might be used for that purpose.
Although we may use a portion of the proceeds for the
acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies or
assets that complement our business, we have no present
understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any
acquisitions or make any material investments. We cannot assure
you that we will make any acquisitions or investments in the
future.
Pending specific utilization of the net proceeds as described
above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in
short-term investment grade and U.S. government securities.
26
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We declared a cash dividend in the aggregate amount of
$15.0 million, or $0.18 per common-equivalent share, to
holders of record as of July 11, 2008 of our common stock
and preferred stock. We declared an additional cash dividend in
the aggregate amount of $14.9 million, or $0.18 per common
equivalent share, to holders of record as of September 1,
2009 of our common stock and preferred stock.
We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the
growth and development of our business, and we do not expect to
pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable
future following the closing of this offering. Payment of future
dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in
current or future financing instruments, provisions of
applicable law, and other factors the board deems relevant. In
2009, we entered into a $15 million revolving line of
credit, which does not permit us to pay any future dividends
without the lenders prior consent.
27
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the split of our common
stock effected on May 3, 2010 pursuant to which each
outstanding share of common stock was reclassified into
3.92 shares of common stock, (2) the conversion of all
outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of
voting common stock effected on May 19, 2010, (3) the
automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible
preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of
this offering and (4) the mandatory preferred stock
preference payment of $16.1 million payable to the holders
of outstanding preferred stock upon the completion of this
offering.
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the items
described in the preceding bullet, including satisfaction of the
$16.1 million payable to the holders of outstanding
preferred stock upon the completion of this offering through the
payment of an aggregate of $0.9 million in cash and the
issuance of an aggregate of 1,265,012 shares of common
stock, based on payment elections received from such holders,
(2) our issuance and sale of 6,666,667 shares of
common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in
Use of Proceeds, of which $3.6 million was paid
prior to March 31, 2010, (3) our issuance of
615,649 shares of common stock upon cashless exercises of
outstanding warrants prior to the closing of this offering, and
(4) our issuance of 100,000 shares of common stock to
FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering,
which FT Partners has elected in writing to receive in
satisfaction of a fee for financial advisory services in respect
of this offering.
|
You should read this table together with our financial
statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this
prospectus and the Use of Proceeds and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations sections of this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
as adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
$
|
103,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value;
1,350,000(1) shares authorized and issuable in series,
1,299,541 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized,
issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized
and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
as adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting common stock, 68,600,000 shares authorized,
32,186,858 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
68,600,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-voting common stock, 31,360,000 shares authorized,
5,343,477 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized,
81,326,955 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
89,974,283 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
53,878
|
|
|
|
37,811
|
|
|
|
123,109
|
|
Non-executive employee loans for stock option exercises
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(30,138
|
)
|
|
|
(30,138
|
)
|
|
|
(30,138
|
)
|
Cumulative translation adjustment
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
23,841
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
93,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
23,841
|
|
|
$
|
7,774
|
|
|
$
|
93,154
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Out of 1,350,000 shares of preferred stock authorized in
our certificate of incorporation, 32,317 shares have been
designated as Series A, 1,267,224 shares have been
designated as Series D and the remaining 50,459 shares
have neither been designated nor issued. |
The table above is based on the number of shares of common stock
outstanding as of March 31, 2010, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
3,266,668 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of March 31,
2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share,
which will remain outstanding after this offering if not
exercised prior to this offering;
|
|
|
|
15,283,711 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of
March 31, 2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of
$9.03 per share, of which 5,470,391 shares with a
weighted-average exercise price of $3.03 per share would be
vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of
March 31, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
9,067,238 shares of common stock available for future
issuance under our equity compensation plans as of
March 31, 2010.
|
29
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted
immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial
public offering price per share you will pay in this offering
and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma
historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 was
$6.3 million, or $0.08 per share of common stock. Our
pro forma net tangible book value per share set forth below
represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and
convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of
our common stock outstanding on March 31, 2010, after
giving effect to (1) the split of our common stock effected
on May 3, 2010 pursuant to which each outstanding share of
common stock was reclassified into 3.92 shares of common
stock, (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of
non-voting common stock into shares of common stock prior to the
closing of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of
all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into
shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and
(4) the mandatory preferred stock preference payment of
$16.1 million payable to the holders of outstanding
preferred stock upon the completion of this offering.
On a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to
(1) the items described in the preceding paragraph,
including satisfaction of the $16.1 million payable to the
holders of outstanding preferred stock upon the completion of
this offering through the payment of an aggregate of
$0.9 million in cash and the issuance of an aggregate of
1,265,012 shares of common stock, based on payment
elections received from such holders, (2) our issuance and
sale of 6,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us, (3) our issuance of
615,649 shares of common stock upon cashless exercises of
outstanding warrants prior to the closing of this offering, and
(4) our issuance of 100,000 shares of common stock to
FT Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this
offering, which FT Partners has elected in writing to
receive in satisfaction of a fee for financial advisory services
in respect of this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been
$91.7 million, or $1.02 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing
stockholders of $0.94 per share, of which $0.76 per share
is attributable to the sale of shares in this offering and $0.18
per share is due to the combination of the adjustments discussed
above. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares of common
stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution of
their investment of $10.98 per share. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors
purchasing shares of common stock in this offering without
giving effect to the option to purchase additional shares from
us granted to the underwriters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31,
2010
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to sale of shares of common
stock in this offering
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to the adjustments described
above
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase
additional shares from us, the pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value will increase to $1.13 per share,
representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of
$1.05 per share, of which $0.88 per share is attributable to the
sale of shares in this offering and $0.17 per share is due to
the combination of the adjustments discussed above. Accordingly,
new investors who purchase shares of common stock will suffer an
immediate dilution of $10.87 per share. If any shares are
issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, you
will experience further dilution.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis
as of March 31, 2010, the differences between the number of
shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid
by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares
of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based
on the initial public
30
offering price of $12.00 per share, before the deduction of the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by
us:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders(1)
|
|
|
83,307,616
|
|
|
|
92.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
25,586
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
6,666,667
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
75.8
|
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
89,974,283
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
105,586
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes 100,000 shares of common stock to be issued to FT
Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering,
which FT Partners has elected in writing to receive in
satisfaction of a fee for financial advisory services in respect
of this offering. |
The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010
after giving effect to (1) the split of our common stock
effected on May 3, 2010 pursuant to which each outstanding
share of common stock was reclassified into 3.92 shares of
common stock, (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares
of non-voting common stock into shares of voting common stock
effected on May 19, 2010, (3) the automatic conversion
of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into
shares of common stock, (4) the issuance of
615,649 shares of common stock upon cashless exercises of
outstanding warrants prior to the closing of this offering,
(5) the satisfaction of the $16.1 million payable to
the holders of outstanding preferred stock upon the completion
of this offering through the payment of an aggregate of
$0.9 million in cash and the issuance of an aggregate of
1,265,012 shares of common stock, based on payment
elections received from such holders, (6) our issuance of
6,666,667 shares of common stock in this offering, and
(7) the issuance of 100,000 shares of common stock to FT
Partners contemporaneously with the closing of this offering,
and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
3,266,668 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants outstanding and exercisable as of March 31,
2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share,
which will remain outstanding after this offering if not
exercised prior to this offering;
|
|
|
|
15,283,711 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of stock options outstanding and exercisable as of
March 31, 2010 at a weighted-average exercise price of
$9.03 per share, of which 5,470,391 shares with a weighted
average exercise price of $3.03 per share would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of March 31,
2010; and
|
|
|
|
9,067,238 shares of common stock available for future
issuance under our equity compensation plans as of
March 31, 2010.
|
The sale of 3,333,333 shares of common stock to be sold by
the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number
of shares held by existing stockholders to 79,974,283, or 88.9%
of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of
shares held by new investors to 10,000,000, or 11.1% of the
total shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares in full, the shares held by
existing stockholders will further decrease to 79,474,283, or
87.4% of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares
held by new investors will further increase to 11,500,000, or
12.6% of the total shares outstanding.
31
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data
for the periods presented. You should read the following
selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our
financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end
of this prospectus and the Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations section of this prospectus.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data
as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited
consolidated financial statements, which are included in this
prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our
audited consolidated financial statements, which are not
included in this prospectus.
The summary statements of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the summary balance sheet data
as of March 31, 2010 are derived from our unaudited
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our
unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited financial statements and notes thereto and,
in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a
fair statement of the information for the unaudited interim
periods. Our historical results for prior interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full
year or for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue
|
|
$
|
111,201
|
|
|
$
|
160,741
|
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
Costs of services
|
|
|
97,120
|
|
|
|
141,767
|
|
|
|
197,676
|
|
|
|
335,211
|
|
|
|
410,711
|
|
|
|
92,703
|
|
|
|
102,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
14,081
|
|
|
|
18,974
|
|
|
|
43,049
|
|
|
|
63,258
|
|
|
|
99,481
|
|
|
|
19,764
|
|
|
|
23,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infused management and technology
|
|
|
13,037
|
|
|
|
18,875
|
|
|
|
27,872
|
|
|
|
39,234
|
|
|
|
51,763
|
|
|
|
11,175
|
|
|
|
14,909
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,230
|
|
|
|
8,777
|
|
|
|
15,657
|
|
|
|
21,227
|
|
|
|
30,153
|
|
|
|
8,817
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
17,267
|
|
|
|
27,652
|
|
|
|
43,529
|
|
|
|
60,461
|
|
|
|
81,916
|
|
|
|
19,992
|
|
|
|
22,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(3,186
|
)
|
|
|
(8,678
|
)
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
2,797
|
|
|
|
17,565
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
Net interest income (expense)
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
1,359
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(2,560
|
)
|
|
|
(7,319
|
)
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
17,556
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,666
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,319
|
)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
(0.28
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
19,345,607
|
|
|
|
25,918,942
|
|
|
|
32,968,085
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
36,725,194
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
36,943,691
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
19,345,607
|
|
|
|
25,918,942
|
|
|
|
40,360,362
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
43,955,167
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
44,371,648
|
|
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
(2,075
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,842
|
|
|
$
|
12,220
|
|
|
$
|
32,912
|
|
|
$
|
5,644
|
|
|
$
|
4,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in
billions)
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
$
|
10.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
17,558
|
|
|
$
|
20,782
|
|
|
$
|
34,745
|
|
|
$
|
51,656
|
|
|
$
|
43,659
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
7,817
|
|
|
|
(2,445
|
)
|
|
|
8,010
|
|
|
|
(3,453
|
)
|
|
|
(4,122
|
)
|
|
|
(3,955
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
19,064
|
|
|
|
27,333
|
|
|
|
60,858
|
|
|
|
86,904
|
|
|
|
103,472
|
|
|
|
95,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
8,535
|
|
|
$
|
3,166
|
|
|
$
|
15,910
|
|
|
$
|
7,923
|
|
|
$
|
21,279
|
|
|
$
|
23,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We define adjusted EBITDA as net
income (loss) before net interest income (expense), income tax
expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense and
share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP
financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative
to net income, operating income and any other measure of
financial performance calculated and presented in accordance
with GAAP.
|
We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating
our operating performance for the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures are widely used by
investors to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items that can vary substantially from company
to company depending upon financing and accounting methods, book
values of assets, capital structures and the methods by which
assets were acquired;
|
|
|
|
securities analysts often use adjusted EBITDA and similar
non-GAAP measures as supplemental measures to evaluate the
overall operating performance of companies; and
|
|
|
|
by comparing our adjusted EBITDA in different historical
periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results
without the additional variations of interest income (expense),
income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization
expense and share-based compensation expense.
|
Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
as a measure of operating performance, because it does not
include the impact of items that we do not consider indicative
of our core operating performance;
|
|
|
|
for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual
operating budget;
|
|
|
|
to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of
our business;
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
to evaluate the effectiveness of our business
strategies; and
|
|
|
|
in communications with our board of directors and investors
concerning our financial performance.
|
We understand that, although measures similar to adjusted EBITDA
are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in
their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations
as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of
operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future
requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation
expense;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income
taxes;
|
|
|
|
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect net interest income (expense);
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any
cash requirements for these replacements; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA
differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative
measure.
|
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage
you to review the GAAP financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus, and not to rely on any single financial
measure to evaluate our business.
The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,666
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,319
|
)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
|
314
|
|
Net interest (income) expense(a)
|
|
|
(626
|
)
|
|
|
(1,359
|
)
|
|
|
(1,710
|
)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(3,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,052
|
)
|
|
$
|
827
|
|
|
$
|
5,337
|
|
|
$
|
21,486
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
2,425
|
|
Stock compensation expense(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
3,551
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
Stock warrant expense(b)
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
3,332
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
3,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(2,075
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,842
|
|
|
$
|
12,220
|
|
|
$
|
32,912
|
|
|
$
|
5,644
|
|
|
$
|
4,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Interest income results from earnings associated with
our cash and cash equivalents. Interest income declined
subsequent to 2007 due to reductions in market interest rates.
No debt or other interest-bearing obligations were outstanding
during any of the periods presented. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2009 is a result of a $150
origination fee paid in connection with establishing our new
revolving line of credit and has been shown net of interest
income earned during the year.
(b) Stock compensation expense and stock warrant expense
collectively represent the
share-based
compensation expense reflected in our financial statements. Of
the amounts presented above, $928, $921, $1,736 and $721 was
classified as a reduction in net services revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months
ended March 31, 2009, respectively. No such reduction was
recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as all
warrants had been earned and therefore there was no stock
warrant expense.
34
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations together with our
financial statements and the related notes and other financial
information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the
information contained in this discussion and analysis or set
forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with
respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related
financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. You should review the Risk
Factors section of this prospectus for a discussion of
important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the results described in or implied by the
forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion
and analysis.
Overview
Our
Background
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue
cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help
U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers
to more efficiently manage their revenue cycle operations, which
encompass patient registration, insurance and benefit
verification, medical treatment documentation and coding, bill
preparation and collections. Our integrated technology and
services offering, which we refer to as our solution, spans the
entire revenue cycle and helps our customers realize sustainable
improvements in their operating margins and improve the
satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. We enable
these improvements by helping our customers increase the portion
of the maximum potential patient revenue they receive, while
reducing total revenue cycle costs.
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including
faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical
centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated
physician practice groups. To implement our solution, we assume
full responsibility for the management and cost of a
customers revenue cycle operations and supplement the
existing staff involved in the customers revenue cycle
with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. A customers net
revenue improvements and cost savings generally increase over
time as we deploy additional programs and as the programs we
implement become more effective, which in turn provides
visibility into our future revenue and profitability. In 2009,
for example, approximately 87% of our net services revenue, and
nearly all of our net income, was derived from customer
contracts that were in place as of January 1, 2009.
Our customers have historically achieved significant net revenue
yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing
our solution, with customers operating under mature managed
service contracts typically realizing 400 to 600 basis
points in yield improvements in the third or fourth contract
year. All of a customers yield improvements during the
period we are providing services are attributed to our solution
because we assume full responsibility for the management of the
customers revenue cycle. Our methodology for measuring
yield improvements excludes the impact of external factors such
as changes in reimbursement rates from payors, the expansion of
existing services or addition of new services, volume increases
and acquisitions of hospitals or physician practices, which may
impact net revenue but are not considered changes to net revenue
yield. We and our customers share financial gains resulting from
our solution, which directly aligns our objectives and interests
with those of our customers. Both we and our customers
benefit on a contractually agreed-upon
basis from net revenue yield increases realized by
the customers as a result of our services. To date, we have
experienced a contract renewal rate of 100% (excluding
exploratory new services offerings, a consensual termination
following a change of control and a customer reorganization).
Coupled with the long-term nature of our managed service
contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees under each
contract, our historical renewal experience provides a core
source of recurring revenue.
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue
to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will
increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles
effectively and efficiently. Additionally, the continued
operating pressures facing U.S. hospitals coupled with some
of
35
the underlying themes of recently enacted healthcare reform
legislation make the efficient management of the revenue cycle
and collection of the full amount of payments due for patient
services among the most critical challenges facing healthcare
providers today.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Chicago, Illinois, and
we operate shared services centers and offices in Michigan,
Missouri, Florida and India. As of March 31, 2010, we had
1,802 full-time employees and managed approximately 6,300 of our
customers employees who are involved in patient
registration, health management information, procedure coding,
billing and collections. We refer to these functions
collectively as the revenue cycle, and to the personnel involved
in a customers revenue cycle as revenue cycle staff.
In evaluating our business performance, our management monitors
various financial and non-financial metrics. On a monthly basis,
our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other
senior leaders monitor our overall net patient revenue under
management, aggregate net services revenue, revenue cycle
operating costs, corporate-level operating expenses, cash flow
and adjusted EBITDA. When appropriate, decisions are made
regarding action steps to improve these overall operational
measures. Our senior operational leaders also monitor the
performance of each customers revenue cycle operations
through ten to twelve hospital-specific operating reviews each
year. Such reviews typically focus on planned and actual revenue
cycle operating results being achieved on behalf of our
customers, progress against our operating metrics and planned
and actual operating costs for that site. During these regular
reviews, our senior operational leaders communicate to the
operating teams suggestions to improve contract and operations
performance and monitor the results of previous efforts. In
addition, our senior management also monitors our ability to
attract, hire and retain a sufficient number of talented
employees to staff our growing business, and the development and
performance of our proprietary technology.
Net Services
Revenue
We derive our net services revenue primarily from service
contracts under which we manage our customers revenue
cycle operations. Revenues from managed service contracts
consist of base fees and incentive payments:
|
|
|
|
|
Base fee revenues represent our contractually-agreed annual fees
for managing and overseeing our customers revenue cycle
operations. Following a comprehensive review of a
customers operations, the customers base fees are
tailored to its specific circumstances and the extent of the
customers operations for which we are assuming operational
responsibility; we do not have standardized fee arrangements.
|
|
|
|
Incentive payment revenues represent the amounts we receive by
increasing our customers net patient revenue and
identifying potential payment sources for patients who are
uninsured and underinsured. These payments are governed by
specific formulas contained in the managed service contract with
each of our customers. In general, we earn incentive payments by
increasing a customers actual cash yield as a percentage
of the contractual amount owed to such customer for the
healthcare services provided.
|
In addition, we earn revenue from other services, which
primarily include our share of revenues associated with the
collection of dormant patient accounts (more than 365 days
old) under some of our service contracts. We also receive
revenue from other services provided to customers that are not
part of our integrated service offerings, such as
procedure-by-procedure fee schedule reviews, physician advisory
services or consulting on the billing for individuals receiving
emergency room treatment.
Some of our service contracts entitle customers to receive a
share of the cost savings we achieve from operating their
revenue cycle. This share is returned to customers as a
reduction in subsequent base fees. Our services revenue is
reported net of cost sharing, and we refer to this as our net
services revenue.
36
The following table summarizes the composition of our net
services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and
the three months ended March 31, 2010 on a percentage basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net base fees for managed service contracts
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Other services
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Results of Operations for more information.
Costs of
Services
Under our managed service contracts, we assume responsibility
for all costs necessary to conduct our customers revenue
cycle operations. Costs of services consist primarily of the
salaries and benefits of the customers employees engaged
in revenue cycle activities and managed
on-site by
us, the salaries and benefits of our employees who are engaged
in revenue cycle activities, the costs associated with vendors
that provide services integral to the customers revenue
cycle and the costs associated with operating our shared
services centers.
Under our managed service contracts, we assume responsibility
for all costs necessary to conduct our customers revenue
cycle operations. Costs of services consist primarily of:
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits of the customers employees engaged
in revenue cycle activities and assigned to work
on-site with
us. Under our contracts with our customers, we are responsible
for the cost of the salaries and benefits for these employees of
our customers. Salaries are paid and benefits are provided to
such individuals directly by the customer, instead of adding
these individuals to our payroll, because these individuals
remain employees of our customers.
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits of our employees in our shared services
centers (these individuals are distinct from
on-site
infused management discussed below) and the
non-payroll costs associated with operating our shared service
centers.
|
|
|
|
Costs associated with vendors that provide services integral to
the customers revenue cycle.
|
Operating
Margin
Operating margin is equal to net services revenue less costs of
services. Our operating model is designed to improve margin
under each managed service contract as the contract matures, for
several reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
We typically enhance the productivity of a customers
revenue cycle operations over time as we fully implement our
technology and procedures and because any overlap between costs
of our shared services centers and costs of hospital operations
targeted for transition is generally concentrated in the first
year of the contract.
|
|
|
|
Incentive payments under each managed service contract generally
increase over time as we deploy additional programs and the
programs we implement become more effective and produce improved
results for our customers.
|
Infused
Management and Technology Expenses
We refer to our management and staff revenue cycle employees
that we devote on-site to customer operations as infused
management. Infused management and technology expenses consist
primarily of the wages, bonuses, benefits, share based
compensation, travel and other costs associated with deploying
our employees on customer sites to guide and manage our
customers
37
revenue cycle operations. The employees we deploy on customer
sites typically have significant experience in revenue cycle
operations, technology, quality control or other management
disciplines. The other significant portion of these expenses is
an allocation of the costs associated with maintaining,
improving and deploying our integrated proprietary technology
suite and an allocation of the costs previously capitalized for
developing our integrated proprietary technology suite.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily
of expenses for executive, sales, corporate information
technology, legal, regulatory compliance, finance and human
resources personnel, including wages, bonuses, benefits and
share-based compensation; fees for professional services;
share-based expense for stock warrants; insurance premiums;
facility charges; and other corporate expenses. Professional
services consist primarily of external legal, tax and audit
services. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses
to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to add
information technology, human resources, finance, accounting and
other administrative personnel as we expand our business.
We also expect to incur additional professional fees and other
expenses resulting from future expansion and the compliance
requirements of operating as a public company, including
increased audit and legal expenses, investor relations expenses,
increased insurance expenses, particularly for directors
and officers liability insurance, and the costs of
complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. While
these costs may initially increase as a percentage of our net
services revenue, we expect that in the future these expenses
will increase at a slower rate than our overall business volume,
and that they will eventually represent a smaller percentage of
our net services revenue.
Although we cannot predict future changes to the laws and
regulations affecting us or the healthcare industry generally,
we do not expect that any associated changes to our compliance
programs will have a material effect on our selling, general and
administrative expenses.
Interest
Income (Expense)
Interest income is derived from the return achieved from our
cash balances. We invest primarily in highly liquid, short-term
investments, primarily those insured by the
U.S. government. Our return on our cash investments
declined in 2008 and 2009 as a result of the general decrease in
overall interest rates. Interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2009 resulted from origination fees associated
with our revolving line of credit, which we entered into on
September 30, 2009.
Income
Taxes
Income tax expense consists of federal and state income taxes in
the United States and India. Although we had net operating loss
carryforwards in 2008, our effective tax rate in 2008 was
approximately 65%. This was due principally to the fact that a
large portion of our operations is conducted in Michigan, which
in 2008 began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in
addition to tax based on net income. Although we continued to
pay the Michigan gross receipts tax in 2009, our effective tax
rate declined to approximately 17% in 2009, principally due to
the release of $3.5 million of valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets. We expect our overall effective tax rate to
be approximately 45% in 2010 and 40% in future years because we
no longer have any net operating loss carryforwards and the
impact of the Michigan gross receipts tax will become less
significant in relation to other income-based taxes. We also
expect our income tax expense to increase in absolute dollars as
our income increases.
Application of
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements reflect the assets,
liabilities and results of operations of Accretive Health, Inc.
and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions
and balances
38
have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and
the accompanying notes. We regularly evaluate the accounting
policies and estimates we use. In general, we base estimates on
historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be
reasonable given our operating environment. Estimates are based
on our best knowledge of current events and the actions we may
undertake in the future. Although we believe all adjustments
considered necessary for fair presentation have been included,
our actual results may differ materially from our estimates.
We believe that the accounting policies described below involve
our more significant judgments, assumptions and estimates and,
therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our
consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that
a discussion of these policies is necessary to understand and
evaluate the consolidated financial statements contained in this
prospectus. For further information on our critical and other
significant accounting policies, see note 2 to our
consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Revenue
Recognition
Our managed service contracts generally have an initial term of
four to five years and various start and end dates. After the
initial terms, these contracts renew annually unless canceled by
either party. Revenue from managed service contracts consists of
base fees and incentive payments.
We record revenue in accordance with the provisions of Staff
Accounting Bulletin 104. As a result, we only record
revenue once there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement,
services have been rendered, the amount of revenue has become
fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.
We recognize base fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the
life of the managed service contract. Base fees for contracts
which are received in advance of services delivered are
classified as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance
sheets until services have been provided.
Our managed service contracts generally allow for adjustments to
the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90, 180 or
360 days after the contract commences, but can also occur
at subsequent dates as a result of factors including changes to
the scope of operations and internal and external audits. All
adjustments, which can increase or decrease revenue and
operating margin, are recorded in the period the changes are
known and collectibility of any additional fees is reasonably
assured. Any such adjustments may cause our quarter-to-quarter
results of operations to fluctuate. Adjustments may vary in
direction, frequency and magnitude and generally have not
materially affected our annual revenue trends, margin trends,
and visibility.
We record revenue for incentive payments once the calculation of
the incentive payment earned is finalized and collectibility is
reasonably assured. We use a proprietary technology and
methodology to calculate the amount of benefit each customer
receives as a result of our services. Our calculations are based
in part on the amount of revenue each customer is entitled to
receive from commercial and private insurance carriers,
Medicare, Medicaid and patients. Because the laws, regulations,
instructions, payor contracts and rule interpretations governing
how our customers receive payments from these parties are
complex and change frequently, estimates of a customers
prior period benefits could change. All changes in estimates are
recorded when new information is available and calculations are
completed.
Incentive payments are based on the benefits a customer has
received throughout the life of the managed service contract
with us. Each quarter, we record the increase in the total
benefits received to date. If a quarterly calculation indicates
that the cumulative benefits to date have decreased, we record a
reduction in revenue. If the decrease in revenue exceeds the
amount previously paid by the customer, the excess is recorded
as deferred revenue.
39
Our services also include collection of dormant patient accounts
receivable that have aged 365 days or more directly from
individual patients. We share all cash generated from these
collections with our customers in accordance with specified
arrangements. We record as revenue our portion of the cash
received from these collections when each customers cash
application is complete.
Accounts
Receivable and Allowance for Uncollectible
Accounts
Base fees are billed to customers quarterly. Base fees received
prior to when services are delivered are classified as deferred
revenue. Accordingly, the timing of customer payments can result
in short-term fluctuations in cash, accounts receivable and
deferred revenue.
We assess our customers creditworthiness as a part of our
customer acceptance process. We maintain an estimated allowance
for doubtful accounts to reduce our gross accounts receivable to
the amount that we believe will be collected. This allowance is
based on our historical experience, our continuing assessment of
each customers ability to pay and the status of any
ongoing operations with each applicable customer.
We perform quarterly reviews and analyses of each
customers outstanding balance and assess, on an
account-by-account
basis, whether the allowance for doubtful accounts needs to be
adjusted based on currently available evidence such as
historical collection experience, current economic trends and
changes in customer payment terms. In accordance with our
policy, if collection efforts have been pursued and all avenues
for collections exhausted, accounts receivable would be written
off as uncollectible.
Software
Development
We apply the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification, or
ASC, 350-40, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other Internal-Use Software, which requires the
capitalization of costs incurred in connection with developing
or obtaining internal use software. In accordance with
ASC 350-40,
we capitalize the costs of internally-developed, internal use
software when an application is in the development stage. This
generally occurs after the overall design and functionality of
the application has been approved and our management has
committed to the applications development. Capitalized
software development costs consist of payroll and
payroll-related costs for employee time spent developing a
specific internal use software application or related
enhancements, and external costs incurred that are related
directly to the development of a specific software application.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the net
assets acquired for a business that we acquired in May 2006. In
accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles
Goodwill and Other, goodwill is not subject to amortization
but is subject to impairment testing at least annually. Our
annual impairment assessment date is the first day of our fourth
quarter. We conduct our impairment testing on a company-wide
basis because we have only one operating and reporting segment.
Our impairment tests are based on our current business strategy
in light of present industry and economic conditions and future
expectations. As we apply our judgment to estimate future cash
flows and an appropriate discount rate, the analysis reflects
assumptions and uncertainties. Our estimates of future cash
flows could differ from actual results. Our most recent
impairment assessment did not result in goodwill impairment.
Impairments of
Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate all of our long-lived assets, such as furniture,
equipment, software and other intangibles, for impairment in
accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and
Equipment, when events or changes in circumstances warrant
such a review. If an evaluation is required, the estimated
future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are
compared to the assets carrying amount to determine if an
adjustment to fair value is required. This evaluation is
significantly impacted by estimates and assumptions of future
revenue, expenses and other factors, which are in turn affected
by changes in the business climate, legal matters and
competition.
40
Income
Taxes
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for future income
tax consequences that are attributable to differences between
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial
statement purposes and the income tax bases of such assets and
liabilities. We base the measurement of deferred tax assets and
liabilities on enacted tax rates that we expect will apply to
taxable income in the year we expect to settle or recover those
temporary differences. We recognize the effect on deferred
income tax assets and liabilities of any change in income tax
rates in the period that includes the enactment date. We provide
a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if, based upon the
available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
As of December 31, 2008 and in all prior periods, a
valuation allowance was provided for all of our net deferred tax
assets. As a result of our improved operations, in 2009 we
determined that it was no longer necessary to maintain a
valuation allowance for all of our deferred tax assets.
The primary sources of our deferred taxes are:
|
|
|
|
|
differences in timing of depreciation on fixed assets;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition arising from incentive
payments;
|
|
|
|
employee compensation costs arising from stock options; and
|
|
|
|
costs associated with the issuance of warrants to purchase
shares of our common stock.
|
Beginning January 1, 2008, with the adoption of
ASC 740-10,
Income Taxes Overall, we recognize the
financial statement effects of a tax position only when it is
more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon
examination. Tax positions taken or expected to be taken that
are not recognized under the pronouncement are recorded as
liabilities. Interest and penalties relating to income taxes are
recognized in our income tax provision in the statements of
consolidated operations.
Share-Based
Compensation Expense
Our share-based compensation expense results from issuances of
shares of restricted common stock and grants of stock options
and warrants to employees, directors, outside consultants,
customers, vendors and others. We recognize the costs associated
with option and warrant grants using the fair value recognition
provisions of ASC 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation. Generally, ASC 718 requires the value of
share-based payments to be recognized in the statement of
operations based on their estimated fair value at date of grant
amortized over the grants vesting period.
Restricted Stock Plan. Our restricted
stock plan was adopted by our board of directors in March 2004,
amended in June 2004, August 2004 and February 2005. As of
April 30, 2010, there were 25,871,807 shares of common
stock outstanding under our restricted stock plan, all of which
were vested. We have made the following grants to employees,
directors and consultants under the restricted stock plan:
|
|
|
|
|
In March 2004, we issued shares of common stock to our chief
executive officer. The shares vested in 48 monthly
installments beginning in November 2003. As a result, we
recorded share-based compensation expense of $19,200 in 2007.
|
|
|
|
In June 2004, we issued shares of common stock to certain
employees and directors. In January 2005, we issued additional
shares of common stock to a member of our board of directors.
These shares vested on various schedules ranging from immediate
vesting to vesting over a period of 48 months. As a result,
we recorded share-based compensation expense of $18,530 and
$2,328 in 2007 and 2008, respectively. We did not record any
share-based compensation expense in 2009.
|
41
Ascension Health Stock and Warrants. In
October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer.
Since then, in exchange for its initial
start-up
assistance and subsequent sales and marketing assistance, we
have issued common stock and granted warrants to Ascension
Health, as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Stock Issuance and Protection Warrant
Agreement. In October and November 2004, we
issued 3,537,306 shares of common stock to Ascension
Health, then representing a 5% ownership interest in our company
on a fully-diluted basis, and entered into a protection warrant
agreement under which Ascension Health is granted the right to
purchase additional shares of common stock from time to time for
$0.003 per share when Ascension Healths ownership interest
in our company declines below 5% due to our issuance of
additional stock or rights to purchase stock. The protection
warrant agreement, and all purchase rights granted thereunder,
expire on the closing of this offering. We made the initial
stock grant and entered into the protection warrant agreement
because Ascension Health agreed to provide us with an
operational laboratory and related
start-up
consulting services in connection with our development of our
initial revenue cycle management service offering.
|
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, we granted Ascension Health the right to
purchase 228,046, 91,183 and 136,372 shares of common stock
for $0.003 per share, respectively, pursuant to the protection
warrant agreement. We accounted for the costs associated with
these purchase rights as a reduction in base fee revenues due to
us from Ascension Health because we could not reasonably
estimate the fair value of the services provided by Ascension
Health. Accordingly, we reduced the amount of our base fee
revenues from Ascension Health by $928,108, $921,445 and
$1,736,345 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. For additional
information regarding our relationship with Ascension Health,
see Related Person Transactions Transactions
With Ascension Health.
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Warrant. Pursuant to a
supplemental warrant agreement that became effective in November
2004, Ascension Health had the right to purchase up to
3,537,306 shares of our common stock based upon the
achievement of specified milestones relating to its sales and
marketing assistance. In May 2007 and again in September 2007,
we amended and restated our supplemental warrant agreement with
Ascension Health. This agreement gives Ascension Health the
right to purchase up to 1,749,064 shares of common stock
upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to its
sales and marketing assistance. The purchase price for these
shares is equal to the most recent price per share paid for our
common stock in a capital raising transaction or, if we have not
had a capital raising transaction within the preceding six
months, the exercise price of the employee stock options we have
most recently granted. The supplemental warrant agreement, and
all purchase rights thereunder, expire on the closing of this
offering. Concurrently with the amendment and restatement of the
supplemental warrant agreement, in May 2007, we sold
2,623,593 shares of our common stock to Ascension Health
for $2.09 per share for an aggregate purchase price of
$5,488,128. No share-based compensation expense was recorded in
connection with this sale because the shares were issued at a
purchase price equal to the fair market value of the common
stock at that time and Ascension Health was not required to
provide any services in connection with the issuance.
|
We recorded the costs associated with the purchase rights under
the supplemental warrant agreement as marketing expense for the
periods in which the purchase rights were earned. During
December 2007, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase
874,532 shares of common stock for $4.43 per share, and we
recorded $4,153,163 in selling, general and administrative
expense. During March 2008, Ascension Health earned the right to
purchase 437,268 shares of common stock for $10.25 per
share, and we recorded $2,410,790 in marketing expense. During
March 2009, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase
437,264 shares of common stock for $13.02 per share, and we
recorded $2,772,953 in marketing expense.
42
Licensing and Consulting Warrant. In
conjunction with the start of our business, in February 2004, we
executed a term sheet with a consulting firm and its principal
contemplating that we would grant the consulting firm a warrant,
with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our
common stock upon grant, to purchase shares of our common stock
then representing 2.5% of our equity in exchange for exclusive
rights to certain revenue cycle methodologies, tools,
technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual
property, plus up to another 2.5% of our equity at the time of
grant if the consulting firms introduction of us to senior
executives at prospective customers resulted in the execution of
managed service contracts between us and such customers. In
January 2005, we formalized the warrant grant contemplated by
the term sheet and granted the consulting firm a warrant to
purchase 3,266,668 shares of our common stock for $0.29 per
share, representing 5% of our equity at that time. In 2005, we
recorded $483,334 in selling, general and administrative expense
in conjunction with this warrant grant. The warrant expires on
the earlier of January 15, 2015 or a change of control of
our company.
We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the
estimated fair value of the above purchase rights at the date
earned. The following table sets forth the significant
assumptions used in the model during 2007, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Future dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.75% to 4.21%
|
|
3.45%
|
|
2.91%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
Expected life(1)
|
|
6.8 years
|
|
6.6 years
|
|
5.6 years
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Expected life applies to Ascension Healths supplemental
warrant only, since the other warrants were fully vested upon
grant. |
Stock Option Plan. In December 2005,
our board of directors approved a stock option plan, which
provides for the grant of stock options to employees, directors
and consultants. The plan was amended and restated in February
2006 and further amended in May 2007, October 2008, January
2009, November 2009 and April 2010. As of April 30, 2010,
the plan permitted the issuance of a maximum of
28,033,974 shares of common stock and 8,256,778 shares
were available for grant. Under the terms of the plan, all
options will expire if they are not exercised within ten years
after the grant date. The majority of options granted vest over
four years at a rate of 25% per year on each grant date
anniversary. Options can be exercised immediately upon grant,
but upon exercise the shares issued are subject to the same
vesting and repurchase provisions that applied before exercise.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the
estimated fair value of each option as of its grant date. These
inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis
and judgment to develop. The following table sets forth the
significant assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to
calculate stock-based compensation cost for grants made during
2007, 2008, 2009. Stock options were granted during the three
months ending March 31, 2010. However, as the exercise price of
these grants was not determinable as of March 31, 2010, no
stock compensation expense was recorded for these grants during
the three months ended March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Future dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.3% to 5.5%
|
|
2.8 to 4.0%
|
|
1.6% to 3.2%
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
|
Expected life
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
|
Forfeitures
|
|
7.5% annually
|
|
3.75% annually
|
|
4.25% annually
|
|
|
Since our stock is not actively traded, we estimated its
expected volatility by reviewing the historical volatility of
the common stock of public companies that operate in similar
industries or are
43
similar in terms of stage of development or size and then
projecting this information toward our future expected results.
We used judgment in selecting these companies, as well as in
evaluating the available historical and implied volatility for
these companies.
We aggregate all employees into one pool for valuation purposes.
The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of grant.
The plan has not been in existence a sufficient period for us to
use our historical experience to estimate expected life.
Furthermore, data from other companies is not readily available.
Therefore, we have estimated our stock options expected
life using a simplified method based on the average of each
options vesting term and original contractual term.
An estimated forfeiture rate derived from our historical data
and our estimates of the likely future actions of option holders
has been applied when recognizing the share-based compensation
cost of the options.
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected
term, volatility and forfeiture rate related to our share-based
compensation on a prospective basis, and in incorporating these
factors into the Black-Scholes pricing model. Higher volatility
and longer expected lives result in an increase to total
share-based compensation expense determined at the date of
grant. In addition, any changes in the estimated forfeiture rate
can have a significant effect on reported share-based
compensation expense, as the cumulative effect of adjusting the
rate for all expense amortization is recognized in the period
that the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture
rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an
adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the
share-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated
financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than
the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made
that will result in an increase to the share based compensation
expense recognized in our consolidated financial statements.
These adjustments will affect our infused management and
technology expenses and selling, general and administrative
expenses.
As of March 31, 2010, we had $18.5 million of total
unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to employee
stock options. We expect to recognize this cost over a
weighted-average period of 2.8 years after April 1,
2010. The allocation of this cost between selling, general and
administrative expenses and infused management and technology
expenses will depend on the salaries and work assignments of the
personnel holding these stock options.
On February 3, 2010, our board of directors granted options
to purchase 5,197,257 shares to executive officers,
employees and non-employee directors. Subsequent to
March 31, 2010, we determined that these options have an
exercise price equal to $14.71 per share (the fair value of
our common stock on February 3, 2010, as determined by the
board of directors). The unrecognized compensation cost that
will be recognized over the vesting period of these options is
approximately $33.0 million. On April 22, 2010, we
granted options to purchase 1,119,160 shares to various
employees. These options have an exercise price of $12.00, which
is the initial public offering price. The unrecognized
compensation cost that will be recognized over the vesting
period of these options is approximately $5.8 million.
Determination of Fair Value. Valuing
the share price of a privately-held company is complex. We
believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches
and assumptions in assessing and determining the fair value of
our common stock for financial reporting purposes.
We determine the fair value of our common stock through periodic
internal valuations that are approved by our board of directors.
The fair value approved by our board is used for all option
grants until such time as a new determination of fair value is
made. To date, and as permitted by our stock option plan, our
chief executive officer has selected option recipients and
determined the number of shares covered by, and the timing of,
option grants.
44
Our board considers the following factors when determining the
fair value of our common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
our financial condition, sales levels and results of operations
during the relevant period;
|
|
|
|
developments in our business;
|
|
|
|
hiring of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
forecasts of our financial results and market conditions
affecting our industry;
|
|
|
|
market values, sales levels and results of operations for public
companies that we consider comparable in terms of size, service
offerings and maturity;
|
|
|
|
the superior rights and preferences of outstanding securities
that were senior to our common stock; and
|
|
|
|
the illiquid nature of our common stock.
|
From June 2005 to January 2008, we used the market approach to
estimate our enterprise value. The market approach estimates the
fair market value of a company by applying market multiples of
publicly-traded firms in the same or similar lines of business
to the results and projected results of the company being
valued. When choosing companies for use in the market approach,
we focused on businesses that provide outsourcing, consulting or
technology services or that have high rates of growth. To obtain
our preliminary enterprise value, we calculated the multiple of
the market valuations of the comparable companies to their
annual revenues and applied this multiple to our revenue run
rate, defined as our total projected revenues for the next
12 months from existing customers. We then discounted the
preliminary enterprise value by a percentage determined by our
board to reflect our companys relative immaturity in
relation to the comparable companies. This discount changed over
time as we matured. The resulting value was then divided by the
number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted
basis to obtain the fair value per share of common stock. We
performed a new valuation in this manner each time we signed a
managed service contract with a new customer.
For all valuations since January 2008, we used both the market
approach and the income approach to estimate our aggregate
enterprise value at each valuation date. The change in valuation
method was in recognition that in 2007 we had achieved some
significant milestones, particularly positive net income and
positive adjusted EBITDA for the year, and that an initial
public offering or other type of liquidity event would
eventually be considered. When choosing companies to be used for
the market approach since January 2008, we focused on businesses
with high rates of growth and relatively low profitability that
provide services to hospitals or other medical providers, or
that provide business outsourcing solutions. The comparable
companies have remained largely unchanged since January 2008.
The income approach involves applying an appropriate
risk-adjusted discount rate to projected debt-free cash flows,
based on forecasted revenue and costs. The financial forecasts
were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into
account our past experience and future expectations. We assessed
the risks associated with achieving these forecasts and applied
an appropriate cost of capital rate based on our boards
view of our companys stage of development and risks, the
experience of our directors in managing companies backed by
private equity investors, and our managements review of
academic research on this topic.
We averaged the two values derived under the market approach and
the income approach and then added our current cash position and
cash and tax benefits, assuming that all outstanding options and
warrants were exercised, to create an enterprise value. Next, we
allocated the enterprise value to our securities with rights and
preferences that are superior to our common stock, using the
option-pricing method set forth in the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of
Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as
Compensation. We then discounted the remaining value by 10%
to reflect the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade
our common stock in the public markets. We based the 10%
discount for lack of marketability primarily on the results of a
study of this topic by Bajaj, Denis, Ferris and Sarin entitled
Firm Value and Marketability
45
Discounts (February 26, 2001). The resulting value
was then divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding on a fully-diluted basis to obtain the fair value
per share of common stock.
Prior to this offering, stock options and certain warrants
represented the right to purchase shares of our non-voting
common stock. All outstanding non-voting common stock converted
into voting common stock on a share-for-share basis effective
May 19, 2010, and accordingly, stock options and warrants
to purchase non-voting common stock represent stock options and
warrants to purchase voting common stock, with no other changes
in their terms. For all valuations prior to May 18, 2009,
we determined the fair value of the voting common stock and
applied it to the non-voting common stock without a discount.
Beginning on May 18, 2009, we refined our valuation
methodology because of the increased potential for an initial
public offering or company sale. We continued to use both the
market approach and the income approach, but applied a discount
to the fair value of the non-voting common stock and modified
other variables as described below.
Because of the increased potential for an initial public
offering, in late December 2009 we stopped granting stock
options with exercise prices that were fixed at the time of
grant. All stock options granted between January 1, 2010
and April 21, 2010 had an exercise price equal to the
greater of $14.71 per share (the fair value of our common stock
as of such date, as determined by the board of directors) and
the price per share at which shares would initially be offered
to the public in this offering if this offering had occurred
prior to May 15, 2010 or within 90 days after the
applicable grant date. Between April 22, 2010 and the
closing of this offering, all stock options have been granted
with an exercise price equal to the price per share at which
shares will be initially offered to the public in this offering,
provided that, if this offering had not occurred within
90 days after the applicable grant date, our board of
directors would have made a new determination of the fair value
of our common stock and the exercise price of these options
would have equaled such fair value.
There is inherent uncertainty in these forecasts and
projections. If we had made different assumptions and estimates
than those described above, the amount of our share-based
compensation expense, net income or loss and related per-share
amounts could have been materially different.
Information regarding the number of shares of common stock
subject to option grants from January 1, 2008 through
April 30, 2010 is summarized in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Common Stock
|
Grant Period
|
|
Subject to Option
Grants
|
|
January 1, 2008 to January 31, 2008
|
|
|
194,040
|
|
February 1, 2008 to June 9, 2008
|
|
|
997,640
|
|
June 10, 2008 to September 2, 2008
|
|
|
301,840
|
|
September 3, 2008 to October 2, 2008
|
|
|
154,840
|
|
October 3, 2008 to January 16, 2009
|
|
|
339,080
|
|
January 17, 2009 to May 17, 2009
|
|
|
1,132,880
|
|
May 18, 2009 to July 17, 2009
|
|
|
346,920
|
|
July 18, 2009 to November 16, 2009
|
|
|
756,560
|
|
November 17, 2009 to February 2, 2010
|
|
|
270,480
|
|
February 3, 2010 to April 21, 2010
|
|
|
5,197,257
|
|
April 22, 2010 to April 30, 2010
|
|
|
1,119,160
|
|
The analyses undertaken in determining the fair value of our
common stock for all grants between January 1, 2008 and
April 30, 2010 are summarized below. The methodology for
the fair value determination made on September 4, 2007 is
summarized above. All analyses since then used the market
approach and the income approach summarized above, with the
additional assumptions described below.
46
|
|
|
|
|
September 4, 2007 Fair Value
Determination. For grants made between
January 1, 2008 and January 31, 2008, we used $4.43
per share as the fair value of our common stock, based on a
determination of fair value made by our board of directors on
September 4, 2007. The market approach resulted in a value
that was 1.5 times our annual revenue run rate as of the
valuation date.
|
|
|
|
February 1, 2008 Fair Value
Determination. On February 1, 2008, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our common
stock was $10.25 per share. The market approach resulted in a
value that was approximately 3.53 times our net services revenue
for the third quarter of 2007. For the income approach, we
forecasted our cash flows over a five-year period and assumed
that our terminal value would approximate 12.5 times our
adjusted EBITDA for the fifth future year. We obtained the
present value of each years cash flow by applying a 25%
discount rate. Next, we averaged the values resulting from the
income approach and the market approach and added our cash on
hand at December 31, 2007 and the estimated cash and tax
benefits that would occur assuming that all outstanding options
and warrants were exercised. The resulting value represented our
estimate of our enterprise value. We allocated 48.9% of the
estimated enterprise value to securities with rights and
preferences that are superior to our common stock, assuming a
future volatility rate of 54.25% and that a liquidity event
would occur in 18 months. We then reduced the remaining
value attributable to common stock by 10% for non-marketability,
and divided the result by the number of shares outstanding on a
fully-diluted basis to arrive at the estimated fair value per
share.
|
|
|
|
June 10, 2008 Fair Value
Determination. On June 10, 2008, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our common
stock was $12.04 per share. The increase in our value per share
was due to increases in our estimated enterprise value under
both the market approach and the income approach. We continued
to apply a 50% weighting to each value and then to increase the
result by the amount of our cash on hand and the anticipated
cash and tax benefits from option and warrant exercises. The
value determined by the market approach on June 10, 2008,
which was approximately 3.52 times our net services revenue for
the first quarter of 2008, was higher than the value determined
on February 1, 2008 because of the increase in our net
services revenue in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the
third quarter of 2007. For the income approach, we used the same
discount rate and methodology as in the February 1, 2008
valuation and updated our cash flow projections to reflect our
new five-year plan. The percentage allocation of our estimated
enterprise value to senior securities and common stock was
unchanged from the prior valuation.
|
|
|
|
September 3, 2008 Fair Value
Determination. On September 3, 2008, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our common
stock was $14.96 per share. The increase in our value per share
was due to increases in our estimated enterprise value under
both the market approach and the income approach. We continued
to apply a 50% weighting to each value and then to increase the
result by the amount of our cash on hand and the anticipated
cash and tax benefits from option and warrant exercises. The
value determined by the market approach on September 3,
2008 was higher than the value determined on June 10, 2008
because of the increase in our net services revenue in the
second quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2008
and because we increased the net services revenue multiple from
3.52 to 3.78 to reflect increases in market prices of the
comparable companies. For the income approach, we used the same
discount rate and methodology as in the June 10, 2008
valuation, except that we discounted the projected cash flows
and terminal value for three fewer months. The percentage
allocation of our estimated enterprise value to senior
securities and common stock was unchanged from the prior
valuation.
|
|
|
|
October 3, 2008 Fair Value
Determination. On October 3, 2008, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our common
stock was $14.23 per share. There were no changes in the
estimated enterprise value determined under the income approach.
The board
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
believed, however, that the significant decline in the market
values of publicly traded securities that occurred during the
month of September 2008 warranted a reduction in the net
services revenue multiple from 3.78 to 3.40, resulting in a
decrease in our estimated enterprise value under the market
approach. All other aspects of the valuation methodology
remained unchanged from the September 3, 2008 valuation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 17, 2009 Fair Value
Determination. On January 17, 2009, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our common
stock was $13.02 per share. The decrease in our value per share
was primarily due to a decrease in our estimated enterprise
value under the market approach. We continued to apply a 50%
weighting to the estimated enterprise value determined under
both the market approach and the income approach, and then to
increase the result by the amount of our cash on hand and the
anticipated cash and tax benefits from option and warrant
exercises. The value determined by the market approach on
January 17, 2009 was lower than the value determined on
October 3, 2008, because we decreased the net services
revenue multiple from 3.40 to 2.79 to reflect further declines
in market prices of the comparable companies and our revenues
decreased slightly in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to
the second quarter of 2008. For the income approach, we used the
same discount rate and methodology as in the October 3,
2008 valuation, except that we discounted the projected cash
flows and terminal value for three fewer months. The percentage
allocation of our estimated enterprise value to senior
securities and common stock was unchanged from the prior
valuation.
|
|
|
|
May 18, 2009 Fair Value
Determination. On May 18, 2009, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our
non-voting common stock was $12.98 per share. For the income
approach, we developed new forecasts of our cash flows over a
twelve-year period rather than a five-year period. We based our
projections for the first five years of this period based on our
actual operating results for 2008 and our expected operating
results for the years 2009 through 2013, and we assumed for the
next seven years of this period that we would make an orderly
transition from a high-growth company to a mature growth
company. To reflect that we were entering into a different stage
of development, we decreased the discount rate applied to future
expected cash flows from 25% to 18%. To estimate the terminal
value we assumed a 5% long-term growth rate and used the Gordon
growth model, which is a mathematical simplification of an
earnings stream that is expected to grow at a constant rate. For
the market approach, we used a similar group of six companies.
In order to reduce the influence of outliers, however, the net
services revenue multiple for the companies with the highest and
lowest figures were weighted 10% each and the net services
revenue multiple for the other four companies were weighted 20%
each. In addition, the estimated enterprise value calculated
under the income approach was weighted 67% and the estimated
enterprise value calculated under the market approach was
weighted 33%. This change to place greater emphasis on the
income approach also reflected our board of directors
conclusion that we were transitioning from a company with little
or no profit toward a company with increasing profit and that
greater weight should be placed on the income approach using a
discounted cash flow calculation, since it is based on
profitability, and lesser weight should be placed on the market
approach, since it is based on a net services revenue multiple.
The result was then increased by the present value of the cash
that we expected would be realized if all options and warrants
were exercised plus the present value of the associated tax
savings we would achieve. We continued to allocated the adjusted
enterprise value to our securities with rights and preferences
that are superior to our common stock, as in prior valuations,
and continued to discount the remaining value by 10% to reflect
the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common
stock in the public markets. We also applied an additional
discount of 2% to the fair value of the voting common stock in
order to determine the fair value of the non-voting common stock.
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
July 18, 2009 Fair Value
Determination. On July 18, 2009, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our
non-voting common stock was $13.30 per share. For the
income approach, we updated the twelve year forecasts of
our cash flows. The projection for the first five years of this
period was updated for our actual operating results for 2009 and
our expected operating results for the remainder of the year
2009 and through the year 2013. We continued to assume for the
next seven years of this period that we would make an orderly
transition from a high-growth company to a mature growth
company. We continued to estimate the terminal value assuming a
5% long-term growth and the Gordon growth model. For the market
approach, we continued to use the same group of six comparable
companies as in the May 18, 2009 valuation. We also
continued to use the same relative weighting methodology to
estimate the aggregate enterprise value. The result was then
increased by the present value of the cash that we expected
would be realized if all options and warrants were exercised
plus the present value of the associated tax savings we would
achieve. The total adjusted enterprise value increased from
$1,432 million to $1,492 million. We continued to
allocate the adjusted enterprise value to our securities with
rights and preferences that are superior to our common stock.
This allocation accounted for the fact that we were actively
considering an initial public offering. We continued to discount
the remaining value by 10% to reflect the fact that our
stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the
public markets. We also applied an additional discount of 2% to
the fair value of the voting common stock in order to determine
the fair value of the non-voting common stock.
|
|
|
|
November 17, 2009 Fair Value
Determination. On November 17, 2009, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our
non-voting common stock was $14.59 per share. For the
income approach, we used an updated twelve-year forecasts of our
cash flows. We applied an 18% discount rate to future expected
cash flows. We also continued to estimate the terminal value by
assuming a 5% long-term growth rate and using the Gordon growth
model. For the market approach, we added a company that provides
healthcare information technology services (and had recently
completed an initial public offering) to our group of comparable
companies. We also expanded the market approach to consider each
comparable companys operating earnings before income
taxes, depreciation and amortization, along with each comparable
companys net services revenues. The aggregate market
multiple for each factor was determined using the same relative
weighting between comparable companies as in the July 18,
2009 valuation. The two aggregate market multiples were then
given an equal weighting in deriving an overall market multiple.
As in the July 18, 2009 valuation, the aggregate enterprise
value was calculated with the income approach receiving a 67%
weighting and the market approach receiving a 33% weighting. The
aggregate enterprise value was then increased by the present
value of the cash that we expected would be realized if all
options and warrants were exercised plus the present value of
the associated tax savings we would achieve. We continued to
allocate the adjusted enterprise value to our securities with
rights and preferences that are superior to our common stock
with the allocation taking into account the fact that we are
actively in the process of preparing for an initial public
offering. We continued to discount the remaining value by 10% to
reflect the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade
our common stock in the public markets. We also applied an
additional discount of 2% to the fair value of the voting common
stock in order to determine the fair value of the non-voting
common stock.
|
|
|
|
February 3, 2010 Fair Value
Determination. On February 3, 2010, our
board of directors determined that the fair value of our
non-voting common stock was $14.71 per share. For the
income approach, we updated our twelve-year forecast of our
future expected cash flows but continued to apply an 18%
discount rate to these cash flows. We also continued to estimate
the terminal value by assuming a 5% long-term growth rate and
the Gordon growth model. For the market approach, we used the
same group of comparable companies that was used in the
November 17, 2009 determination and continued to consider
each comparable companys operating earnings before income
taxes, depreciation and amortization, along with each
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
comparable companys net services revenues. The aggregate
market multiple for each factor was determined using the same
relative weighting between comparable companies as in the July
18, 2009 and November 17, 2009 valuations. The two
aggregate market multiples were then given an equal weighting in
deriving an overall market multiple. As in the July 18,
2009 and November 17, 2009 valuations, the aggregate
enterprise value was calculated with the income approach
receiving a 67% weighting and the market approach receiving a
33% weighting. The aggregate enterprise value was then increased
by the present value of the cash that we expected would be
realized if all options and warrants were exercised plus the
present value of the associated tax savings we would achieve. We
continued to allocate the adjusted enterprise value to our
securities with rights and preferences that are superior to our
common stock with the allocation taking into account the fact
that we are actively in the process of preparing for an initial
public offering. We continued to discount the remaining value by
10% to reflect the fact that our stockholders could not freely
trade our common stock in the public markets. We also applied an
additional discount of 2% to the fair value of the voting common
stock in order to determine the fair value of the non-voting
common stock.
|
Based on the initial public offering price of $12.00, the
aggregate intrinsic value of our vested outstanding stock
options as of March 31, 2010 was $49.5 million and the
aggregate intrinsic value of our unvested outstanding stock
options as of March 31, 2010 was $14.0 million.
Legal
Proceedings
In the normal course of business, we are involved in legal
proceedings or regulatory investigations. We evaluate the need
for loss accruals using the requirements of ASC 450,
Contingencies. When conducting this evaluation we
consider factors such as the probability of an unfavorable
outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the
amount of loss. We record an estimated loss for any claim,
lawsuit, investigation or proceeding when it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can
reasonably be estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a
probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a
better estimate, then we record the minimum amount in the range
as our loss accrual. If a loss is not probable or a probable
loss cannot be reasonably estimated, no liability is recorded.
50
Results of
Operations
The following table sets forth consolidated operating results
and other operating data for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except other operating data as indicated)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
Costs of services
|
|
|
197,676
|
|
|
|
335,211
|
|
|
|
410,711
|
|
|
|
92,703
|
|
|
|
102,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
43,049
|
|
|
|
63,258
|
|
|
|
99,481
|
|
|
|
19,764
|
|
|
|
23,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infused management and technology expense
|
|
|
27,872
|
|
|
|
39,234
|
|
|
|
51,763
|
|
|
|
11,175
|
|
|
|
14,909
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
15,657
|
|
|
|
21,227
|
|
|
|
30,153
|
|
|
|
8,817
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
43,529
|
|
|
|
60,461
|
|
|
|
81,916
|
|
|
|
19,992
|
|
|
|
22,476
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
2,797
|
|
|
|
17,565
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
Net interest income (expense)
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
17,556
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expense Details:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infused management and technology expense, excluding
depreciation and amortization expense and share-based
compensation expense
|
|
$
|
26,375
|
|
|
$
|
35,079
|
|
|
$
|
45,365
|
|
|
$
|
9,736
|
|
|
$
|
12,880
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense, excluding
depreciation and amortization expense and share-based
compensation expense
|
|
|
10,760
|
|
|
|
16,879
|
|
|
|
22,940
|
|
|
|
5,105
|
|
|
|
6,391
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
Share-based compensation expense(1)
|
|
|
5,087
|
|
|
|
5,963
|
|
|
|
9,690
|
|
|
|
4,231
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
43,529
|
|
|
$
|
60,461
|
|
|
$
|
81,916
|
|
|
$
|
19,992
|
|
|
$
|
22,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Operating Data (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net patient revenue under management (at period end) (in
billions)
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
$
|
10.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Share-based compensation expense includes share-based
compensation expense and warrant-related expense, exclusive of
warrant expense of $928, $921, $1,736 and $721 which was
classified as a reduction in base fee revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, and the three months
ended March 31, 2009, respectively. No such reduction was
recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as all
warrants had been earned and therefore there was no stock
warrant expense. |
51
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2009 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
Net Services
Revenue
The following table summarizes the composition of our net
services revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2009
and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net base fees for managed service contracts
|
|
$
|
99,176
|
|
|
$
|
111,369
|
|
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
|
|
|
10,416
|
|
|
|
12,334
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
2,875
|
|
|
|
2,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue increased $13.5 million, or 12.0%, to
$125.9 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010 from $112.5 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2009. The largest component of the increase, net
base fee revenue, increased $12.2 million, or 12.3%, to
$111.4 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010 from $99.2 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2009, primarily due to an increase in the number
of hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts from 49
as of March 31, 2009 to 53 as of March 31, 2010. Of
the $12.2 million increase in net base fee revenues,
$5.2 million was attributable to new managed service
contracts entered into since April 1, 2009. In addition,
incentive payment revenues increased by $1.9 million, or
18.4%, to $12.3 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 from $10.4 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2009, consistent with the increases that
generally occur as our managed service contracts mature. All
other revenues decreased by $0.6 million to
$2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
from $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. Net patient revenue under our management increased by
$0.7 billion to $11.6 billion for the three months
ended March 31, 2010 from $10.9 billion for the three
months ended March 31, 2009.
Costs of
Services
Our costs of services increased $9.6 million, or 10.3%, to
$102.3 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010 from $92.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2009. The increase in costs of services was
primarily attributable to the increase in the number of
hospitals for which we provide managed services.
Operating
Margin
Operating margin increased $3.9 million, or 19.7%, to
$23.7 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010 from $19.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2009. The increase consisted primarily of
$1.9 million in additional incentive payments under managed
service contracts and a $0.7 million reduction in the costs
associated with the issuance of warrants to Ascension Health.
The remaining $1.3 million increase in operating margin is
due to increased level of operating efficiencies in the
performance of our managed services contracts, net of customer
cost savings.
The increase in operating margin in absolute dollars was
accompanied by an increase in operating margin as a percentage
of net services revenue from 17.6% for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 to 18.8% for the three months ended
March 31, 2010, primarily due to an increased ratio of
mature managed service contracts to new managed service
contracts.
52
Operating
Expenses
Infused management and technology expenses increased
$3.7 million, or 33.4%, to $14.9 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 from $11.2 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase in infused
management and technology expenses was primarily due to the
increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at
customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of
hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts, an
increase in the number of new management personnel being hired
and trained throughout the quarter in anticipation of their
deployment to a new customer contract that was signed at the end
of the quarter as well as the items noted below.
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
$1.3 million, or 14.2%, to $7.6 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 from $8.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease was largely
due to the non-recurring $2.8 million stock warrant expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease was
offset by the increase of $0.4 million for enhancing and
maintaining our accounting systems, documenting internal
controls, establishing an internal audit function and other
costs associated with our preparation to be a public company. We
have also expanded our research and development costs associated
with developing our new quality/cost service by
$0.7 million. Depreciation, amortization, and stock-based
compensation expense increased by $0.2 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010, as compared to the three
months ended March 31, 2009. The remaining increase of
$0.2 million was primarily due to increases in our
personnel costs to support our expanding customer base.
We allocate our other operating expenses between the infused
management expenses and selling, general and administrative
expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the
following changes affected both categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense, which includes both the
stock-based compensation expense and stock warrant expense,
decreased $2.3 million, or 53.9%, to $2.0 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2010 from
$4.2 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. The reduction was primarily due to the decrease in stock
warrant expense charge of $2.8 million, offset by an
increase of $0.5 relating to employee option grants and vesting
of previously granted stock options associated with the
continued increase in the number of employees, and increase in
the fair market value of our stock, which increases the cost of
option grants calculated using the provisions of ASC 718.
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense increased $0.2 million, or 57.8%, to
$0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
from $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009, due to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and
fixtures, and other property to support our growing operations.
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense increased $0.1 million, or 18.8%, to
$0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
from $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. The majority of this increase resulted from amortization
of internally developed software.
|
Operating
Income
Operating income increased $1.4 million, to
$1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
from an operating loss of $0.2 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2009. The increase in operating income was
primarily due to the increase in incentive payments and net
services revenue growing at a higher rate than operating
expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.
Income
Taxes
Tax expense increased $0.4 million, or 90.7%, to
$0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
from $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. The increase was
53
primarily due to an increase in the volume of sales in the state
of Michigan. Michigan imposes a tax based on actual gross
receipts in addition to a tax based on income.
Net
Income
Net income increased $1.0 million, to $0.3 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2010 from a net loss of
$0.6 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. The increase in net income was primarily due to the
increase in operating income, offset by an increase in income
tax.
Year Ended
December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31,
2009
Net Services
Revenue
The following table summarizes the composition of our net
services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net base fees for managed service contracts
|
|
$
|
350,085
|
|
|
$
|
434,281
|
|
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
|
|
|
38,971
|
|
|
|
64,033
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
9,413
|
|
|
|
11,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue increased $111.7 million, or 28.0%, to
$510.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $398.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. The largest component of the increase, net base fee
revenue, increased $84.2 million, or 24.1%, to
$434.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $350.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2008, primarily due to an increase in the number of hospitals
with whom we had managed service contracts from 46 as of
December 31, 2008 to 54 as of December 31, 2009. Of
the $84.2 million increase in net base fee revenues,
$61.1 million was attributable to new managed service
contracts entered into during 2009. In addition, incentive
payment revenues increased by $25.1 million, or 64.3%, to
$64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $39.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2008, consistent with the increases that generally occur as our
managed service contracts mature. All other revenues increased
by $2.5 million, or 26.2%, to $11.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 from $9.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008, as we increased the number of
customers using our dormant patient accounts receivable
collection services and continued to expand our specialized
services such as emergency room physician advisory services. Net
patient revenue under our management increased by
$2.7 billion, or 29.7%, to $12.0 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $9.2 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
Costs of
Services
Our costs of services increased $75.5 million, or 22.5%, to
$410.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $335.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. The increase in costs of services was primarily
attributable to the increase in the number of hospitals for
which we provide managed services.
Operating
Margin
Operating margin increased $36.2 million, or 57.3%, to
$99.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $63.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. The increase consisted primarily of:
|
|
|
|
|
$25.1 million in additional incentive payments under
managed service contracts;
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
an increase of $0.6 million in the operating margin
associated with our other services, as a result of the continued
expansion of our dormant patient accounts receivable collection
and other ancillary services; and
|
|
|
|
a reduction of $11.3 million in revenue cycle operating
costs under managed service contracts, net of customer cost
sharing.
|
The above was partially offset by an increase of
$0.8 million in costs related to the issuance of warrants
to Ascension Health during the year ended December 31, 2009.
The increase in operating margin in absolute dollars was
accompanied by an increase in operating margin as a percentage
of net services revenue from 15.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 to 19.5% for the year ended
December 31, 2009, primarily due to an increased ratio of
mature managed service contracts to new managed service
contracts.
Operating
Expenses
Infused management and technology expenses increased
$12.6 million, or 31.9%, to $51.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $39.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in infused
management and technology expenses was primarily due to the
increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at
customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of
hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts, as well as
the items noted below.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased
$8.9 million, or 42.1%, to $30.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $21.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008. The increase included
$1.4 million of costs, or 15.3% of the increase, for
enhancing and maintaining our accounting systems, documenting
internal controls, establishing an internal audit function and
other costs associated with our preparation to be a public
company. The increase also included additional research and
development costs of $1.0 million, or 11.4% of the
increase, to develop our new quality/cost service initiative.
The increase also included $2.8 million, or 31.8% of the
increase, related to additional depreciation, amortization and
share-based compensation expenses, as discussed below. The
remaining increase of $3.7 million, or 41.5% of the
increase, was primarily due to increases in our personnel costs
to support our expanding customer base.
We allocate our other operating expenses between the infused
management expenses and selling, general and administrative
expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the
following changes affected both categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense increased $3.4 million, or
94.8%, to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2009 from $3.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 due to employee option grants and vesting of previously
granted stock options associated with the continued expansion of
our personnel and the increase in the fair market value of our
stock, which increases the cost of option grants calculated
using the provisions of ASC 718.
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense increased $0.7 million, or 50.6%, to
$2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from
$1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, due
to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures,
and other property to support our growing operations.
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense increased $0.7 million, or 58.5%, to
$1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from
$1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The
majority of this increase resulted from amortization of
internally developed software.
|
Operating
Income
Operating income increased $14.8 million, to
$17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from an operating income of $2.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The increase
55
in operating income was primarily due to net services revenue
growing at a higher rate than operating expenses as a result of
operating efficiencies.
Income
Taxes
Tax expense increased $0.7 million, or 31.0%, to
$3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from
$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The
increase in 2009 tax expense was primarily due to the increase
in taxable income during the period, offset by the release of
deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $3.5 million. Our
tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2009 was
equal to approximately 17% of our pre-tax income as compared to
65% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was
mainly due to the release of the tax valuation allowance.
Net
Income
Net income increased $13.3 million, to $14.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2009 from net income of
$1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The
increase in net income was primarily due to the increase in
operating income, offset by a decrease of $0.7 million in
net interest income.
Year Ended
December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31,
2008
Net Services
Revenue
The following table summarizes the composition of our net
services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net base fees for managed service contracts
|
|
$
|
212,086
|
|
|
$
|
350,085
|
|
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
|
|
|
25,491
|
|
|
|
38,971
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
9,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net services revenue increased $157.7 million, or 65.5%, to
$398.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $240.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The largest component of the increase, net base fee
revenue, increased $138.0 million, or 65.1%, to
$350.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $212.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2007, primarily due to an increase in the number of hospitals
with whom we had managed service contracts from 34 as of
December 31, 2007 to 46 as of December 31, 2008. Of
the $138.0 million increase in net base fee revenues,
$113.4 million was attributable to new managed service
contracts entered into during 2008. In addition, incentive
payment revenues increased by $13.5 million, or 52.9%, to
$39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $25.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. All other revenues increased by $6.3 million, or
199.0%, to $9.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 from $3.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as we increased the number of customers
using our dormant patient accounts receivable collection
services and we began rolling out specialized services such as
emergency room physician advisory services. Net patient revenue
under our management increased by $2.5 billion, or 37.0%,
to $9.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $6.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Costs of
Services
Our costs of services increased $137.5 million, or 69.6%,
to $335.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $197.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase in costs
56
of services was primarily attributable to the increase in the
number of hospitals for which we provide managed services.
Operating
Margin
Operating margin increased $20.2 million, or 46.9%, to
$63.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase consisted primarily of:
|
|
|
|
|
$13.5 million in additional incentive payments under
managed service contracts;
|
|
|
|
an increase of $3.2 million in the margin associated with
our services, primarily as a result of the increase in volume of
late stage receivables collections and our rollout of physician
advisory services; and
|
|
|
|
a reduction of $3.5 million in revenue cycle operating
costs under managed service contracts, net of customer cost
sharing.
|
Operating margin as a percentage of net services revenue
decreased in the year ended December 31, 2008 because, as a
result of our significant growth during 2008, there was a higher
proportion of managed service contracts in their initial
contract year (when improvements in net services revenue and
reductions in revenue cycle operating costs are generally lower)
during 2008 than during 2007. Operating margin as a percentage
of net services revenue decreased from 17.9% in the year ended
December 31, 2007 to 15.9% in the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Operating
Expenses
Infused management and technology expenses increased
$11.4 million, or 40.8%, to $39.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $27.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in infused
management and technology expenses was primarily due to the
increase in the number of our management personnel deployed at
customer facilities, reflecting an increase in the number of
hospitals with whom we had managed service contracts, as well as
the items noted below.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased
$5.6 million, or 35.6%, to $21.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $15.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007. Of the increase,
$6.1 million was due to increases in our personnel costs
necessary to support our expanding customer base. This was
offset by a $1.7 million decrease in share-based
compensation expense associated with stock warrants granted for
assistance in obtaining new hospital customers. The remaining
$1.2 million of the increase related to depreciation,
amortization and share-based compensation expenses, as discussed
below.
We allocate our operating expenses between the infused
management expenses and selling, general and administrative
expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the
following changes affected both categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation and warrant expense increased
$0.9 million, or 17.6%, to $6.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $5.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007, due to employee option grants and
vesting of previously granted stock options associated with the
continued expansion of our personnel and the increase in the
fair market value of our stock, which increases the cost of
option grants calculated using the provisions of ASC 718, offset
by a reduction in share-based compensation expense due to an
increase in our estimate of forfeitures.
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense increased $0.6 million, or 88.4%, to
$1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, due
to the addition of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures
and other property to support our growing operations.
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense increased $0.6 million, or 102.1%, to
$1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Of
this increase, $0.5 million related to the amortization of
internally developed software, $0.1 million related to the
write-off of the value assigned to relationships with customers
acquired as a result of our acquisition of a business that did
not enter into managed service contracts with us, and
$0.1 million related to recurring amortization of other
intangible assets.
|
Operating
Income (Loss)
Operating income increased $3.3 million to
$2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
an operating loss of $0.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The increase in operating income was
primarily due to net services revenue growing at a higher rate
than operating expenses as a result of operating efficiencies.
Income
Taxes
We conduct a large portion of our operations in Michigan. In
2008, Michigan began to impose a tax based on gross receipts in
addition to tax based on net income. For the year ended
December 31, 2008, we recorded a tax provision of
$2.3 million, of which $1.2 million was attributable
to the Michigan gross receipts tax. As a result, our total tax
provision was equal to 65% of pre-tax income for the year ended
December 31, 2008, compared to 37% of pre-tax income for
the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net
Income
Net income increased $0.5 million, or 60.6%, to
$1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
increase in net income was primarily due to the increase in
operating income.
58
Selected
Quarterly Financial Data
The following table sets forth selected unaudited consolidated
quarterly operating data for each of the nine quarters during
the period from January 1, 2008 to March 31, 2010. In
our managements opinion, the data have been prepared on
the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of these data. You should read
this information together with our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for the full year. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net services revenue
|
|
$
|
86,357
|
|
|
$
|
100,904
|
|
|
$
|
105,956
|
|
|
$
|
105,252
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,682
|
|
|
$
|
134,512
|
|
|
$
|
137,531
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
Costs of services
|
|
|
73,433
|
|
|
|
86,649
|
|
|
|
87,624
|
|
|
|
87,505
|
|
|
|
92,703
|
|
|
|
102,964
|
|
|
|
105,885
|
|
|
|
109,159
|
|
|
|
102,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
12,924
|
|
|
|
14,255
|
|
|
|
18,332
|
|
|
|
17,747
|
|
|
|
19,764
|
|
|
|
22,718
|
|
|
|
28,627
|
|
|
|
28,372
|
|
|
|
23,648
|
|
Infused management and technology expenses
|
|
|
8,452
|
|
|
|
9,486
|
|
|
|
9,795
|
|
|
|
11,501
|
|
|
|
11,175
|
|
|
|
13,307
|
|
|
|
13,572
|
|
|
|
13,709
|
|
|
|
14,909
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,696
|
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
|
|
5,020
|
|
|
|
6,565
|
|
|
|
8,817
|
|
|
|
6,492
|
|
|
|
8,071
|
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1,224
|
)
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
3,517
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
6,984
|
|
|
|
7,889
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
Interest income (expense)
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income
taxes
|
|
|
(960
|
)
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
3,768
|
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
2,958
|
|
|
|
6,889
|
|
|
|
7,892
|
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
1,414
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
(2,893
|
)
|
|
|
2,619
|
|
|
|
2,786
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(986
|
)
|
|
$
|
392
|
|
|
$
|
2,354
|
|
|
$
|
(517
|
)
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,851
|
|
|
$
|
4,270
|
|
|
$
|
5,106
|
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our quarterly and annual net services revenue generally
increased each period due to ongoing expansion in the number of
hospitals subject to managed service contracts with us and
increases in the amount of incentive payments earned. The timing
of customer additions is not uniform throughout the year,
however. We did not add any new customers in the quarters ended
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and as a
result our net services revenue were essentially unchanged from
the prior quarter. We experience fluctuations in incentive
payments as a result of variations in the number of days in
certain months and patients ability to accelerate or defer
elective procedures. Our net services revenue for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010 declined, as compared to the quarter
ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to these
fluctuations in incentive payments and because the accounting
operations of one customer were combined with the accounting
operations of another hospital affiliated within the same health
care system that is not a party to a managed service contract
with us. Net services revenues for the quarter ended
March 31, 2010 has increased compared to the quarter ended
March 31, 2009 due to the increase in the number of
customers being served.
Our costs of services generally increased each period due to
increases in the number of revenue cycle staff persons under our
management at customer sites. Our operating expenses have
increased as a result of our hiring of additional employees to
provide
on-site
management of our customers revenue cycle operations and
our ongoing efforts to develop and enhance the technology that
allows us to improve our customers net revenue. Operating
margins are slightly depressed in quarters in which we add new
customers that have not yet fully implemented our operating
model and achieved expected cost efficiencies. In addition,
beginning in the second half of 2008, we began to incur
additional expenses to build the infrastructure necessary to
become a public company. The ongoing decline in interest income
for the periods presented is due to the reduction in market
interest rates. The tax benefit in the quarter ended
June 30, 2009 reflects the release of reserves for deferred
tax assets of $3.5 million.
59
Selling, general and administrative expenses in the quarters
ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 included
$2.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively, in
share-based compensation expense associated with stock warrants
granted for assistance in obtaining new hospital customers.
Primarily as a result of these expenses, we incurred net losses
in the quarters ended March 31, 2008 and March 31,
2009. We incurred a net loss in the quarter ended
December 31, 2008 primarily due to investments made in
personnel to ensure that sufficient infused management were on
hand and trained for new business opportunities then being
negotiated.
We had operating income of $1.2 million in the first
quarter of 2010. This is the first time we have had operating
income in the first quarter of a fiscal year.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
Our primary source of liquidity is cash flows from operations.
Given our current cash and cash equivalents, short-term
investments and accounts receivable, we believe that we will
have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our
contractual obligations for at least 12 months following
the closing of this offering. We expect that the combination of
our current liquidity and expected additional cash generated
from operations will be sufficient for our planned capital
expenditures, which are expected to consist primarily of
capitalized software, and other investing activities, in the
next 12 months.
Our cash and cash equivalents, consisting of demand deposits,
increased $17.0 million, from $34.7 million at
December 31, 2007 to $51.7 million at
December 31, 2008, primarily due to cash generated by the
growth in our business. Cash and cash equivalents decreased
$8.0 million, from $51.7 million at December 31,
2008 to $43.7 million at December 31, 2009, primarily
due to the payment of dividends, changes in accounts receivable
and prepaid assets discussed below. Cash and cash equivalents
decreased $13.3 million from $43.7 million at
December 31, 2009 to $30.3 million at March 31,
2010, largely due to the payment of year-end performance bonuses
and the change in the timing of cash receipts from our customers.
Our receivables could be exposed to financial risks, such as
credit risk and liquidity risk. Credit risk is the risk of
financial loss to us if a counterparty fails to meet its
contractual obligations. Liquidity risk is the risk that we will
not be able to meet our obligations as they come due. We seek to
limit our exposure to credit risk through efforts to reduce our
customer concentration and our quarterly assessment of customer
creditworthiness, and to liquidity risk by managing our cash
flows.
Operating
Activities
Cash flows used by operating activities totaled
$23.7 million and $10.1 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
Receivables from customers increased by $20.5 million
during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and increased
by $3.3 million during the three months ended
March 31, 2010, primarily due to the increased net services
revenues and the timing of customer payments. Prepaid assets
increased by $5.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 due to a prepayment of 2009 estimated
federal taxes. Accrued compensation and benefits decreased by
$6.6 million and $7.8 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, due to the
payment of prior years performance bonuses and awards.
Deferred revenue decreased by $2.5 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2009 and $7.9 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 primarily due to the
timing of cash receipts from our customers.
Cash flows generated by operating activities totaled
$11.8 million, $39.5 million and $15.1 million
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively. The increase in cash provided by operations for
the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year
ended December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to
higher net services revenue and improved financial results due
to growth in our business. While our net income increased by
$13.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2009
as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, cash
provided by operations was lower in 2009 than 2008 due to the
timing of payments from customers and to vendors.
60
Receivables from customers increased by $15.1 million,
$4.3 million and $7.3 million during the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, primarily
due to increased net services revenue and the timing of customer
payments. Prepaid assets increased by $3.2 million during
the year ended December 31, 2009 due to a prepayment of
2009 estimated federal income taxes. Payables increased by
$1.3 million and $15.5 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, primarily due to
growth in our business. Despite the increase in our net services
revenue and the overall level of our operations in 2009 as
compared to 2008, payables decreased by $6.1 million during
2009 due to the timing of payments at year end. Accrued service
costs increased by $7.2 million, $3.7 million and
$4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2008 and 2009, respectively, as we grew our customer base from
21 sites at the beginning of 2007 to 54 at the end of 2009.
Deferred revenue increased by $6.6 million and
$10.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2008, respectively, primarily due to growth in our business.
While our business continued to grow during the year ended
December 31, 2009, deferred revenue decreased by
$0.4 million as a result of the timing of customer payments
at year end.
Investing
Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $3.3 million,
$6.1 million, $7.2 million, $0.8 million and
$2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and
2010, respectively. For all three years, use of cash primarily
related to our purchases of furniture, fixtures, computer
hardware, software and other property to support the growth of
our business.
Financing
Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million for
the three months ended March 31, 2009 due to the receipt of
proceeds from the exercise of employees stock options.
Cash used by financing activities was $0.6 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the
increase in the costs related to our efforts to prepare for our
initial public offering.
Cash used in financing activities was $16.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to
$16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
These uses of cash are primarily due to the $15 million
total dividend declared by our board of directors in July 2008
and the $0.18 per share dividend declared by our board of
directors in August 2009. The 2009 dividend was paid on all
outstanding shares of common and preferred stock and aggregated
$14.9 million. The reported figures are net of proceeds from
stock option exercises and the repayment of non-executive
employee loans. The net cash used in 2008 includes
$1.5 million related to the repurchase of common stock from
one of our initial employees. There were nominal repurchases in
2009. Additionally, we incurred $2.9 million of costs related to
our efforts to prepare for our initial public offering during
the year ended December 31, 2009. No such costs were
incurred in 2008.
Cash provided by financing activities was $5.4 million for
the year ended December 31, 2007. This represented
$5.5 million of proceeds from our sale of
2,623,593 shares of common stock to Ascension Health and an
additional $0.6 million of proceeds from exercises of stock
option, partially offset by our repurchases of common stock for
$0.7 million.
Revolving
Credit Facility
On September 30, 2009, we entered into a $15 million
revolving line of credit with the Bank of Montreal, which may be
used for working capital and general corporate purposes. Any
amounts outstanding under the line of credit will accrue
interest at LIBOR plus 4% and are secured by substantially all
of our assets. Advances under the line of credit are limited to
a borrowing base and a cash deposit account which will be
established at the time borrowings occur. The line of credit has
an initial term of two years and is renewable annually
thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, we had no amounts
outstanding under this line of credit. The line of credit
contains restrictive covenants which limit our ability to, among
other things, enter into other borrowing arrangements and pay
dividends.
61
Future Capital
Needs
We intend to fund our future growth over the next 12 months
with funds generated from operations and our net proceeds from
this offering. Over the longer term, we expect that cash flows
from operations, supplemented by short-term and long-term
financing, as necessary, will be adequate to fund our day-to-day
operations and capital expenditure requirements. Our ability to
secure short-term and long-term financing in the future will
depend on several factors, including our future profitability,
the quality of our accounts receivable, our relative levels of
debt and equity, and the overall condition of the credit markets.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table presents our obligations and commitments to
make future payments under contracts, such as lease agreements,
and under contingent commitments as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
beyond
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
1,839
|
|
|
$
|
1,974
|
|
|
$
|
1,770
|
|
|
$
|
1,623
|
|
|
$
|
12,281
|
|
|
$
|
19,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,839
|
|
|
$
|
1,974
|
|
|
$
|
1,770
|
|
|
$
|
1,623
|
|
|
$
|
12,281
|
|
|
$
|
19,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We rent office space and equipment under a series of operating
leases, primarily for our Chicago corporate office and India
operations. Lease payments are amortized to expense on a
straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31,
2009, the Chicago corporate office consisted of approximately
28,000 square feet in a multi-story office building. We
intend to exercise our option to rent approximately
22,000 square feet of additional office space on an
adjacent floor, starting June 1, 2010, and will have the
option to concurrently return approximately 6,500 square
feet of office space on a non-adjacent floor. If we do not
return the 6,500 square feet of office space, the lease for
all 50,000 feet will be extended until ten years and
90 days after the date we take possession of the additional
22,000 square feet of office space, and our minimum lease
payments will increase by approximately $550,000 per year. See
Business Facilities for additional
information regarding our office leases.
Pursuant to the master services agreement between us and
Ascension Health and our individual agreements with hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health that contract for our services,
our fees are subject to adjustment in the event specified
performance milestones are not met, which could result in a
reduction in future fees payable to us by such hospitals but
would not obligate us to refund any payments. These potential
reductions in future fees are not reflected in the above table
because the amounts cannot be quantified and because, based on
our experience to date, we do not anticipate that there will be
any permanent reduction in future fees under these provisions.
For additional information regarding these contract provisions,
see Related Person Transactions Transactions
With Ascension Health.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles. ASC 105 identifies the
sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting
the principles to be used in the preparation of financial
statements that are presented in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.
ASC 105 is effective for financial statements
62
issued for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 105 did not
have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805, Business
Combinations. ASC 805 provides guidance in certain
aspects of business combinations, with additional guidance
provided defining the acquirer, recognizing and measuring the
identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, assets and liabilities
arising from contingencies, defining a bargain purchase, and
recognizing and measuring goodwill or a gain from a bargain
purchase. In addition, under ASC 805, adjustments
associated with changes in tax contingencies and valuation
allowances that occur after the measurement period, not to
exceed one year, are recorded as adjustments to income. This
statement is effective for all business combinations for which
the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of an
entitys first fiscal year that begins after
December 15, 2008; however, the guidance in this standard
regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies and
valuation allowances is retroactive to business combinations
completed prior to January 1, 2009. We adopted ASC 805 on
January 1, 2009. The adoption had no material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 260,
Earnings Per Share, codified as ASC 260-10. The guidance
in
ASC 260-10
addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and,
therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in
computing earnings per share under the two-class method.
ASC 260-10
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods
within those years. We adopted
ASC 260-10
effective January 1, 2009. The adoption had no material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 825,
Financial Instruments, codified by ASC 825-10. The
guidance in
ASC 825-10,
which amends ASC 825, requires publicly-traded companies, as
defined in ASC 270, Interim Reporting, to provide
disclosures on the fair value of financial instruments in
interim financial statements. Since
ASC 825-10
requires only additional disclosures concerning the financial
instruments, the adoption of
ASC 825-10
effective June 30, 2009, did not have a material impact on
our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events. The guidance in ASC 855 establishes general
standards of accounting for and disclosures of subsequent events
that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the
issuance of financial statements. The statement requires
additional disclosure regarding the date through which
subsequent events have been evaluated by the entity as well as
whether that date is the date the financial statements were
issued. This statement became effective for our financial
statements as of June 30, 2009. The adoption had no
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update,
or ASU,
No. 2010-09
to amend ASC 855 which applies with immediate effect. The ASU
removes the requirement to disclose the date through which
subsequent events were evaluated in both originally issued and
reissued financial statements for SEC filers.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 09-13,
Revenue Recognition Multiple Deliverable Revenue
Arrangements, or ASU
09-13. ASU
09-13
updates the existing multiple-element revenue arrangements
guidance currently included in FASB ASC
605-25. The
revised guidance provides for two significant changes to the
existing multiple element revenue arrangements guidance. The
first change relates to the determination of when the individual
deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement may be
treated as separate units of accounting. The second change
modifies the manner in which the transaction consideration is
allocated across the separately identified deliverables.
Together, these changes are likely to result in earlier
recognition of revenue and related costs for multiple-element
arrangements than under the previous guidance. This guidance
also significantly expands the disclosures required for
multiple-element revenue arrangements. The revised multiple
element revenue arrangements guidance will be effective for the
first annual reporting period
63
beginning on or after June 15, 2010, however, early
adoption is permitted, provided that the revised guidance is
retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption.
We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU
09-13, and
we expect that the adoption of the ASU will have no material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Qualitative and
Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Sensitivity. Our interest
income is primarily generated from interest earned on operating
cash accounts. Our exposure to market risks related to interest
expense is limited to borrowings under our revolving line of
credit, which bears interest at LIBOR plus 4%. To date, there
have been no borrowings under this facility. We do not enter
into interest rate swaps, caps or collars or other hedging
instruments.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our
results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations
due to changes in the Indian rupee because a portion of our
operating expenses are incurred by our subsidiary in India and
are denominated in Indian rupees. However, we do not generate
any revenues outside of the United States. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010, 0.7%, 0.6%, 0.9% and 1.7%
respectively, of our expenses were denominated in Indian rupees.
As a result, we believe that the risk of a significant impact on
our operating income from foreign currency fluctuations is not
substantial.
64
BUSINESS
Overview
Accretive Health is a leading provider of healthcare revenue
cycle management services. Our business purpose is to help
U.S. hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers
to more efficiently manage their revenue cycle operations, which
encompass patient registration, insurance and benefit
verification, medical treatment documentation and coding, bill
preparation and collections. Our integrated technology and
services offering, which we refer to as our solution, spans the
entire revenue cycle and helps our customers realize sustainable
improvements in their operating margins and improve the
satisfaction of their patients, physicians and staff. We enable
these improvements by helping our customers increase the portion
of the maximum potential patient revenue they receive while
reducing total revenue cycle costs.
Our customers typically are multi-hospital systems, including
faith-based or community healthcare systems, academic medical
centers and independent ambulatory clinics, and their affiliated
physician practice groups. We seek to develop strategic,
long-term relationships with our customers and focus on
providers that we believe understand the value of our operating
model and have demonstrated success in both clinical and
operational outcomes. As of March 31, 2010, we provided our
integrated revenue cycle service offerings to 21 customers
representing 53 hospitals and $11.6 billion in annual
net patient revenue, as well as physicians billing
organizations associated with several of these customers. As of
May 3, 2010, we provide our integrated revenue cycle
service offerings to 22 customers representing
59 hospitals and $13.6 billion in annual net patient
revenue, as well as physicians billing organizations
associated with several of these customers.
Grounded in sophisticated analytics, our solution spans our
customers entire revenue cycle. This helps set us apart
from competing services, which we believe address only a portion
of the revenue cycle. We are not a traditional outsourcing
company focused solely on cost reductions. Through the
implementation of our distinctive operating model that includes
people, processes and technology, our customers can generate
significant and sustainable revenue cycle improvements. Our
service offerings are adaptable to the evolution of the
healthcare regulatory environment, technology standards and
market trends, and require no up-front cash investment by our
customers.
To implement our solution, we assume full responsibility for the
management and cost of a customers revenue cycle
operations and supplement the customers existing revenue
cycle staff with seasoned Accretive Health personnel. We
collaborate with our customers revenue cycle employees
with the objective of educating and empowering them so that over
time they can deliver improved results using our tools. Once
implemented, our technology, processes and services are deeply
embedded in a hospitals day-to-day operations, touching
each key step of the revenue cycle. We and our customers share
financial gains resulting from our solution, which directly
aligns our objectives and interests with those of our customers.
Both we and our customers benefit on a contractually
agreed-upon basis from net patient revenue increases
and cost savings realized by the customers as a result of our
services. We believe that, over time, this alignment of
interests fosters greater innovation and incentivizes us to
improve our customers revenue cycle operations.
The revenue cycle operations of a typical hospital, physician or
other healthcare provider often fail to capture and collect the
total amounts contractually owed to it from third-party payors
and patients for medical services rendered, leading to
significant bad debt write-offs, uncompensated care, payment
denials by payors and corresponding administrative write-offs,
as well as lost revenue for missed charges. Fitch Ratings
estimates that in 2008 and 2009, uncompensated care (including
bad debt write-offs, charity care and uninsured discounts)
averaged 19% and 20% of net patient revenue at
U.S. hospitals, respectively. We generally deliver
operating margin improvements to our customers through a
combination of improvements in collections, which we refer to as
net revenue yield, charge capture, which involves ensuring that
all charges for medical treatment are included in the associated
bill, and revenue cycle cost reductions. Our customers have
historically achieved significant net revenue yield improvements
within 18
65
to 24 months of implementing our operating model, with
customers subject to mature managed service contracts typically
realizing 400 to 600 basis points in yield improvements in
the third or fourth contract year. All of a customers
yield improvements during the period we are providing services
are attributed to our solution because we assume full
responsibility for the management of the customers revenue
cycle. Our methodology for measuring yield improvements excludes
the impact of external factors such as changes in reimbursement
rates from payors, the expansion of existing services or
addition of new services, volume increases and acquisitions of
hospitals or physician practices, which may impact net revenue
but are not considered changes to net revenue yield.
Improvements in charge capture and collections are typically
attributable to reduced payment denials by payors,
identification of additional items that can be billed to payors
based on the actual procedures performed, identification of
insurance for a higher percentage of otherwise uninsured
patients, and improved collections of patient balances after
insurance. Revenue cycle cost reductions are typically achieved
through operating efficiencies, including streamlining work
flow, automating processes and centralizing vendor activities.
Specific sources of margin improvement vary among customers.
We have developed and refined our solution based in part on
information, processes and management experience garnered
through working with many of the largest and most prestigious
hospitals and healthcare systems in the United States. We seek
to embed our technology, personnel, know-how and culture within
each customers revenue cycle activities with the
expectation that we will serve as the customers
on-site
operational manager beyond the managed service contracts
initial term, which typically ranges from four to five years. To
date, we have experienced a contract renewal rate of 100%
(excluding exploratory new service offerings, a consensual
termination following a change of control and a customer
reorganization). Coupled with the long-term nature of our
managed service contracts and the fixed nature of the base fees
under each contract, our historical renewal experience provides
a core source of recurring revenue.
Our net services revenue consist primarily of base fees and
incentive fees. We receive base fees for managing our
customers revenue cycle operations, net of any cost
savings we share with those customers. Incentive fees represent
our portion of the increase in our customers net patient
revenue resulting from our services. We generate a portion of
our operating margin as a result of the difference between the
fixed base fees and the variable costs of the revenue cycles
that we manage. Incentive fees are a smaller portion of overall
revenue than base fees but generally contribute directly to
operating margin, thus significantly impacting our
profitability. We monitor each customers revenue cycle
performance through periodic operating reviews. A
customers net revenue improvements and cost savings
generally increase over time as we deploy additional programs
and as the programs we implement become more effective, which in
turn provides visibility into our future revenue and
profitability. In 2009, for example, approximately 87% of our
net services revenue, and nearly all of our net income, was
derived from customer contracts that were in place as of
January 1, 2009. In 2009, we had net services revenue of
$510.2 million, representing growth of 28.0% over 2008 and
a compound annual growth rate of 46.4% since January 1,
2005. In addition, we were profitable for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2007,
2008 and 2009, and our profitability increased in each of these
years.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that current macroeconomic conditions will continue
to impose financial pressure on healthcare providers and will
increase the importance of managing their revenue cycles
effectively and efficiently. The market opportunity for our
services which we define as the total amount of net
patient revenue collected annually by U.S. hospitals and
physicians billing organizations exceeds
$750 billion, calculated as follows. There are more than
2,200 acute care hospitals in the United States within our
target market (with more than $250 million in annual net
patient revenue each, or part of larger hospital systems),
representing a market opportunity of approximately
$510 billion in annual net patient revenue. In addition,
there are more than 2,500 smaller hospitals (with less than
$250 million in annual net patient revenue each),
representing a market opportunity of approximately
66
$130 billion in annual net patient revenue, and large
physicians billing organizations, representing an
additional market opportunity of more than $115 billion in
annual net patient revenue.
According to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services of
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,
expenditures for hospitals and physician and clinical services
are expected to increase between 2009 and 2018 at annual rates
of approximately 6.4% and 5.4%, respectively. Population growth,
longer life expectancy, the increasing prevalence of chronic
illnesses (such as diabetes and obesity) and the
over-utilization of certain healthcare services is expected to
put increasing pressure on hospitals, physicians and other
healthcare providers to operate more efficiently. American
Hospital Association surveys indicate that approximately 43% of
hospitals had a negative operating margin during the first
quarter of 2009 and approximately 77% of hospitals had reduced
capital spending. As the scope of healthcare services expands
and financial pressures mount, hospitals are demanding both
greater effectiveness and improved efficiency in the management
of their revenue cycle operations. We believe that efficient
management of the revenue cycle and collection of the full
amount of payments due for patient services are among the most
critical challenges facing healthcare providers today.
We believe that the inability of healthcare providers to capture
and collect the total amounts owed to them for patient services
is caused by the following trends:
|
|
|
|
|
Complexity of Revenue Cycle
Management. At most hospitals, there is a
lack of standardization across operating practices, payor and
patient payment methodologies, data management processes and
billing systems. In general, after a patient receives healthcare
services, the hospital must coordinate payment with two or more
parties, including third-party insurance companies, federal and
state government payors, private charities and individual
payors. Hospitals also face a growing population of uninsured
patients, whom healthcare providers have an ethical and legal
obligation to treat.
|
|
|
|
Lack of Integrated Systems and
Processes. Although interrelated, the
individual steps in the revenue cycle are not operationally
integrated across revenue cycle departments at many hospitals.
Multiple tasks and milestones must be completed properly by
personnel in various departments before a hospital or physician
can be reimbursed for patient services. It is often difficult
for a single organization to acquire and coordinate all the
knowledge and experience necessary to identify and eliminate
inefficiencies within the revenue cycle. Even if all steps are
performed flawlessly, the time required to receive full payment
for services creates long billing cycles. With frequent changes
in the reimbursement rules imposed by third-party payors, the
billing and collections cycle often is not timely and
error-free, further lengthening the time before payment is
actually received by the healthcare provider.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Patient Financial Responsibility for Healthcare
Services. Hospitals are being forced to adapt
to the need for direct-to-patient billing and collections
capabilities as patients bear payment responsibility for an
increasing portion of healthcare costs. Hospitals have
traditionally focused on collecting payments from insurance
companies and from state and federal payors, and typically are
less familiar with the processes necessary to collect payments
from patients at the point of service, including the use of
alternative payment options. Patient billing is often confusing
and payment instructions are often unclear. Moreover, hospitals
generally do not utilize consumer segmentation techniques to
formulate effective revenue collection approaches to patients.
As a result, hospitals generally write-off a high percentage of
patient-owed bills, resulting in increases in bad debt and
uncompensated care.
|
|
|
|
Outdated Systems and Insufficient Resources to Upgrade
Them. Many hospitals suffer from operating
inefficiencies caused by outdated technology, increasingly
complex billing requirements, a general lack of standardization
of process and information flow, costly in-house services that
could be more economically outsourced, and an increasingly
stringent regulatory environment. Hospitals often lack the
breadth and depth of data available to payors, and this lack of
information may contribute to the filing of less accurate claims
with third-party insurance payors and unfavorable resolutions of
disputed claims. In addition, the endowments
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
of most hospitals have significantly declined, motivating them
to make their revenue cycle operations more efficient.
|
In addition to the above trends, we believe that the federal
healthcare reform legislation that was enacted in March 2010 may
create new business opportunities for us by increasing the need
for services such as those that we provide. For example, reduced
reimbursement for some healthcare providers may cause these
healthcare providers to turn to outsourcing to extract more out
of their existing revenue cycles, and value and quality-based
reimbursement incentives created by the legislation could
generate more interest in our service offerings.
The Accretive
Health Solution
Our solution is intended to address the full spectrum of revenue
cycle operational issues faced by healthcare providers,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the increasingly complex and challenging payor environment;
|
|
|
|
a lack of fully integrated end-to-end revenue cycle management
expertise;
|
|
|
|
the consequences of increasing patient responsibility for their
healthcare costs;
|
|
|
|
the difficulty and associated expense of a single organization
acquiring and coordinating the knowledge and experience
necessary to efficiently manage the revenue cycle;
|
|
|
|
ongoing attrition of revenue cycle staff; and
|
|
|
|
frequent patient confusion and frustration with financial
obligations and billing.
|
The revenue cycle operations of a typical hospital, physician or
other healthcare provider fail to capture and collect the total
amounts owed to them from third-party payors and patients for
medical services rendered, leading to significant bad debt
write-offs, uncompensated care, payment denials by payors and
corresponding administrative write-offs, as well as lost revenue
for missed charges. Fitch Ratings estimates that in 2008 and
2009, uncompensated care (including bad debt write-offs, charity
care and uninsured discounts) averaged 19% and 20% of net
patient revenue at U.S. hospitals, respectively.
We deliver operating margin improvements to our customers
through a combination of improvements in net revenue yield,
charge capture and revenue cycle cost reductions. Improvements
in charge capture and collections are typically attributable to
reduced payment denials by payors, identification of additional
items that can be billed to payors based on the actual
procedures performed, identification of insurance for a higher
percentage of otherwise uninsured patients, and improved
collections of patient balances after insurance. Revenue cycle
cost reductions are typically achieved through operating
efficiencies, including streamlining work flow, automating
processes and centralizing vendor activities. Specific sources
of margin improvement vary among customers.
Our customers have historically achieved significant net revenue
yield improvements within 18 to 24 months of implementing
our operating model, with customers operating under mature
managed service contracts typically realizing 400 to
600 basis points in yield improvements in the third or
fourth contract year. During the assessment phase of the
customer relationship, we identify specific areas for
improvement in net revenue yield and begin implementation
immediately upon execution of a managed service contract. While
improvements in net revenue yield generally represent the
majority of a customers operating margin improvement, we
generally are able to deliver additional margin improvement
through revenue cycle cost reductions. Because our managed
service contracts align our interests with those of our
customers, we have been able, over time, to improve our margins
along with those of our customers.
We believe that our proprietary and integrated technology,
management experience and well-developed processes are enhanced
by the knowledge and experience we gain working with a wide
range of customers and improve with each payor reimbursement or
patient pay transaction. Our proprietary technology applications
include workflow automation and direct payor connection
68
capabilities that enable revenue cycle staff to focus on problem
accounts rather than on manual tasks, such as searching payor
websites for insurance and benefits verification for all
patients. We employ technology that identifies and isolates
specific cases requiring review or action, using the same
interface for all users, to automate a host of tasks that
otherwise can consume a significant amount of staff time. We use
real-time feedback from our customers to improve the
functionality and performance of our technology and processes
and incorporate these improvements into our service offerings on
a regular basis. We strive to apply operational excellence
throughout the entire revenue cycle.
We adapt our solution to the hospitals organizational
structure in order to minimize disruption to existing staff and
to make our services transparent to both patients and
physicians. The experience and knowledge of the senior
management personnel we provide to our customers can improve the
performance of their in-house revenue cycle staff. Our objective
is to improve the operating performance of our customers, thus
generating incentive fees for ourselves, by:
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Net Revenue Yield. We help
our customers improve their net revenue yield. Through the use
of our proprietary technologies and methodologies, we precisely
calculate each customers improvement in net revenue yield.
This calculation compares the customers actual cash
collections for a given instance of care to the maximum
potential cash receipts that the customer should have received
from the instance of care, which we refer to as the best
possible net compliant revenue. We aggregate these calculations
for all instances of care and compare the result to the
aggregate calculation for the year before we began to provide
our services to the customer. We receive a share of each
customers improvement in net revenue yield.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Charge Capture. We help our
customers increase their charge capture by implementing
optimization techniques and related processes. We utilize
sophisticated analytics and artificial intelligence software to
help improve the accuracy of claims filings and the resolution
of disputed claims from third-party insurance payors. We also
overlay a range of capabilities designed to reduce missed
charges, improve the clinical/reimbursement interface and
produce bills that comply with third-party payor requirements
and applicable healthcare regulations.
|
|
|
|
Making Revenue Cycle Operations More
Efficient. We help our customers make their
revenue cycle operations more efficient by implementing advanced
technologies, streamlining operations, avoiding unnecessary
re-work and improving quality. We also can reduce the costs of
third-party services, such as Medicaid eligibility review, by
transferring the work to our own internal operations. For some
customers, we are able to reduce operating costs further by
transferring selected internal operations to our centralized
shared services centers located in the United States and India.
|
We employ a variety of techniques intended to achieve this
objective:
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering Complete Patient and Payor
Information. We focus on gathering complete
patient information and validating insurance coverage and
benefits so the services can be recorded and billed to the
appropriate parties. For scheduled healthcare services, we
educate the patient as to his or her potential financial
responsibilities before receiving care. Our systems maintain an
automated electronic scorecard, which measures the efficiency of
up-front data capture, billing and collections throughout the
life cycle of any given patient account. These scorecards are
analyzed in the aggregate, and the results are used to help
improve work flow processes and operational decisions for our
customers. Our analyses of data measured by our systems show
that hospitals employing our services have increased the
percentage of non-emergency in-patient admissions with complete
information profiles to more than 90%, enabling fewer billing
delays, increased charge capture and reduced billing cycles.
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Claims Filing and Third-Party Payor
Collections. Based on our customers
experience, and on industry sources, hospitals typically do not
collect 100% of the amounts they are contractually owed by
insurance companies. Through our proprietary technology and
process expertise, we identify, for each patient encounter, the
amount our customer should receive from a payor if the
applicable contract with the payor and patient policies are
followed. Over time, we compare these amounts with the actual
cash collected to help identify which payors, types of medical
treatments and patients represent various levels of payment risk
for a customer. Using proprietary algorithms and analytics, we
consider actual reimbursement patterns to predict the payment
risk associated with a customers claims to its payors, and
we then direct increased attention and time to the riskiest
accounts. Our experience is that this approach significantly
increases the likelihood that a customer will be reimbursed the
amounts it is contractually owed for providing its services.
|
|
|
|
Identifying Alternative Payment
Sources. We use various methods to find
payment sources for uninsured patients and reimbursement for
services not covered by third-party insurance. Our patient
financial screening technology and methodologies often identify
federal, state or private grant sources to help pay for
healthcare services. These techniques are designed to ease the
financial burden on uninsured or underinsured patients and
increase the percentage of patient bills that are actually paid.
After a typical implementation period, we have been able to help
our customers find a third-party payment source for
approximately 85% of all admitted patients who identified
themselves as uninsured.
|
|
|
|
Employing Proprietary Technology and
Algorithms. Our service offerings employ a
variety of proprietary data analytics and predictive modeling
algorithms. For example, we identify patient accounts with
financial risk by applying data mining techniques to the data we
have collected. Our systems are designed to streamline work
processes through the use of proprietary algorithms that focus
revenue cycle staff effort on those accounts deemed to have the
greatest potential for improving net revenue yield or charge
capture. We frequently adjust our proprietary predictive
algorithms to reflect changes in payor and patient behavior
based upon the knowledge we glean from our entire customer base.
As new customers are added and payor and patient behavior
changes, the information we use to create our algorithms
expands, increasing the accuracy and value of those algorithms.
We rely upon a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and
trade secret law and contractual terms and conditions to protect
our intellectual property rights. We hold one U.S. patent
and have filed four additional U.S. patent applications
covering key innovations utilized in our solution.
|
|
|
|
Using Analytical Capabilities and Operational
Excellence. We draw on the experience that we
have gained from working with many of the best healthcare
provider systems in the United States to train hospital staffs
about new and innovative revenue cycle management practices. We
employ extensive analytical analyses to identify specific
weaknesses in business processes. We also strive to achieve
operational excellence and to foster an overall culture of
leading by example. As a result, our
on-site
management teams have seen marked shifts in the behaviors of
hospital administrative staff, including enthusiasm for setting
daily and weekly goals, participation in daily
half-hour
gatherings to track results achieved during the day, and
improved adherence to our standard operating procedures.
|
In addition, we help our customers increase their revenue cycle
efficiency by implementing improved practices, advanced data
management technology, streamlining work flow processes and
outsourcing aspects of their revenue cycle operations. For
example, services that can be shared across our customers, such
as patient scheduling and pre-registration, medical
transcription and patient financial services, can be performed
in our shared services centers in the United States and India.
By leveraging the economies of scale and experience of our
shared services centers, we believe that we offer our customers
better quality services at a lower cost. For those customers
opting not to participate in our shared services program, we can
help reduce costs by migrating services
70
such as Medicaid eligibility, medical transcription and
collections from external vendors to our internal staff.
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become the preferred provider-of-choice for
revenue cycle management services in the U.S. healthcare
industry. Since our inception, we have worked with some of the
largest and most prestigious healthcare systems in the United
States, such as Ascension Health, the Henry Ford Health System
and the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center. Going forward, our
goal is to continue to expand the scope of our services to
hospitals within our existing customers systems as well as
to leverage our strong relationships with reference customers to
continue to attract business from new customers. Key elements of
our strategy include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Delivering Tangible, Long-Term Results by Providing
Services that Span the Entire Revenue
Cycle. Our solution is designed to help our
customers achieve sustainable economic value through
improvements in operating margins. Improvements in our
customers operating margins in turn provide recurring
revenues for us. Our technology and services are deeply
integrated across the customers entire revenue cycle,
whereas most competitive offerings address a narrower portion of
the revenue cycle. Our offering alleviates the need to purchase
services from multiple sources, potentially saving customers
time, money and integration challenges in their efforts to
improve their revenue cycle activities.
|
|
|
|
Continuing to Develop Innovative Approaches to Increase
the Collection Rate on Patient-Owed
Obligations. We have developed and continue
to design creative approaches intended to increase net revenue
yields on patient-owed obligations. These processes include
direct communications with payors to establish patient pay
amounts (after insurance and taking into account deductibles)
and status, contract modeling tools to provide patients with
accurate updates on the portion of an outstanding balance for
which they are personally responsible, and the provision of
prior balance data and payment alternatives to patients at the
point of service. We also use consumer behavior modeling and
conduct trending analyses for collections, and we offer patients
a variety of payment methods.
|
|
|
|
Enhancing and Developing Proprietary Algorithms to
Identify Potential Errors and to Make Process
Corrections. Even as patients begin to assume
responsibility for a greater portion of the cost of medical
services, healthcare providers continue to rely upon third-party
payors for the majority of medical reimbursements. To help
improve revenue collection rates and timing for claims owed by
payors, we have developed proprietary algorithms to assess risk
and the resulting treatment of claims. Our methodology is
designed to enable nearly 100% of outstanding claims to be
reviewed, prioritized and pursued. We believe that our focus on
collecting revenue from a broader range of outstanding claims
and reducing the average time to collection differentiates our
revenue cycle management services. An additional proprietary
algorithm that distinguishes our services from others is
incorporated in our charge capture tool that identifies
potential lost charges. In instances where our customers have
been using other third party tools, we routinely identify
multiple additional lost charges.
|
|
|
|
Expanding Our Shared Services
Program. Our shared services program, which
includes patient scheduling and pre-registration, medical
transcription and patient financial services, is structured to
reduce a hospitals overhead costs while providing services
of comparable or higher quality. Expansion of our shared
services program is potentially advantageous for both our
customers and us, as we both benefit from greater savings
attributable to economies of scale and improvements in net
revenue yield. We believe that continuing to transition
customers to our shared services will help us achieve our
targeted improvements in customer operating margins. We
introduced the shared services program in 2008, and we continue
to see interest in this offering from both new and existing
customers. Currently, approximately 35% of our customers
participate in our shared services program.
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
Hiring, Training and Retaining Our
Personnel. Our solution was developed by what
we believe to be the best personnel available in the market. In
order to grow our business and solidify our competitive
position, we need to continue to hire, train and retain very
talented team members who demonstrate a strong focus on
outstanding customer service. Employee recruitment is a priority
for us because we believe that our long-term growth is limited
more by the availability of top talent than by constraints in
market demand for our solution. We seek an ongoing influx of new
personnel at all levels so that we have adequate staffing to
pursue and accept new customer opportunities. We also make
substantial ongoing investments in employee training, including
our operator academy and revenue cycle
academy which enable us to educate all new employees
regarding our operating model and related processes and
technology.
|
|
|
|
Continuing to Diversify Our Customer
Base. In October 2004, Ascension Health
became our founding customer. While Ascension Health is our
largest customer and we expect to continue to expand our
presence within Ascension Healths network of affiliated
hospitals, we are focusing our marketing efforts primarily on
other healthcare providers and expect to continue to diversify
our customer base. In the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, our net
services revenue from customers not affiliated with Ascension
Health grew by 73.6%, while our net services revenue from
hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health grew by 9.2%. As a
result, the percentage of our total net services revenue
attributable to hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health
declined from 88.7% in the year ended December 31, 2006 to
60.3% in the year ended December 31, 2009. Since
January 1, 2007, approximately $5.1 billion of the
$7.9 billion in annual net patient revenue that we added to
our customer base was unrelated to Ascension Health.
|
|
|
|
Developing Enhanced Service Offerings that Offer Long-Term
Opportunities. We intend to continue to
introduce new services that draw upon our core competencies and
that we believe will be attractive to our target customers. In
considering new services, we look for market opportunities that
we believe present low barriers to entry, require limited
incremental cost and present significant growth opportunities.
For example, we recently began targeting large physicians
billing organizations that are linked to hospital systems, and
we are developing an initiative focused on increasing the
quality of healthcare through incentive payments to primary care
physicians. We also plan to selectively pursue acquisitions that
will enable us to broaden our service offerings.
|
Our
Services
Core Service
Offering
Our core offering consists of comprehensive, integrated
technology and revenue cycle management services. We assume full
responsibility for the management and cost of the
customers complete revenue cycle operations in exchange
for a base fee and the opportunity to earn incentive fees. To
implement our solution, we supplement the customers
existing revenue cycle management and staff with seasoned
Accretive Health revenue cycle leaders, subject matter experts
and staff, and connect our proprietary technology and analytical
tools to the hospitals existing technology systems. Our
employees that we add to the hospitals revenue cycle team
typically have significant experience in healthcare management,
revenue cycle operations, technology, quality control and other
management disciplines. In addition to implementing revenue
enhancement procedures, we help our customers reduce their
revenue cycle costs by implementing improved practices, advanced
data management technology and more efficient processes, as well
as outsourcing aspects of their revenue cycle operations. We
seek to adapt our solution to the hospitals organizational
structure in order to minimize disruption to existing staff and
to make our services transparent to both patients and physicians.
72
We believe that our solution offers our customers a number of
strategic, financial and operational benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Management. We assign
highly-trained management teams to each customer site to
facilitate technology implementation, provide hands-on training
to existing hospital employees and guide staff toward achievable
performance goals.
|
|
|
|
Technology Improvements. We integrate
our proprietary technology with a hospitals transaction
systems to help improve claims collections and realize operating
efficiencies. By using a web interface to layer our tools on top
of a hospitals existing software, we can bring our
capabilities online in a timely manner without requiring any
up-front hardware investment by customers.
|
|
|
|
Standardized Operating Model. We offer
our customers a revenue cycle operating model that has delivered
tangible financial benefits. Our standard implementation
techniques are designed to enable us to install our operating
model in a timely manner and consistently at customer sites. We
utilize a uniform set of key performance indicators to drive and
assess the revenue cycle operations of our customers. Our senior
operational leaders monitor each customers revenue cycle
performance through ten to twelve operating reviews each year.
|
|
|
|
Multi-Industry Revenue Process
Experience. Our personnel have years of prior
work experience advising customers on revenue process management
issues in complex industries. We have combined this experience
with healthcare industry innovative practices and operational
excellence to form the foundation of our service offerings. We
believe that the depth and breadth of our knowledge of
healthcare and non-healthcare revenue cycle management help
differentiate us from our competitors.
|
|
|
|
Shared Services. We offer customers the
opportunity to realize operating efficiencies by outsourcing
certain revenue tasks and responsibilities to shared facilities
that we operate. By allowing multiple, unrelated hospitals to
utilize the same set of resources for key revenue cycle tasks,
our shared services capability provides opportunities to reduce
the operating costs of our customers. We have been able to
achieve meaningful margin improvements for the customers that
utilize our shared services.
|
Our solution spans a hospitals entire revenue cycle. We
deploy our proprietary technology and management experience at
each key point in the revenue cycle. As part of our solution, we
make targeted changes in the hospitals processes designed
to improve its revenue cycle operations. We also implement
cost-reduction programs, including the use of our shared
services centers for customers who choose to participate and,
for other customers, by moving services such as Medicaid
eligibility, transcription and collections from external vendors
to our internal staff.
73
Front Office (Patient Access). A
hospitals front office revenue cycle operations typically
consist of scheduling, pre-registration, registration and
collection of patient co-payments. Complete and accurate
information gathering at this stage is critical to a
hospitals ability to collect revenue from the patient and
third-party payors after healthcare services are provided.
AHtoAccess, our integrated suite of proprietary patient
admission tools, is designed to minimize downstream collections
issues by standardizing up-front patient information gathering
through direct connections between the customer and each of its
third-party payors and automated workflow navigation of
authorization and referral requirements. AHtoAccess is used by
our on-site
management teams and hospital employees to handle a variety of
front office tasks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
verification of patient contact information, which improves
accuracy of recording patient admissions data in the
hospitals patient accounting system;
|
|
|
|
real-time validation of coverage and benefits for insured
patients, which allows up-front assessment of each
patients ability to pay;
|
|
|
|
screening of self-pay patients for alternative coverage
solutions, which helps identify payment sources including
long-term payment plans and charity or government-sponsored
coverage for uninsured or underinsured patients; and
|
|
|
|
up-front calculation of patient pay residuals, which facilitates
accurate and timely communication and collection of residual
payment obligations and any outstanding patient balances from
previous services.
|
Middle Office (Health Services
Billing). Once treatment has been provided to
a patient, a hospitals middle office revenue cycle
operations typically consist of transcribing physicians
dictated records of patient care and related diagnoses,
assigning treatment codes so that bills may be generated and
consolidating all patient information into a single patient
file. Our solution provides opportunities to improve revenue
yield attributable to the middle office by enabling a customer
to properly bill all appropriate charges, reduce payment denials
by payors based upon inaccurate or
74
incomplete billing or untimely filing, and improve the accuracy
and comprehensiveness of patient and billing information to
enable bills to be issued in a timely and efficient manner.
We deploy several proprietary software tools in the middle
office. AHtoCharge is an automated variance detection tool used
to identify missing charges in patient bills and to detect
coding errors in patient records. In addition to the use of
proprietary technology, we enhance a hospitals revenue
cycle operations in the middle office with our:
|
|
|
|
|
in-house nurse auditors, who review the accuracy of treatments,
diagnoses and charges in patient records and
follow-up
with hospital revenue cycle staff so that the bills may be
updated and sent out within the normal billing cycle; and
|
|
|
|
on-staff physicians, who help hospital case managers properly
code emergency department patients during their transition from
observation to in-patient status, to
improve accurate and appropriate billing to payors.
|
Back Office (Collections). A
hospitals back office revenue cycle operations typically
consist of bill creation and submission,
follow-up to
resolve unpaid or underpaid claims and re-submit incomplete
claims, the collection of amounts due from patients and the
application of cash payments to outstanding balances. At this
stage of the revenue cycle, efficiency and data accuracy are
critical to increasing the hospitals collections from all
responsible parties in a timely manner, and reducing the
hospitals bad debt expense. Our solution is designed to
improve revenue yield attributable to the back office by
enabling a customer to:
|
|
|
|
|
decrease the time required for bill creation and submission;
|
|
|
|
increase the percentage of claims receiving maximum allowable
reimbursement from payors;
|
|
|
|
find alternative payment sources for unpaid and underpaid claims
with both third-party payors and patients; and
|
|
|
|
reduce contractual write-offs to provide an accurate record of
outstanding charges.
|
We deploy a number of proprietary tools in the back office:
|
|
|
|
|
Yield-Based Follow Up. Our Yield-Based
Follow Up tool enables us to pursue reimbursement for claims
based on risk scoring and detection as established by our
proprietary algorithms.
|
|
|
|
Medical Financial Solutions. Our
Medical Financial Solutions tool uses proprietary algorithms to
assess a patients propensity to pay and determines
follow-up
actions structured to allow higher yields with lower collections
effort.
|
|
|
|
Retro Eligibility. Our Retro
Eligibility tool continually searches for insurance coverage for
each patient visit, even after treatment has concluded, to
determine whether uninsured patients are eligible for some form
of insurance coverage.
|
|
|
|
AHtoContract. Our AHtoContract tool
utilizes proprietary modeling and analytics to calculate the
aggregate reimbursement due to the hospital from third-party
payors and patients for a given patient treatment.
|
|
|
|
Underpayments. Our Underpayments tool
employs payor remittance data and contract models to determine
whether a payor has reimbursed less than its contracted amount
for a specific claim and enables the hospitals back office
staff to resolve these situations directly with payors.
|
|
|
|
AHtoPost. Our AHtoPost tool is used by
our shared services centers to centralize the task of posting
cash payments to customers patient accounting systems.
|
75
Accretive
Direct Service Offering
Our Accretive Direct service offering is a focused
technology and services solution for smaller hospitals where
implementation of the complete suite of
on-site
management assistance included with our core service offering is
not economically feasible. This service offering incorporates
additional automation and standardization into our revenue cycle
management solution with less reliance on infused management
personnel. Currently, we have one customer that uses our
Accretive Direct services, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
implementation of our AHtoAccess tool in the customers
front office revenue cycle operations;
|
|
|
|
implementation of our AHtoCharge tool and our physician advisory
services in the customers middle office revenue cycle
operations;
|
|
|
|
outsourcing of the customers pre-service patient calling
activities, back office revenue cycle operations and patient
financial services activities to our shared services operating
centers; and
|
|
|
|
support for audits of Medicare charges.
|
Quality/Cost
Service Initiative
We are pursuing a new quality/cost service initiative that we
believe presents attractive growth potential for us. We are
building a technology and service solution that, once completed
and implemented, would allow hospitals and physicians to deliver
healthcare services to specific patient populations, and be
compensated for focusing on prevention, medical best practices
and use of electronic health records to achieve better outcomes,
as opposed to fees for services. This approach would reward
providers for cost savings and increased quality. We believe
that our knowledge and understanding of the U.S. healthcare
payment and reimbursement system, our business process
experience and our technology position us well to pursue this
opportunity.
Healthcare providers tend to focus on their own role in patient
care rather than the totality of a patients healthcare.
This approach often leads to ineffective care coordination and
can have a negative impact on healthcare quality and cost. Our
quality/cost service initiative is intended to link episodes of
care and facilitate the re-emergence of the primary care
physician, or PCP, as the coordinator of care for each patient.
We believe that appropriate financial incentives can be designed
to encourage PCPs to focus on the prevention of acute care
episodes for example, through comprehensive annual
physicals and the systematic use of HbA1c blood sugar tests for
diabetics and, when those episodes do occur, to
focus on the prevention of hospital readmissions. To accomplish
these objectives, the financial incentives would relate to,
among other things, total integration of care, medical best
practices and the use of healthcare information technology.
Because PCPs drive the vast majority of healthcare decisions
(excluding personal lifestyle decisions) that have an impact on
healthcare, we believe that this initiative could reduce costs
and increase healthcare quality.
We believe a service offering of this nature would be attractive
to healthcare providers because of the potential for higher
quality patient care and lower healthcare costs. In addition,
the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act enacted in February
2009 provides for potential payments over time of up to $44,000
(under Medicare) and $64,000 (under Medicaid) to any physician
who adopts and meaningfully uses electronic health
records, and we believe our healthcare information technology
can help physicians qualify for these payments.
We plan to beta test our quality/cost initiative at selected
customer sites and expect to be in a position to roll out a
service offering based on this initiative during 2010.
76
Customers
Our
Customers
Customers for our core service offering typically are
multi-hospital systems, including faith-based or community
healthcare systems, academic medical centers and independent
clinics, and the physician practice groups affiliated with those
systems. Our core service offering is best-suited for healthcare
organizations in which substantial improvements can be realized
through the full implementation of our solution. Our Accretive
Direct service offering is targeted to hospitals with less than
$250 million in annual net patient revenue. We seek to
develop strategic, long-term relationships with our customers
and focus on providers that we believe understand the value of
our operating model and have demonstrated success in both the
provision of healthcare services and the ability to achieve
financial and operational results. In October 2004, Ascension
Health became our founding customer. While Ascension Health is
still our largest customer and we expect to continue to expand
our presence beyond the hospitals we currently service within
Ascension Healths network, we are focusing our marketing
efforts primarily on other healthcare providers and expect to
continue to diversify our customer base. As of March 31,
2010, we provided our integrated revenue cycle service offerings
to 21 customers representing 53 hospitals and $11.6 billion
in annual net patient revenue, as well as physicians
billing organizations associated with several of these
customers. As of May 3, 2010, we provide our integrated
revenue cycle service offerings to 22 customers
representing 59 hospitals and $13.6 billion in annual
net patient revenue, as well as physicians billing
organizations associated with several of these customers.
We target seven market segments in the United States for our
integrated revenue cycle service offering:
|
|
|
|
|
Academic Medical Centers and Ambulatory
Clinics. Academic medical centers and
ambulatory clinics, including related physician practices,
represent approximately $120 billion in annual net patient
revenue. This market segment offers attractive opportunities for
us because of the significant size and patient volume of
academic medical centers and ambulatory clinics (typically more
than $1 billion each in net patient revenue) and the
fragmented revenue cycle management operations of most physician
practices. Our customers in this market segment include the
Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and the Henry Ford Health
System.
|
|
|
|
Catholic Community Healthcare
Systems. Catholic community healthcare
systems represented our initial target market segment and remain
a primary focus for us. Catholic community healthcare systems
manage approximately $62 billion in annual net patient
revenue. Ascension Health is the nations largest Catholic
and largest non-profit healthcare system, with a network of 78
hospitals and related healthcare facilities located in
20 states and the District of Columbia. We serve a number
of hospitals and regional healthcare systems affiliated with
Ascension Health.
|
|
|
|
Other Faith-Based Community Healthcare
Systems. Drawing on our experience with the
Catholic community healthcare system market, we also target the
market for other faith-based community healthcare systems.
Healthcare systems affiliated with other religious faiths manage
approximately $42 billion in annual net patient revenue. We
serve several regional healthcare systems in this market segment.
|
|
|
|
Not-for-Profit Community
Hospitals. There are nearly 2,000
not-for-profit community hospitals, with a variety of
affiliations that are not faith-based.
Not-for-profit
community hospitals, including integrated delivery networks,
manage approximately $241 billion in annual net patient
revenue. Fairview Health Services, which is an integrated
delivery network, is one of our customers in this market
segment, with six hospitals served.
|
|
|
|
Physicians Billing
Organizations. Large physicians billing
organizations represent more than $115 billion in annual
net patient revenue. Our customer work in this market includes
the billing activities involving several hundred physicians at
the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and the Henry Ford Health
System.
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
For-Profit Hospital Systems. For-profit
hospital systems manage approximately $80 billion in annual
net patient revenue. This sector, although smaller than the
not-for-profit sector, still represents a significant target
market segment for our revenue cycle services. We currently
serve one for-profit hospital as the result of the acquisition
of a formerly non-profit hospital by a for-profit company in
2009.
|
|
|
|
Government-Owned Hospitals. Based on
industry sources, each major metropolitan area in the United
States has at least one large municipal or city-owned hospital
system. We believe that this market segment represents
approximately $95 billion in annual net patient revenue. We
do not currently have any customers in this market segment.
|
We believe that the diversity of our customer base, ranging from
not-for-profit community hospitals to large academic medical
centers and healthcare systems, demonstrates our ability to
adapt and apply our operating model to many different situations.
Customer
Agreements
We provide our revenue cycle service offering pursuant to
managed service contracts with our customers. In rendering our
services, we must comply with customer policies and procedures
regarding charity care, personnel, compliance and risk
management as well as applicable federal, state and local laws
and regulations. Generally, we are the exclusive provider of
revenue cycle management services to our customers.
Our contracts are multi-year agreements and vary in length based
on the customer. After the initial term of the agreement, our
customer contracts automatically renew unless terminated by
either party upon prior written notice.
In general, our managed service contracts provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we assume responsibility for the management and cost of the
customers revenue cycle operations, including the payroll
and benefit costs associated with the customers employees
conducting revenue cycle activities, and the agreements and
costs associated with the related third-party services;
|
|
|
|
we are required to staff a sufficient number of our own
employees on each customers premises and the technology
necessary to implement and manage our services;
|
|
|
|
in general, the customer pays us base fees equal to a specified
amount, subject to annual increases under an agreed-upon
formula, and incentive fees based on achieving
agreed-upon
financial benchmarks;
|
|
|
|
the parties provide representations and indemnities to each
other; and
|
|
|
|
the contracts are subject to termination by either party in the
event of a material breach which is not cured by the breaching
party.
|
See Related Person Transactions Transactions
with Ascension Health Customer Relationship
for more information regarding our master services agreement
with Ascension Health.
Sales and
Marketing
Our new business opportunities have historically been generated
through high-level industry contacts of members of our senior
management team and board of directors and positive references
from existing customers. As we have grown, we have added senior
sales executives and adopted a more institutional approach to
sales and marketing that relies on systematic relationship
building by all of our senior team members. Our sales process
generally begins by engaging senior executives of the
prospective hospital or healthcare system, typically followed by
our assessment of the prospects existing revenue cycle
operations and a review of the findings. We employ a
standardized managed service contract that is designed to
streamline the contract process and support a collaborative
78
discussion of revenue cycle operation issues and our proposed
working relationship. Our sales process typically requires six
to twelve months from the introductory meeting to contract
execution.
Technology
Technology
Development
Our technology development organization operates out of various
facilities in the United States and India. Our technology is
developed in-house by Accretive Health employees, although at
times we may supplant our technology development team with
independent contractors, all of whom have assigned any resulting
intellectual property rights to us. We use a rapid application
development methodology in which new functionality and
enhancements are released on a
30-day
cycle, and minor functionality or patch work is
released on a
seven-day
cycle. Based upon this schedule, we release approximately eleven
technology offerings with new functionalities each year across
each of the four principal portions of our customer-facing
applications. All customer sites run the same base set of code.
We use a beta-testing environment to develop and test new
technology offerings at one or more customers, while keeping the
rest of our customers on production-level code.
Our applications are deployed on a consistent architecture based
upon an industry-standard Microsoft SQL*Server database and a
DotNetNuke open source application architecture.
This architecture provides a common framework for development,
which in turn simplifies the development process and offers a
common interface for end users. We believe the consistent look
and feel of our architecture allows our customers and staff to
begin using ongoing enhancements to our software suite quickly
and easily.
We devote substantial resources to our development efforts and
plan at a yearly, half-yearly, quarterly and release level. We
employ a value point scoring system to assess the
impact an enhancement will have on net revenue, costs,
efficiency and customer satisfaction. The results of this value
point system analysis are evaluated in conjunction with our
overall corporate goals when making development decisions. In
addition to our technology development team, our operations
personnel play an integral role in setting technology priorities
in support of their objective of keeping our software operating
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Technology
Operations
Our applications are hosted in data centers located in
Alpharetta, Georgia and Salt Lake City, Utah, and our internal
financial application suite is hosted in a data center in
Minneapolis, Minnesota. These data centers are operated for us
by third parties and are SAS-70 compliant. Our development,
testing and quality assurance environment is operated from our
Alpharetta, Georgia data center, with a separate server room in
Chicago, Illinois. We have agreements with our hardware and
system software suppliers for support 24 hours a day,
7 days a week. Our operations personnel also use our
resources located in our other U.S. facilities and in our
India facilities.
Customers use high-speed Internet connections or private network
connections to access our business applications. We utilize
commercially available hardware and a combination of
custom-developed and commercially available software. We
designed our primary application in this manner to permit
scalable growth. For example, database servers can be added
without adding web servers, and vice versa. We believe that this
architecture enables us to scale our operations effectively and
efficiently.
Our databases and servers are
backed-up in
full on a weekly basis and undergo incremental
back-ups
nightly. Databases are also
backed-up
frequently by automatically shipping log files with accumulated
changes to separate sets of
back-up
servers. In addition to serving as a
back-up,
these log files update the data in our online analytical
processing engine, enabling the data to be more current than if
only refreshed overnight. Data and information regarding our
customers patients is
79
encrypted when transmitted over the internet or traveling
off-site on portable media such as laptops or backup tapes.
Customer system access requests are load-balanced across
multiple application servers, allowing us to handle additional
users on a per-customer basis without application changes.
System utilization is monitored for capacity planning purposes.
Our software interacts with our customers software through
a series of real-time and batch interfaces. We do not require
changes to the customers core patient care delivery or
financial systems. Instead of installing hardware or software in
customer locations or data centers, we specify the information
that a customer needs to extract from its existing systems in
order to interface with our systems. This methodology enables
our systems to operate with many combinations of customer
systems, including custom and industry-standard implementations.
We have successfully integrated our systems with 15 to
20 year old systems, with package and custom systems, and
with major industry-standard products.
When these interfaces are in place, we provide a tool suite
across the hospital revenue cycle. For our purposes, the revenue
cycle starts when a patient registers for future service or
arrives at a hospital or clinic for unscheduled service and ends
when the hospital has collected all the appropriate revenue from
all possible sources. Thus, we provide eligibility, address
validation, skip tracing, charge capture, patient and payor
follow-up,
analytics and tracking, charge master management, contract
modeling, contract what if analysis, collections and
other functions throughout the front office, middle office and
back office operations of a customers revenue cycle.
Because our databases run on industry-standard hardware and
software, we are able to use all standard tools to develop,
maintain and monitor our solution. Databases for one or more
customers can run on a single database server with disk storage
configured as a redundant array of inexpensive disks (RAID). In
the event of a server failure, we have maintenance contracts in
place that require the service provider to have the server back
on-line in four hours or less, or we move the customer
processing to another server. The RAID configuration protects
against disk failures having an impact on our operations.
In the event that a combination of events causes a system
failure, we typically can isolate the failure to one or a small
number of customers. We believe that no combination of failures
by our systems can impact a customers ability to deliver
patient care, nor can any such failures prevent accurate
accounting of customer finances because accounting functions are
maintained on customer systems. In the past twelve months, our
up-time has exceeded 99.45% of planned up-time.
Our data centers were designed to withstand many catastrophic
events, such as blizzards and hurricanes. To protect against a
catastrophic event in which our primary data center is
completely destroyed and service cannot be restored within a few
days, we store backups of our systems and databases off-site. In
the event that we had to move operations to a different data
center, we would re-establish operations by provisioning new
servers, restoring data from the off-site backups and
re-establishing connectivity with our customers host
systems. Because our systems are web-based, no changes would
need to be made on customer workstations, and customers would be
able to reconnect as our systems became available again.
We monitor the response time of our application in a number of
ways. We monitor the response time of individual transactions by
customer and place monitors inside our operations and at key
customer sites to run synthetic transactions that demonstrate
our systems end-to-end responsiveness. Our hosting
provider reports on responsiveness
server-by-server
and identifies potential future capacity issues. In addition, we
survey key customers regarding system response time to make sure
customer-specific conditions are not impacting performance of
our tools.
80
Proprietary
Software Suite
Our proprietary AHtoAccess software suite is composed of a broad
range of integrated functional areas or domains. The
patient access, improving best possible,
follow-up
and measurement domains utilize interdependent
design and development paths and are an integral driver of value
throughout our customers entire revenue cycle. These
domains correspond to the front office, middle office and back
office revenue cycle business processes described above.
|
|
|
|
|
The patient access domain is used during hospital
employees first interactions with patients, either at the
point of service in a hospital or in advance of a hospital visit
during our pre-registration process. The domain uses a
straightforward, consistent architecture.
|
|
|
|
The improving best possible domain is designed to
facilitate top-line revenue improvements and bottom-line
efficiency gains. The domains AHtoCharge tool is a
rules-based engine that, with the oversight of a centralized
team of nurse-auditors, automatically analyzes medical billing
and coding data to identify inconsistencies that may delay or
hinder collections.
|
|
|
|
The
follow-up
domain tracks unpaid claims and contacts with insurance
companies, government organizations and other payors responsible
for outstanding debts for past patient services. The domain also
organizes previously unpaid claims using a proprietary
risk-based algorithm.
|
|
|
|
The measurement domain integrates our functional
domains by providing real-time metrics and insight into the
operation of revenue cycle businesses. This application can be
used to generate standard operational reports and allows the end
user to review and analyze all of the micro-level data that
supports the results found in these reports.
|
In addition to applications designed for use by our customers,
we have developed proprietary software for use in our
collections operations and measurement activity. To manage
patient
follow-up
activities and the collection of patient debt, we use a
combination of off-the-shelf telephony and campaign management
software which analyzes critical data points to determine the
optimum approach for collecting outstanding debts. Our
measurement system enables a user to generate models for
outstanding medical claims related to specific third-party
payors and determine the maximum allowed reimbursement, based
upon the hospitals contract with each payor.
81
Competition
While we do not believe any single competitor offers a fully
integrated, end-to-end revenue cycle management solution, we
face competition from various sources.
The internal revenue cycle management staff of hospitals, who
historically have performed the functions addressed by our
services, in effect compete with us. Hospitals that previously
have made investments in internally developed solutions
sometimes choose to continue to rely on their own internal
revenue cycle management staff.
We also currently compete with three categories of external
participants in the revenue cycle market, most of which focus on
small components of the hospital revenue cycle:
|
|
|
|
|
software vendors and other technology-supported revenue cycle
management business process outsourcing companies, such as
athenahealth, Eclipsys and MedAssets;
|
|
|
|
traditional consultants, either specialized healthcare
consulting firms or healthcare divisions of large accounting
firms, such as Deloitte Consulting and Huron Consulting; and
|
|
|
|
IT outsourcers, which typically are large, non-healthcare
focused business process outsourcing and information technology
outsourcing firms, such as Perot Systems and Computer Science
Corporation/First Consulting.
|
We believe that competition for revenue cycle management
services is based primarily on the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
knowledge and understanding of the complex healthcare payment
and reimbursement system in the United States;
|
|
|
|
a track record of delivering revenue improvements and efficiency
gains for hospitals and healthcare systems;
|
|
|
|
the ability to deliver a solution that is fully-integrated along
each step of a hospitals revenue cycle operations;
|
|
|
|
cost-effectiveness, including the breakdown between up-front
costs and pay-for-performance incentive compensation;
|
|
|
|
reliability, simplicity and flexibility of the technology
platform;
|
|
|
|
understanding of the healthcare industrys regulatory
environment; and
|
|
|
|
sufficient infrastructure and financial stability.
|
We believe that we compete effectively based upon all of these
criteria. We also believe that several aspects of our business
model differentiate us from our competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
our solution does not require any up-front cash investment from
customers and we do not charge hourly or licensing fees for our
services;
|
|
|
|
we serve only healthcare providers and do not provide services
to third-party payors; and
|
|
|
|
we focus on delivering significant and sustainable revenue cycle
improvements rather than one-time cost reductions only.
|
Nonetheless, we operate in a growing and attractive market with
a steady stream of new entrants. Although we believe that there
are barriers to replicating our end-to-end revenue cycle
solution, we expect competition to intensify in the future.
Other companies may develop superior or more economical service
offerings that hospitals could find more attractive than our
offerings. Moreover, the regulatory landscape may shift in a
direction that is more strategically advantageous to existing
and future companies.
82
Government
Regulation
The customers we serve are subject to a complex array of federal
and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations may
change rapidly, and it is frequently unclear how they apply to
our business. We devote significant efforts, through training of
personnel and monitoring, to establish and maintain compliance
with all regulatory requirements that we believe are applicable
to our business and the services we offer.
Government
Regulation of Health Information
Privacy and Security Regulations. The
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as
amended, and the regulations that have been issued under it,
which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, contain substantial
restrictions and requirements with respect to the use and
disclosure of individuals protected health information.
HIPAA prohibits a covered entity from using or disclosing an
individuals protected health information unless the use or
disclosure is authorized by the individual or is specifically
required or permitted under HIPAA. Under HIPAA, covered entities
must establish administrative, physical and technical safeguards
to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of
electronic protected health information maintained or
transmitted by them or by others on their behalf.
HIPAA applies to covered entities, such as healthcare providers
that engage in HIPAA-defined standard electronic transactions,
health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as
business associates that perform functions on behalf
or provide services to covered entities. Most of our customers
are covered entities and we are a business associate to many of
those customers under HIPAA as a result of our contractual
obligations to perform certain functions on behalf of and
provide certain services to those customers. In order to provide
customers with services that involve the use or disclosure of
protected health information, HIPAA requires our customers to
enter into business associate agreements with us so that certain
HIPAA requirements would be applied to us as contractual
commitments. Such agreements must, among other things, provide
adequate written assurances:
|
|
|
|
|
as to how we will use and disclose the protected health
information;
|
|
|
|
that we will implement reasonable administrative, physical and
technical safeguards to protect such information from misuse;
|
|
|
|
that we will enter into similar agreements with our agents and
subcontractors that have access to the information;
|
|
|
|
that we will report security incidents and other inappropriate
uses or disclosures of the information; and
|
|
|
|
that we will assist the customer with certain of its duties
under HIPAA.
|
Transaction Requirements. In addition
to privacy and security requirements, HIPAA also requires that
certain electronic transactions related to healthcare billing be
conducted using prescribed electronic formats. For example,
claims for reimbursement that are transmitted electronically to
payors must comply with specific formatting standards, and these
standards apply whether the payor is a government or a private
entity. We are contractually required to structure and provide
our services in a way that supports our customers HIPAA
compliance obligations.
Data Security and Breaches. In recent
years, there have been well-publicized data breach incidents
involving the improper dissemination of personal health and
other information of individuals, both within and outside of the
healthcare industry. Many states have responded to these
incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal
information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions
in response to data breach incidents, such as providing prompt
notification of the breach to affected individuals and
government authorities. In many cases, these laws are limited to
electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or
considering stricter and broader requirements. In
83
February 2009, HIPAA was amended by the Health Information
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act to
impose certain of the HIPAA privacy and security requirements
directly upon business associates. Business associates are also
required to notify covered entities, which in turn are required
to notify affected individuals and government authorities of
data security breaches involving unsecured protected health
information. In addition, the U.S. Federal Trade
Commission, or FTC, has prosecuted some data breach cases as
unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade
Commission Act. We have implemented and maintain physical,
technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all
personal data and have processes in place to assist us in
complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the
protection of this data and properly responding to any security
incidents.
State Laws. In addition to HIPAA, most
states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect
against the unauthorized disclosure of confidential medical
information, and many states have adopted or are considering
further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards,
security standards and data security breach notification
requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA
requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements, and
we must comply with them even though they may be subject to
different interpretations by various courts and other
governmental authorities.
Other Requirements. In addition to
HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the
collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of
individually identifiable health and other information and
healthcare provider information. The FTC has issued and several
states have issued or are considering new regulations to require
holders of certain types of personally identifiable information
to implement formal policies and programs to prevent, detect and
mitigate the risk of identity theft and other unauthorized
access to or use of such information. Further, the
U.S. Congress and a number of states have considered or are
considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of
medical or other information to individuals or entities located
outside of the United States.
Government
Regulation of Reimbursement
Our customers are subject to regulation by a number of
governmental agencies, including those that administer the
Medicare and Medicaid programs. Accordingly, our customers are
sensitive to legislative and regulatory changes in, and
limitations on, the government healthcare programs and changes
in reimbursement policies, processes and payment rates. During
recent years, there have been numerous federal legislative and
administrative actions that have affected government programs,
including adjustments that have reduced or increased payments to
physicians and other healthcare providers and adjustments that
have affected the complexity of our work. For example, the
federal healthcare reform legislation that was enacted in March
2010 may reduce reimbursement for some healthcare providers,
increase reimbursement for others (including primary care
physicians) and create various value and quality-based
reimbursement incentives. It is possible that the federal or
state governments will implement additional reductions,
increases or changes in reimbursement in the future under
government programs that adversely affect our customer base or
our cost of providing our services. Any such changes could
adversely affect our own financial condition by reducing the
reimbursement rates of our customers.
Fraud and
Abuse Laws
A number of federal and state laws, generally referred to as
fraud and abuse laws, apply to healthcare providers, physicians
and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or
payments for products or services that may be paid for through
any federal or state healthcare program and in some instances
any private program. Given the breadth of these laws and
regulations, they may affect
84
our business, either directly or because they apply to our
customers. These laws and regulations include:
Anti-Kickback Laws. There are numerous
federal and state laws that govern patient referrals, physician
financial relationships, and inducements to healthcare providers
and patients. The federal healthcare anti-kickback law prohibits
any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or
receiving anything of value, directly or indirectly, for the
referral of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid and other
federal healthcare programs or the leasing, purchasing, ordering
or arranging for or recommending the lease, purchase or order of
any item, good, facility or service covered by these programs.
Courts have construed this anti-kickback law to mean that a
financial arrangement may violate this law if any one of the
purposes of an arrangement is to encourage patient referrals or
other federal healthcare program business, regardless of whether
there are other legitimate purposes for the arrangement. There
are several limited exclusions known as safe harbors that may
protect some arrangements from enforcement penalties. These safe
harbors have very limited application. Penalties for federal
anti-kickback violations can be severe, and include
imprisonment, criminal fines, civil money penalties with triple
damages and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare
programs. Many states have adopted similar prohibitions against
kickbacks and other practices that are intended to induce
referrals, and some of these state laws are applicable to all
patients regardless of whether the patient is covered under a
governmental health program or private health plan.
False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. There
are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of
false information or the failure to disclose information in
connection with the submission and payment of provider claims
for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse
of existing systems for such submission and payment, for
example, by systematic over treatment or duplicate billing of
the same services to collect increased or duplicate payments.
In particular, the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits a
person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a
false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval by an officer,
employee or agent of the United States. The FCA also prohibits a
person from knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or
used a false record or statement material to such a claim. The
FCA was amended on May 20, 2009 by the Fraud Enforcement
and Recovery Act of 2009, or FERA. Following the FERA
amendments, the FCAs reverse false claim
provision also creates liability for persons who knowingly
conceal an overpayment of government money or knowingly and
improperly retain an overpayment of government funds. In
addition, the federal healthcare reform legislation that was
enacted in March 2010 requires providers to report and return
overpayments and to explain the reason for the overpayment in
writing within 60 days of the date on which the overpayment
is identified, and the failure to do so is punishable under the
FCA. Violations of the FCA may result in treble damages,
significant monetary penalties, and other collateral
consequences including, potentially, exclusion from
participation in federally funded healthcare programs. The scope
and implications of the FERA amendments have yet to be fully
determined or adjudicated and as a result it is difficult to
predict how future enforcement initiatives may impact our
business.
In addition, under the Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981, the
Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector
General has the authority to impose administrative penalties and
assessments against any person, including an organization or
other entity, who knowingly presents, or causes to be presented,
to a state or federal government employee or agent certain false
or otherwise improper claims.
Stark Law and Similar State Laws. The
Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, known as the Stark Law,
prohibits certain types of referral arrangements between
physicians and healthcare entities and thus applies to our
customers. Physicians are prohibited from referring patients for
certain designated health services reimbursed under
federally-funded programs to entities with which they or their
immediate family members have a financial relationship or an
ownership interest, unless such referrals fall within a specific
exception. Violations of the statute can result in civil
monetary penalties
and/or
exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Furthermore,
reimbursement claims for care
85
rendered under forbidden referrals violate the Stark Law and may
be deemed false or fraudulent, resulting in liability under
other fraud and abuse laws. Any such violations by, and
penalties and exclusions imposed upon, our customers could
adversely affect their financial condition and, in turn, could
adversely affect our own financial condition.
Laws in many states similarly forbid billing based on referrals
between individuals
and/or
entities that have various financial, ownership or other
business relationships. These laws vary widely from state to
state.
Laws Limiting
Assignment of Reimbursement Claims
Various federal and state laws, including Medicare and Medicaid,
forbid or limit assignments of claims for reimbursement from
government funded programs. Some of these laws limit the manner
in which business service companies may handle payments for such
claims and prevent such companies from charging their provider
customers on the basis of a percentage of collections or
charges. We do not believe that the services we provide our
customers result in an assignment of claims for the Medicare or
Medicaid reimbursements for purposes of federal healthcare
programs. Any determination to the contrary, however, could
adversely affect our ability to be paid for the services we
provide to our customers, require us to restructure the manner
in which we are paid, or have further regulatory consequences.
Emergency
Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act
The federal Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act, or
EMTALA, was adopted by the U.S. Congress in response to
reports of a widespread hospital emergency room practice of
patient dumping. At the time of EMTALAs
enactment, patient dumping was considered to have occurred when
a hospital capable of providing the needed care sent a patient
to another facility or simply turned the patient away based on
such patients inability to pay for his or her care. EMTALA
imposes requirements as to the care that must be provided to
anyone who seeks care at facilities providing emergency medical
services. In addition, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services has issued final regulations clarifying those areas
within a hospital system that must provide emergency treatment,
procedures to meet on-call requirements, as well as other
requirements under EMTALA. Sanctions for failing to fulfill
these requirements include exclusion from participation in the
Medicare and Medicaid programs and civil monetary penalties. In
addition, the law creates private civil remedies that enable an
individual who suffers personal harm as a direct result of a
violation of the law to sue the offending hospital for damages
and equitable relief. A hospital that suffers a financial loss
as a direct result of another participating hospitals
violation of the law also has a similar right.
EMTALA generally applies to our customers, and we assist our
customers with the intake of their patients. Although we believe
that our customers patient intake practices are in
compliance with the law and applicable regulations, we cannot be
certain that governmental officials responsible for enforcing
the law or others will not assert that we or our customers are
in violation of these laws nor what obligations may be imposed
by regulations to be issued in the future.
Regulation of
Debt Collection Activities
The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA,
regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect,
directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be
owed to another person. Certain of our accounts receivable
activities may be subject to the FDCPA. The FDCPA establishes
specific guidelines and procedures that debt collectors must
follow in communicating with consumer debtors, including the
time, place and manner of such communications. Further, it
prohibits harassment or abuse by debt collectors, including the
threat of violence or criminal prosecution, obscene language or
repeated telephone calls made with the intent to abuse or
harass. The FDCPA also places restrictions on communications
with individuals other than consumer debtors in connection with
the collection of any consumer debt and sets forth specific
procedures to be followed when communicating with such third
parties for purposes of obtaining location information
86
about the consumer. In addition, the FDCPA contains various
notice and disclosure requirements and prohibits unfair or
misleading representations by debt collectors. Finally, the
FDCPA imposes certain limitations on lawsuits to collect debts
against consumers.
Debt collection activities are also regulated at state level.
Most states have laws regulating debt collection activities in
ways that are similar to, and in some cases more stringent than,
the FDCPA. In addition, some states require debt collection
companies to be licensed. In all states where we operate, we
believe that we currently hold all required state licenses or
are pursuing a license, or are exempt from licensing.
We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA,
which regulates consumer credit reporting and which may impose
liability on us to the extent that the adverse credit
information reported on a consumer to a credit bureau is false
or inaccurate. State law, to the extent it is not preempted by
the FCRA, may also impose restrictions or liability on us with
respect to reporting adverse credit information.
The FTC has the authority to investigate consumer complaints
relating to the FDCPA and the FCRA, and to initiate or recommend
enforcement actions, including actions to seek monetary
penalties. State officials typically have authority to enforce
corresponding state laws. In addition, affected consumers may
bring suits, including class action suits, to seek monetary
remedies (including statutory damages) for violations of the
federal and state provisions discussed above.
Regulation of
Credit Card Activities
We accept payments by credit cards from patients of our
customers. Various federal and state laws impose privacy and
information security laws and regulations with respect to the
use of credit cards. If we fail to comply with these laws and
regulations or experience a credit card security breach, our
reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future
business, and we could be subjected to additional legal or
financial risk as a result of non-compliance.
Foreign
Regulations
Our operations in India are subject to additional regulations by
the government of India. These include Indian federal and local
corporation requirements, restrictions on exchange of funds,
employment-related laws and qualification for tax status.
Intellectual
Property
We rely upon a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and
trade secret laws and contractual terms and conditions to
protect our intellectual property rights, and have sought patent
protection for aspects of our key innovations.
We have been issued one U.S. patent and filed four
additional U.S. patent applications aimed at protecting the
four domains of our AHtoAccess software suite: patient access,
improving best possible,
follow-up
and measurement. See Business
Technology Proprietary Software Suite for more
information. Legal standards relating to the validity,
enforceability and scope of protection of patents can be
uncertain. We do not know whether any of our pending patent
applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether
the examination process will require us to narrow our claims.
Our patent applications may not result in the grant of patents
with the scope of the claims that we seek, if at all, or the
scope of the granted claims may not be sufficiently broad to
protect our products and technology. Our one issued patent or
any patents that may be granted in the future from pending or
future applications may be opposed, contested, circumvented,
designed around by a third party or found to be invalid or
unenforceable. Third parties may develop technologies that are
similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate
or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technologies or
design around patents owned or licensed by us. If our technology
is found to infringe any patent or other intellectual property
right held by a third party, we could be prevented from
providing our service offerings and subject us to significant
damage awards.
87
We also rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect
our technology. We control access to and the use of our
application capabilities through a combination of internal and
external controls, including contractual protections with
employees, customers, contractors and business partners. We
license some of our software through agreements that impose
specific restrictions on customers ability to use the
software, such as prohibiting reverse engineering and limiting
the use of copies. We also require employees and contractors to
sign non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment
agreements to give us ownership of intellectual property
developed in the course of working form us.
On occasion, we incorporate third-party commercial or open
source software products into our technology platform. Although
we prefer to develop our own technology, we periodically employ
third-party software in order to simplify our development and
maintenance efforts, provide a commodity capability,
support our own technology infrastructure or test a new
capability.
Employees
As of March 31, 2010, we had 1,802 full-time
employees, including 212 engaged in technology development and
deployment, as well as 172 part-time employees. None of our
employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our
current employee relations to be good.
Our operations employees are required to participate in our
operator academy and revenue cycle
academy, consisting of multiple training sessions each
year. Our ongoing training and executive learning programs are
modeled after the practices of companies that we believe have
reputations for service excellence. In addition, all of our
employees undergo mandatory HIPAA training.
As of March 31, 2010, pursuant to managed service
contracts, we also managed approximately 6,300 revenue cycle
staff persons who are employed by our customers. We have the
right to control and direct the work activities of these staff
persons and are responsible for paying their compensation out of
the base fees paid to us by our customers, but these staff
persons are considered employees of our customers for all
purposes.
Facilities
As of March 31, 2010, our corporate headquarters occupy
approximately 28,000 square feet in Chicago, Illinois under
a lease expiring on various dates in 2013 and 2014. We intend to
exercise our option to rent approximately 22,000 square feet of
additional office space on an adjacent floor, starting
June 1, 2010, and will have the option to concurrently
return approximately 6,500 square feet of office space on a
non-adjacent floor. Assuming we do not return the
6,500 square feet of office space, the lease for all
50,000 square feet will be extended until ten years and
90 days after the date we take possession of the additional
22,000 square feet of office space. In addition, after the
landlord provides this additional office space, we will have an
option to lease at least 50% of the rentable space on another
floor in the same building. We also have rights of first offer
on other space in the same building.
As of March 31, 2010, we also leased facilities in Jupiter,
Florida; Kalamazoo, Michigan and Cape Girardeau, Missouri; and
near New Delhi, India. Pursuant to our master services agreement
with Ascension Health and the managed service contracts between
us and our customers, we occupy space
on-site at
all hospitals where we provide our revenue cycle management
services. We do not pay customers for our use of space provided
by them. In general, we are not permitted to provide services to
one customer from another customers site.
We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our
current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand
existing facilities as we add employees or expand our geographic
markets, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute
space will be available as needed to accommodate any such
expansion of our operations.
88
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we have been and may again become involved in
legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course
of our business. We are not presently a party to any material
litigation or regulatory proceeding and we are not aware of any
pending or threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding
against us that could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
89
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
Our executive officers and directors, their current positions
and their ages as of April 30, 2010 are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
|
John T. Staton
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
J. Michael Cline(1)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Founder and Chairman of the Board
|
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.(1)(3)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Director
|
Steven N. Kaplan(2)(3)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Director
|
Denis J. Nayden(1)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Director
|
George P. Shultz(3)
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
Director
|
Arthur H. Spiegel, III(1)
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Director
|
Mark A. Wolfson(2)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of compensation committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of audit committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of nominating and corporate governance committee. |
Mary A. Tolan, a founder of Accretive Health, has
served as our president and chief executive officer and a
director since November 2003. Prior to joining our company,
Ms. Tolan spent 21 years at Accenture Ltd, a leading
global management consulting, technology services and
outsourcing company. At Accenture, Ms. Tolan served in
several leadership roles, including group chief executive for
the resources operating group that had approximately
$2 billion in annual revenue, and as a member of
Accentures executive committee and management committee.
She serves on the board of trustees of the University of
Chicago, Loyola University and the Lyric Opera of Chicago.
John T. Staton has served as our chief financial
officer and treasurer since September 2005. Mr. Staton was
with Accenture for 16 years before joining our company.
From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Staton led the business consulting
practice within Accentures North American products
practice. Prior to this role, he was a partner in
Accentures global retail practice. Before joining
Accenture, Mr. Staton held positions in General
Electrics manufacturing management program and
Hewlett-Packards sales and channel marketing organizations.
Etienne H. Deffarges has served as our executive
vice president since April 2004. From 1999 until joining our
company, Mr. Deffarges was a partner at Accenture, most
recently serving as managing partner for its global utilities
industry group, and as a member of its executive committee.
Prior to joining Accenture, Mr. Deffarges spent
14 years at Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., a strategy and
technology consulting firm, including serving as a senior
partner and global practice leader of the energy, chemicals and
pharmaceuticals practice from 1994 to 1999 and as a member of
its executive committee.
Gregory N. Kazarian has served as our senior vice
president since January 2004, and until November 2009 was also
our general counsel and secretary. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Kazarian was with the law firm Pedersen &
Houpt, P.C. for 16 years, where he handled employment,
intellectual property, creditors rights, dispute
resolution and outsourcing matters.
J. Michael Cline, a founder of Accretive
Health, has been a member of our board of directors since August
2003 and has served as chairman of the board since July 2009.
Mr. Cline has served as the founding managing partner of
Accretive, LLC, a private equity firm, since founding that firm
in
90
December 1999. From 1989 to 1999, Mr. Cline served as a
general partner of General Atlantic Partners, LLC, a private
equity firm. Mr. Cline serves on the boards of several
privately-held companies. He also serves on the advisory board
of the Harvard Business School Rock Center for Entrepreneurship,
on the board of the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation and as
a trustee of Panthera, an organization devoted to the
preservation of the worlds wild cat species where he also
chairs Pantheras Tigers Forever initiative.
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr. has been a member of
our board of directors since October 2006. Mr. Bronfman has
served as chairman and chief executive officer of Warner Music
Group since March 2004. Before joining Warner Music Group,
Mr. Bronfman served as chairman and chief executive officer
of Lexa Partners LLC, a management venture capital group which
he founded in April 2002. Mr. Bronfman was vice chairman of
the board of directors of Vivendi Universal, S.A. from December
2000 until December 2003 and also served as an executive officer
of Vivendi from December 2000 until December 2001. Prior to the
formation of Vivendi, Mr. Bronfman served as president and
chief executive officer of The Seagram Company Ltd. from June
1994 until December 2000 and as president and chief operating
officer of Seagram from 1989 until June 1994. Mr. Bronfman
is a director of IAC/InterActiveCorp, a publicly-held operator
of Internet businesses. Mr. Bronfman is also a member of
the board of trustees of the New York University Medical Center
and the board of governors of the Joseph H. Lauder Institute of
Management and International Studies at the University of
Pennsylvania. He also is a general partner of Accretive, LLC, a
private equity firm.
APPAC, a minority shareholder group of Vivendi Universal,
initiated an inquiry in the Paris Court of Appeal into various
issues relating to Vivendi, including Vivendis financial
disclosures, the appropriateness of executive compensation, and
trading in Vivendi stock by certain individuals previously
associated with Vivendi. The inquiry has encompassed certain
trading by Mr. Bronfman in Vivendi stock. Several
individuals, including Mr. Bronfman and the former CEO, CFO
and COO of Vivendi, had been given the status of mis en
examen in connection with the inquiry. Although there is
no equivalent to mis en examen in the
U.S. system of jurisprudence, it is a preliminary stage of
proceedings that does not entail any filing of charges. In
January 2009, the Paris public prosecutor formally recommended
that no charges be filed and that Mr. Bronfman not be
referred for trial. On October 22, 2009, the investigating
magistrate rejected the prosecutors recommendation and
released an order referring for trial Mr. Bronfman and six
other individuals, including the former CEO, CFO and COO of
Vivendi. While the inquiry encompassed various issues,
Mr. Bronfman has been referred for trial solely with
respect to certain trading in Vivendi stock. The trial is
currently scheduled to take place during June 2010. The
outcome of any subsequent proceedings with respect to
Mr. Bronfman is uncertain at this time. Mr. Bronfman
believes that his trading in Vivendi stock was at all times
proper.
Steven N. Kaplan has been a member of our board of
directors since July 2004. Since 1988, Mr. Kaplan has
served as a professor at the University of Chicago Booth School
of Business, where he currently is the Neubauer Family Professor
of Entrepreneurship and Finance and serves as the faculty
director of the Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship.
Mr. Kaplan also serves as a director of Morningstar, Inc.,
a publicly-held provider of independent investment research, and
on the boards of trustees of the Columbia Acorn Trust and Wanger
Asset Trust.
Denis J. Nayden has been a member of our board of
directors since October 2003 and served as co-chairman of our
board until July 2009. Mr. Nayden has served as a managing
partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, a private equity
firm, since 2003. From 2000 to 2002, he was chairman and chief
executive officer of GE Capital Corporation, the financing unit
of General Electric Company, and prior to that had a
25-year
tenure at General Electric. Mr. Nayden is a director of
Genpact Limited, a publicly-held global provider of business
process services; RSC Holdings Inc., a publicly-held equipment
rental provider; and several privately-held companies. He also
serves on the board of trustees of the University of Connecticut.
91
George P. Shultz has been a member of our board of
directors since April 2005. Mr. Shultz has had a
distinguished career in government, academia and business. He
has served as the Thomas W. and Susan B. Ford Distinguished
Fellow at the Hoover Institution of Stanford University since
1991. Mr. Shultz served as United States Secretary of State
from 1982 until 1989, chairman of the Presidents Economic
Policy Advisory Board from 1981 until 1982, United States
Secretary of the Treasury and Chairman of the Council on
Economic Policy from 1972 until 1974, Director of the Office of
Management and Budget from 1970 to 1972, and United States
Secretary of Labor from 1969 until 1970. From 1948 to 1957,
Mr. Shultz taught at MIT, taking a years leave of
absence in 1955 to serve as a senior staff economist on the
Presidents Council of Economic Advisors during the
Eisenhower administration. He then taught from 1957 to 1969 at
Stanford University and the University of Chicago Graduate
School of Business, where he also served as Dean for six years.
From 1974 to 1982, Mr. Shultz was president and a director
of Bechtel Group, Inc., a privately-held global leader in
engineering, construction and project management. Among numerous
honors, Mr. Shultz was awarded the Medal of Freedom, the
nations highest civilian honor, in 1989, and holds
honorary degrees from more than a dozen universities. He also
chairs the Governor of Californias Economic Advisory Board
and the J.P. Morgan Chase International Council; serves as
Advisory Council Chair of the Precourt Energy Efficiency Center
at Stanford University; chairs the MIT Energy Initiative
External Advisory Board; and serves on the board of directors of
Fremont Group, L.L.C., a private investment firm.
Arthur H. Spiegel, III has been a member of
our board of directors since October 2003 and served as
co-chairman of our board until July 2009. Since 2002,
Mr. Spiegel has been a private investor. From 1996 until
2002, Mr. Spiegel was President of CSC Healthcare Group,
which offered consulting, system integration, claims processing
software and business process and IT outsourcing services to the
healthcare industry. Mr. Spiegel founded APM Management
Consultants, a healthcare consulting firm, in 1974 and served as
its CEO until it was acquired by Computer Science Corporation in
1996. He serves on the boards of several privately-held
companies.
Mark A. Wolfson has been a member of our board of
directors since October 2003. Mr. Wolfson has served as a
managing partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, a private
equity firm, since 1998, and is a founding managing partner of
Oak Hill Investment Management, L.P. Mr. Wolfson has been
on the faculty of the Stanford University Graduate School of
Business since 1977, has served as its associate dean, and has
held the title of consulting professor since 2001. He has been a
research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research
since 1988 and serves on the executive committee of the Stanford
Institute for Economic Policy Research. Mr. Wolfson is a
director of eGain Communications Corporation, a publicly-held
provider of multi-channel customer service and knowledge
management software; Financial Engines, Inc., a publicly-held
provider of portfolio management and retirement services and
investment advice; and several privately-held companies. He is
also an advisor to the investment committee of the William and
Flora Hewlett Foundation.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, all
of whom were elected as directors pursuant to a
stockholders agreement that we have entered into with
holders of our convertible preferred stock. Upon the closing of
this offering, the board voting arrangements contained in the
stockholders agreement will terminate and there will be no
further contractual obligations regarding the election of our
directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have
been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their
resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among
any of our directors or executive officers.
In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, our board of
directors is divided into three classes, each of which consists,
as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of
directors constituting our entire board of directors and each of
whose members serve for staggered three-year terms. As a result,
only one class of our board of directors will be elected each
year. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors,
92
directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new
three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the
year in which their term expires. The members of the classes are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
the class I directors are Ms. Tolan and Messrs. Cline
and Nayden, and their term expires at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2011;
|
|
|
|
the class II directors are Messrs. Bronfman, Kaplan and
Shultz, and their term expires at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
|
|
the class III directors are Messrs. Spiegel and Wolfson,
and their term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders to
be held in 2013.
|
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
only by resolution of the board of directors. Our restated
certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws also provide
that our directors may be removed only for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an
election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of
directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of
our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority
of our directors then in office.
Director
Independence
Pursuant to the corporate governance listing standards of the
New York Stock Exchange, a director employed by us cannot be
deemed to be an independent director, and
consequently Ms. Tolan is not an independent director. In
addition, in accordance with the NYSE corporate governance
listing standards, each other director will qualify as
independent only if our board of directors
affirmatively determines that he or she has no material
relationship with us, either directly or as a partner,
stockholder or officer of an organization that has a
relationship with us. Ownership of a significant amount of our
stock, by itself, does not constitute a material relationship.
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of
Messrs. Bronfman, Cline, Kaplan, Nayden, Shultz, Spiegel
and Wolfson is independent in accordance with
Section 303A.02(b) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In
making this determination, our board of directors considered the
percentage of our common stock owned by an entity affiliated
with Accretive, LLC, of which Mr. Cline is the founding
managing partner and Mr. Bronfman is a general partner, and
the percentage of our common stock owned by FW Oak Hill
Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., of which
Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are limited partners. Our board
also considered that Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are
managing partners of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, an entity
associated with FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors,
L.P., and that Mr. Wolfson is a managing partner of Oak
Hill Investment Management, L.P., another entity associated with
FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., and a Vice
President and Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, LLC, the
general partner of FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors,
L.P. See Principal and Selling Stockholders.
All of the members of the boards three standing committees
described below are independent as defined under the rules of
the New York Stock Exchange.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been
approved by our board of directors. Copies of each
committees charter are posted on the Investor Relations
section of our website.
Audit
Committee
The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Kaplan
(chair) and Wolfson. Our board of directors has determined that
each of the members of our audit committee satisfy the
requirements
93
for financial literacy under the current requirements of the New
York Stock Exchange and rules and regulations. Within
12 months after this offering, we intend to appoint a third
member to our audit committee, who will replace Mr. Kaplan
as chair, to be an audit committee financial expert,
as defined by SEC rules, and satisfy the financial
sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Our
audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight
of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits
of our financial statements.
The audit committees responsibilities include:
|
|
|
|
|
appointing, evaluating, retaining, terminating the engagement
of, setting the compensation of and assessing the independence
of our independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
overseeing the work of our independent registered public
accounting firm, including the receipt and consideration of
reports from the firm and reviewing with the firm audit
problems, internal control issues and other accounting and
financial reporting matters;
|
|
|
|
coordinating the boards oversight of our internal control
over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures,
code of business conduct and ethics, and internal audit function;
|
|
|
|
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of accounting related complaints and concerns;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent
registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly
financial statements and related disclosures;
|
|
|
|
periodically meeting separately with our independent registered
public accounting firm, management and internal auditors;
|
|
|
|
discussing generally the type and presentation of information to
be disclosed in our earnings press releases, as well as
financial information and earnings guidance provided to
analysts, rating agencies and others;
|
|
|
|
reviewing our policies and procedures for approving and
ratifying related person transactions, including our related
person transaction policy;
|
|
|
|
establishing policies regarding the hiring of employees or
former employees of our independent registered public accounting
firm;
|
|
|
|
discussing our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk
management;
|
|
|
|
preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules;
|
|
|
|
in coordination with the compensation committee, evaluating our
senior financial management; and
|
|
|
|
at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
|
All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit
services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be
provided to us by our independent registered public accounting
firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.
Compensation
Committee
The members of our compensation committee are
Messrs. Nayden (chair), Bronfman, Cline and Spiegel. Our
compensation committee assists our board of directors in the
discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation
of our executive officers. The compensation committees
responsibilities include:
|
|
|
|
|
approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the
compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating our
chief executive officers performance in light of those
goals and objectives and, either as a committee or together with
the other independent directors (as
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
directed from time to time by the board of directors),
determining and approving our chief executive officers
compensation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing in consultation with our chief executive officer, and
approving or making recommendations to the board of directors
with respect to, compensation of our executive officers (other
than our chief executive officer);
|
|
|
|
overseeing the evaluation of our senior executives, in
consultation with our chief executive officer in the case of all
senior executives other than the chief executive officer and in
conjunction with the audit committee in the case of our senior
financial management;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors
with respect to incentive-compensation and equity-based plans
that are subject to board approval;
|
|
|
|
administering our equity incentive plans, including the
authority to delegate to one or more of our executive officers
the power to grant options or other stock awards to employees
who are not directors or executive officers of our company, but
only if consistent with the requirements of the applicable plan
and law;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors
with respect to director compensation;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and discussing with management the compensation
discussion and analysis required by SEC rules;
|
|
|
|
preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC
rules; and
|
|
|
|
at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
|
Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee
are Messrs. Shultz (chair), Bronfman and Kaplan. The
nominating and corporate governance committees
responsibilities include:
|
|
|
|
|
recommending to the board of directors the persons to be
nominated for election as directors or to fill vacancies on the
board of directors, and to be appointed to each of the
boards committees;
|
|
|
|
applying the criteria for selecting directors approved by the
board, and annually reviewing with the board the requisite
skills and criteria for new board members as well as the
composition of the board of directors as a whole;
|
|
|
|
developing and recommending to the board corporate governance
guidelines applicable to our company;
|
|
|
|
overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
at the request of the board of directors, reviewing and making
recommendations to the board relating to management succession
planning; and
|
|
|
|
at least annually, evaluating its own performance.
|
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board
of directors or compensation committee, or other committee
serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or
more executive officers who serve as members of our board of
directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of
our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our
company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our
company.
95
Corporate
Governance Guidelines
Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance
guidelines to assist the board in the exercise of its duties and
responsibilities and to serve the best interests of our company
and our stockholders. A copy of these guidelines is posted on
the Investor Relations section of our website. These guidelines,
which provide a framework for the conduct of the boards
business, are expected to provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
the boards principal responsibility is to oversee the
management of Accretive Health;
|
|
|
|
directors have an obligation to become and remain informed about
our company and business;
|
|
|
|
directors are responsible for determining that effective systems
are in place for periodic and timely reporting to the board on
important matters concerning our company;
|
|
|
|
directors are responsible for attending board meetings and
meetings of committees on which they serve;
|
|
|
|
a majority of the members of the board of directors shall be
independent directors;
|
|
|
|
each director must limit the number of other public company
boards on which he or she serves so that he or she is able to
devote adequate time to his or her duties to Accretive Health,
including preparing for and attending meetings;
|
|
|
|
the non-management directors meet in executive session at least
semi-annually;
|
|
|
|
directors have full and free access to officers and employees of
our company, and the right to hire and consult with independent
advisors at our expense;
|
|
|
|
new directors participate in an orientation program and all
directors are expected to participate in continuing director
education on an ongoing basis; and
|
|
|
|
at least annually, the board of directors and its committees
will conduct self-evaluations to determine whether they are
functioning effectively.
|
Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics
Our board of directors has adopted a written code of business
conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and
employees, including our principal executive officer, principal
financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller,
or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code of
business conduct and ethics is posted on the Investor Relations
section of our website.
Director
Compensation
Since our company was formed, we have not paid cash compensation
to any director for his or her service as a director. However,
non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and
other expenses incurred in connection with attending our board
and committee meetings.
In the past, we have granted restricted stock and options to
purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee
directors who are not affiliated with our 5% stockholders. We
did not grant any restricted stock or options to purchase shares
of our common stock to our non-employee directors during our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Ms. Tolan has
never received any compensation in connection with her service
as a director.
In anticipation of becoming a public company, we adopted the
following director compensation plan for non-employee directors
in November 2009. These arrangements will become effective upon
96
the completion of this offering, except for the option grants
made on February 3, 2010 as described below.
Cash Compensation. Each non-employee
director will receive a $60,000 annual retainer. The chairs of
the board of directors and the audit committee will receive an
additional annual retainer of $20,000, and the chairs of the
compensation committee and the nominating and corporate
governance committee will receive an additional annual retainer
of $10,000. There are no additional fees for attending board or
board committee meetings. Cash fees will be paid quarterly in
arrears to the non-employee directors who were serving as
directors at the end of the quarter.
In lieu of cash fees, non-employee directors may elect to
receive fully-vested options to purchase shares of our common
stock. Elections must be received by the 75th day of a
quarter and will apply to all subsequent quarterly cash fees
until a new election is received. Such options will be granted
on the first trading day of each quarter with respect to the
fees payable for the preceding quarter, and the exercise price
will equal the fair market value of the common stock on the date
of grant. The number of shares subject to such options will be
calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the cash fees for
the quarter by the Black-Scholes option value we used for
purposes of determining the share-based compensation expense
that we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in
that quarter.
Stock Options. On February 3,
2010, each current non-employee director (Messrs. Bronfman,
Cline, Kaplan, Nayden, Shultz, Spiegel and Wolfson) was granted
a stock option to purchase 52,265 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $14.71 per share (the fair value of our
common stock as of such date, as determined by the board of
directors). These options vest in four equal annual
installments, based on continued service as a director, and can
be exercised immediately upon grant, provided that upon exercise
the shares issued are subject to the same vesting and repurchase
provisions that applied before exercise.
The number of shares of common stock subject to the stock option
granted to each non-employee director on February 3, 2010
was selected by our board of directors based on the
recommendation of the compensation committee and the input of
the independent consulting firm referenced below under the
Competitive Market Data and Use of Compensation
Consultants. These option grants reflect the boards
view, based on its business judgment and collective experience
as well as the input of the independent consulting firm, that
the market value for compensation for service as a non-employee
is $130,000 per year. These grants also reflect the boards
view that a longer term grant provides a better correlation with
the interests of stockholders and, as a result, these grants
vest over four years based on continued service as a director.
The number of shares subject to these options was determined on
February 3, 2010 using the
Black-Scholes
valuation method for a four-year option with a value of $130,000
per year.
Unless a different arrangement is specifically agreed to, any
non-employee director who joins our board after the date of this
offering will be granted a stock option on the date of such
directors first board meeting. The option will have a
total Black-Scholes value based on the target value of $130,000
per year, and the exercise price will equal the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of grant. Each such option
will vest in four equal annual installments, based on continued
service as a director.
Expenses. We reimburse each
non-employee director for ordinary and reasonable expenses
incurred in attending board and board committee meetings.
Executive
Compensation
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the principles underlying our executive
compensation policies and decisions and the most important
factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions.
It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and
context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our
executives and is intended to place in perspective the data
presented in the tables and narrative that follow.
97
As we have prepared to become a public company, our compensation
committee has begun a thorough review of all elements of our
executive compensation program, including the function and
design of our annual cash incentive and equity incentive
programs. The compensation committee has begun, and expects to
continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for
revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure our
program is competitive with the companies with which we compete
for superior executive talent. As part of this process, the
compensation committee is considering the competitiveness of the
elements of the compensation packages we offer to our
executives, as well as their total compensation packages.
Overview of
Executive Compensation Process
Roles of Our Board, Compensation Committee and Chief
Executive Officer in Compensation
Decisions. Our compensation committee
oversees our executive compensation program, and has done so
historically. In this role, the compensation committee has
reviewed all compensation decisions relating to our executive
officers and has made recommendations to the board. Our chief
executive officer annually reviews the performance of each of
our other executive officers, and, based on these reviews,
provides recommendations to the committee and the board with
respect to salary adjustments, annual cash incentive bonus
targets and awards and equity incentive awards. Our compensation
committee meets with our chief executive officer annually to
discuss and review her recommendations regarding executive
compensation for our executive officers, excluding herself.
These recommendations are forwarded to the board, which
typically meets in executive session to discuss those
recommendations and to consider the compensation of the chief
executive officer. Our chief executive officer is not present
for board or committee discussions regarding her compensation.
Our chief executive officer may grant options to executive
officers other than herself and determine the number of shares
covered by, and the timing of, option grants. The board has, and
it exercises, the ability to materially increase or decrease
amounts of compensation payable to our executive officers
pursuant to recommendations made by our chief executive officer.
Competitive Market Data and Use of Compensation
Consultants. Historically, our compensation
committee has not formally benchmarked our executive
compensation against compensation data, but rather has relied on
its members business judgment and collective experience,
including in the healthcare and consulting industries. As part
of our preparation to become a public company, in August 2009
our compensation committee engaged an independent compensation
consulting firm to provide advice regarding our executive
compensation program and general information regarding executive
compensation practices in our industry. Although the
compensation committee and board consider the compensation
consulting firms advice in considering our executive
compensation program, the compensation committee and board
ultimately make their own decisions about these matters.
At the compensation committees request, the independent
compensation consulting firm has conducted a number of
compensation analyses to provide information regarding
competitive pay and practices for executives of technology,
business process outsourcing and healthcare services companies
comparable to us in terms of revenue and growth rate,
and/or which
are anticipated to be comparable to us in terms of market
capitalization. This peer group, which will be periodically
reviewed and updated by the compensation committee, consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
Akamai Technologies
|
|
Genpact
|
|
Metavante
|
Athenahealth
|
|
Global Payments
|
|
Nuance Communications
|
Blackboard
|
|
HLTH Corp
|
|
Quality Systems
|
Cerner
|
|
Huron Consulting
|
|
salesforce.com
|
Cognizant Tech Solutions
|
|
MAXIMUS
|
|
SXC Health Solutions
|
Eclipsys
|
|
MedAssets
|
|
WNS Holdings
|
Although the board and compensation committee may consider peer
group data, to date, they have not benchmarked total executive
compensation or most compensation elements against this peer
group, and they do not aim to set total compensation, or any
compensation element, at a specified level as compared to the
companies in our peer group.
98
Objectives and
Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program
Our primary objective with respect to executive compensation is
to attract, retain and motivate highly talented individuals who
have the breadth and experience to successfully execute our
business strategy. Our executive compensation program is
designed to:
|
|
|
|
|
reward the achievement of our annual and long-term operating and
strategic goals;
|
|
|
|
recognize individual contributions; and
|
|
|
|
align the interests of our executives with those of our
stockholders by rewarding performance that meets or exceeds
established goals, with the ultimate objective of increasing
stockholder value.
|
To achieve these objectives, our executive compensation program
ties a portion of each executives overall compensation to
key corporate financial goals, primarily adjusted EBITDA
targets, as well as to individual performance. We also provide a
portion of our executive compensation in the form of equity
incentive awards that vest over time, which we believe helps to
retain our executive officers and aligns their interests with
those of our stockholders by allowing them to participate in our
long-term performance as reflected in the trading price of
shares of our common stock.
Elements of
Our Executive Compensation Program
The primary elements of our executive compensation program are:
|
|
|
|
|
base salaries;
|
|
|
|
annual cash incentive bonuses;
|
|
|
|
equity incentive awards; and
|
|
|
|
other employee benefits.
|
Our compensation committee has not adopted any formal or
informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation
between these elements.
Base Salaries. We use competitive base
salary to attract and retain qualified candidates to help us
achieve our growth and performance goals. Base salaries are
intended to recognize an executive officers immediate
contribution to our organization, as well as his or her
experience, knowledge and responsibilities.
From time to time, in its discretion, our compensation committee
and board evaluate and adjust executive officer base salary
levels based on factors determined to be relevant, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the executive officers skills and experience;
|
|
|
|
the particular importance of the executive officers
position to us;
|
|
|
|
the executive officers individual performance;
|
|
|
|
the executive officers growth in his or her position;
|
|
|
|
market level increases;
|
|
|
|
base salaries for comparable positions within our
company; and
|
|
|
|
inflation rates.
|
Our compensation committee and board historically have
considered annual base salary adjustments in the first quarter
of the year. From 2004 through 2007, we did not increase the
base salary of any of our executive officers, other than a
nominal increase in 2007 to reflect the rate of inflation. In
the first quarter of 2008, our board increased the base salaries
for our executive officers (other than our chief financial
officer, who joined us in September 2005) by 25% over their
original base salaries because these executive officers had not
received base salary increases commensurate with their
significant contributions to the development of our business
during our first three years of operation. These contributions
included, in the case of Ms. Tolan, her overall strategic
leadership in building our business, in the case of
Mr. Deffarges, his role in expanding our customer base, and
in
99
the case of Mr. Kazarian, his contributions in various
legal and operational matters. While it has been our philosophy
to keep base salaries for senior executives below market levels
and place greater emphasis on performance-based compensation,
based on the significant growth of the business from 2003 to
2008, and the fact that these senior executives had joined us
between November 2003 and April 2004 and had not received any
increase in base salary in 2004, 2005, or 2006 and only a
nominal increase in 2007, the board deemed it appropriate to
provide these adjustments to base salary for these executives.
In light of general economic conditions in the first quarter of
2009, and despite our strong performance in 2008, we did not
increase any executive officers base salary for 2009.
In determining base salaries for our executive officers for
2010, our compensation committee considered the results of a
market analysis of the compensation for executives at comparable
companies performed by the independent compensation consulting
firm retained by the compensation committee. Based on this
analysis, the compensation committee determined that a market
adjustment was warranted in the compensation of our chief
executive officer, and set her 2010 base salary at $700,000 and
her 2010 bonus target at $950,000. The compensation committee
also elected to increase the 2010 base salaries for
Messrs. Deffarges, Staton and Kazarian by 2.7% each,
reflecting the rate of inflation, to $449,313, $330,000 and
$288,850, respectively.
Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses. We
maintain an annual cash incentive bonus program in which each of
our executive officers participates. These annual cash incentive
bonuses are intended to compensate our executive officers for
our achievement of corporate financial goals, primarily adjusted
EBITDA targets, as well as individual performance in the areas
of:
|
|
|
|
|
economic and financial contributions;
|
|
|
|
operations;
|
|
|
|
customer satisfaction;
|
|
|
|
business development; and
|
|
|
|
organizational and leadership development.
|
Our annual cash incentive bonuses have varied from year to year,
and we expect that they will continue to vary, depending on
actual corporate and individual performance results.
Historically, our board has set our corporate financial goals
and our executive officers individual cash incentive bonus
targets each year in advance and it has worked with our chief
executive officer to develop aggressive goals to be achieved by
the company and our executive officers. The goals established by
the board have been based on our historical operating results
and growth rates, as well as our expected future results, and
are designed to require significant effort and operational
success on the part of our executive officers and the company.
However, during the course of the year, the board and our
compensation committee, based on recommendations of our chief
executive officer (with respect to our other executive
officers), may adjust such goals as they deem appropriate.
Each executive officers initial target annual bonus is set
upon commencement of employment as part of the
executives overall compensation package. The target annual
bonus amount is then reviewed and adjusted in each subsequent
year, generally so that it is equal to the higher of the
executives prior year actual bonus and his or her prior
year target bonus. The updated targets reflect strong growth and
performance assumptions which correlate to our annual plans.
When these growth and performance expectations are exceeded,
bonuses above target can be awarded. These higher
performance-based awards, and our continued strong growth and
performance expectations, are considered when setting target
bonuses for subsequent years. We believe this helps to calibrate
incentive compensation with our growth and performance. The
board believes that this approach supports our
pay-for-performance
philosophy and encourages the achievement of growth and
performance goals. The board approves actual annual cash
incentive bonuses, based on the recommendations of our
compensation committee, with input from our chief executive
officer in the case of executive officers other than herself.
There are no minimum or maximum payout levels, and our board has
broad discretion to make adjustments to the awards.
100
For each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, our
corporate financial goals were based on adjusted EBITDA. The
corporate financial goals were developed prior to the beginning
of the year by management in consultation with the compensation
committee, and then reviewed, refined and approved by our board
of directors. Our compensation committee believes that adjusted
EBITDA is an appropriate measure of our business performance
because it emphasizes the addition of new customers and
expansion of services with existing customers, as well as
improvements in our operating efficiency, and it is reflective
of stockholder value creation. In 2008, we exceeded our adjusted
EBITDA target by $1.5 million, and our actual adjusted
EBITDA was $12.2 million. In 2009, we met our adjusted
EBITDA target of $32.8 million.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, each
executive officers target bonus awards were set as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Annual
|
|
|
Cash Incentive
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
December 31,
|
Executive Officer
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
$
|
450,000
|
|
|
$
|
600,000
|
|
John T. Staton
|
|
$
|
183,000
|
|
|
$
|
258,000
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
$
|
346,750
|
|
|
$
|
446,750
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
$
|
127,250
|
|
|
$
|
202,250
|
|
As discussed above, the compensation committee has set the 2010
bonus target for our chief executive officer at $950,000. The
2010 bonus targets for our other executive officers are equal to
their 2009 bonus targets.
Because our adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31,
2008 exceeded our goal, our board exercised its discretion to
increase our executive officers annual cash incentive
bonuses above the targets. The allocation of bonuses for 2008
among our executive officers was based on the compensation
committees subjective assessments of individual
contributions by our executive officers in their respective
areas of primary responsibility. In making these assessments,
the compensation committee considered the following: in the case
of Ms. Tolan, her success in growing our business, securing
talented personnel to support the business growth and
enhancing our operating model, and the fact that our financial
performance substantially exceeded plan; in the case of
Mr. Deffarges, his role in connection with our successful
efforts to secure new customers; in the case of Mr. Staton,
his contributions to our ability to exceed our financial plan
and his role in successfully strengthening our financial
operations; and in the case of Mr. Kazarian, his role in
our ability to attract talented employees to support our growth
and his success in taking on operating responsibilities
important to our growth. For our executive officers other than
Ms. Tolan, the compensation committee also considered
Ms. Tolans recommendations regarding incentive
compensation and her assessment of each executive officers
contributions to our performance during 2008. For the actual
2008 amounts that we paid to each executive officer under our
annual cash incentive bonus program, see the Summary
Compensation Table below.
Our adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009
met the plan established by our board. The allocation of bonuses
for 2009 among our executive officers was based on the
compensation committees subjective assessments of
individual contributions by our executive officers in their
respective areas of primary responsibility. In making its
assessments regarding incentive compensation, the compensation
committee considered the following: in the case of
Ms. Tolan, her success in driving our growth, increasing
our operating margins, recruiting key talent for the
organization and identifying new business opportunities; in the
case of Mr. Deffarges, his oversight of several of our
operating sites and his contributions in the area of
organizational build-out and development; in the case of
Mr. Staton, his contributions to our financial performance,
the development of our financial systems and controls and the
recruitment and development of our
101
finance team; and in the case of Mr. Kazarian, his
oversight of several of our operating sites and his
contributions in the area of organizational build-out and
development. For our executive officers other than
Ms. Tolan, the compensation committee also considered
Ms. Tolans recommendations regarding incentive
compensation and her assessment of each executive officers
contributions to our performance during 2009. For the actual
2009 amounts that we paid to each executive officer under our
annual cash incentive bonus program, see the Summary
Compensation Table below.
Our board uses our unaudited financial results to make financial
target performance determinations under our annual cash
incentive bonus program, and those results may be adjusted in
connection with the preparation of our audited consolidated
financial statements. You should read our consolidated financial
statements, the related notes to these financial statements and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. As described above, the purpose of these
targets was to establish a method for determining the payment of
cash incentive bonuses. You are cautioned not to rely on these
performance goals as a prediction of our future performance.
From time to time, we may make special cash bonus awards to our
employees, including our executive officers. In July 2008 and
August 2009, we determined to award special cash bonuses of
approximately $81,000 and $143,000, respectively, to
Mr. Staton contemporaneously with the cash dividend we
declared on all outstanding capital stock in each of those
years. Mr. Staton was not entitled to participate in those
cash dividends with respect to his vested but unexercised stock
options. However, because Mr. Staton is primarily
responsible for our financial management and is deeply involved
in helping to achieve our strategic goals, and in light of the
connection between Mr. Statons contributions and our
ability to pay these cash dividends, the board determined to
award him special cash bonuses in amounts that represented the
payments he would have received as cash dividends if he had
owned such number of shares equal to the vested portion of his
option on the record date for the applicable dividend. As
stockholders, our other executive officers participated directly
in these cash dividends and therefore did not receive any
special bonus in either year relating to this aspect of our
financial performance.
Equity Incentive Awards. Our equity
incentive award program is the primary vehicle for offering
long-term incentives to our executive officers. To date, equity
incentive awards to our executive officers have been made in the
form of restricted stock awards and stock options, and our
compensation committee currently intends to continue this
practice. Although we do not have any equity ownership
guidelines or requirements for our executive officers, we
believe that equity incentive awards:
|
|
|
|
|
provide our executive officers with a strong link to our
long-term performance, including by enhancing their
accountability for long-term decision making;
|
|
|
|
help balance the short-term orientation of our annual cash
incentive bonus program;
|
|
|
|
create an ownership culture by aligning the interests of our
executive officers with the creation of value for our
stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
further our goal of executive retention.
|
Employees who are considered essential to our long-term success
are eligible to receive equity incentive awards, which typically
vest over four years. In determining the size of equity
incentive awards to executive officers, our compensation
committee generally considers the executives experience,
skills, level and scope of responsibilities and internal
comparisons to other comparable positions in our company. As of
December 31, 2009, all equity incentive awards granted to
our executive officers had fully vested. Accordingly, in
connection with its evaluation of the need for revisions to our
executive compensation program, on February 3, 2010 our
board of directors, on the recommendation of the compensation
committee, granted stock options to purchase 1,176,000, 450,800,
509,600 and 282,240 shares of our common stock, respectively, to
Ms. Tolan and Messrs. Staton, Deffarges and Kazarian. These
options have an exercise price equal to $14.71 per share (the
fair value of our common stock as of such date, as determined by
the board of directors). These options vest in four equal annual
installments, based on continued employment, and can be
exercised
102
immediately upon grant, provided that upon exercise the shares
issued are subject to the same vesting and repurchase provisions
that applied before exercise.
Other Employee Benefits. We maintain
broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees,
including our 401(k) retirement plan, flexible spending
accounts, a medical care plan, vacation and standard company
holidays. Our executive officers are eligible to participate in
each of these programs on the same terms as non-executive
employees; however, we do not provide a matching 401(k)
contribution for any of our executive officers. See
401(k) Retirement Plan for more
information regarding our 401(k) retirement plan.
We also provide for each of our chief executive officer, chief
financial officer and executive vice president supplemental
disability income protection that provides income replacement in
the event of a qualifying disability.
Severance and Change of Control
Arrangements. We have an employment agreement
with our chief executive officer that provides a combination of
single trigger and double trigger
benefits in connection with a change of control of our company
and/or
termination of her employment. We believe a combination of
single trigger and double trigger
vesting along with severance payments maximizes stockholder
value because it limits any unintended windfalls to executives
in the event of a friendly change of control, while still
providing executives appropriate incentives to cooperate in
negotiating any change of control, including a change of control
in which they believe they may lose their jobs. We also have an
employment agreement with our chief financial officer and an
offer letter with our senior vice president, each of which
provides for specified salary continuation, and in the case of
our chief financial officer, benefits continuation, in the event
of specified employment terminations.
See Potential Payments upon Termination or
Change in Control and Employment Agreements
for a more detailed description of these arrangements.
Deductibility
of Executive Compensation
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which will
become applicable to us upon the closing of this offering,
generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess
of $1.0 million paid to our chief executive officer and our
four other most highly paid executive officers, except our chief
financial officer. Qualifying performance-based compensation is
not subject to the deduction limitation if specified
requirements are met. We periodically review the potential
consequences of Section 162(m) and we generally intend to
structure the performance-based portion of our executive
compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in
Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax
deductible to us. However, our board or compensation committee
may, in their judgment, authorize compensation payments that are
not exempt under Section 162(m) when they believe that such
payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
103
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation earned by our chief executive officer, our chief
financial officer and our two other executive officers during
our fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. We refer
to these individuals as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Option
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
Awards ($)(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
($)
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
515,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
1,120,219
|
|
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer(4)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
515,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450,000
|
|
|
|
5,608
|
|
|
|
1,120,608
|
|
John T. Staton
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
321,360
|
|
|
|
143,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,221
|
|
|
|
258,000
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
826,713
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
321,360
|
|
|
|
156,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,632
|
|
|
|
183,000
|
|
|
|
3,917
|
|
|
|
798,008
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
437,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
10,704
|
|
|
|
798,204
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
437,500
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
1,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
346,750
|
|
|
|
10,999
|
|
|
|
896,493
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
281,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483,500
|
|
Senior Vice President(5)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
281,250
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,250
|
|
|
|
35,000(6
|
)
|
|
|
518,500
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the amount of the
discretionary cash bonus paid to each executive officer. In the
case of Mr. Staton, the 2008 and 2009 amounts also include
the special cash bonuses intended to approximate his
participation in our 2008 and 2009 cash dividends.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Valuation of these option awards is
based on the dollar amount of share-based compensation expense
that we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in
2008 and 2009 computed in accordance with ASC 718, excluding the
impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting
conditions. These amounts do not represent the actual amounts
paid to or realized by the named executive officer during 2008
and 2009. The assumptions used by us with respect to the
valuation of option awards are the same as those set forth in
Note 10 to our financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
(3)
|
|
For Ms. Tolan, Mr. Staton
and Mr. Deffarges, these amounts represent long-term
disability insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each such
named executive officer.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Ms. Tolan is also a member of
our board of directors but does not receive any additional
compensation in her capacity as a director.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Kazarian was also our
general counsel and secretary until November 2009.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of the $22,000 cost of
travel provided to Mr. Kazarian under a program designed to
recognize exemplary performance by senior employees, and a
$13,000 reimbursement to Mr. Kazarian for the associated
U.S. federal and state income taxes.
|
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards in 2008 and 2009
The following table sets forth information for 2008 and 2009
regarding grants of compensation in the form of plan-based
awards made during 2008 and 2009 to our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Awards Target
|
|
|
($)(1)(2)
|
Name
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
$
|
450,000
|
|
|
$
|
600,000
|
|
John T. Staton
|
|
$
|
183,000
|
|
|
$
|
258,000
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
$
|
346,750
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
$
|
127,250
|
|
|
$
|
202,250
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Annual cash incentive bonuses paid
under the annual cash incentive bonus program for 2008 and 2009
are also disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table.
|
|
(2)
|
|
There are no minimum or maximum
payout levels, and our board has broad discretion to make
adjustments to the awards.
|
104
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Year End
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding
stock options held by our named executive officers as of
December 31, 2009. We did not grant any equity awards to
our named executive officers during 2008 or 2009, none of our
executive officers exercised any stock options and no restricted
stock awards held by our named executive officers became vested
during 2008 or 2009, other than 190,555 shares of
restricted common stock held by Mr. Deffarges, which vested
in full in 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Options
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
(#)
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Date
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John T. Staton
|
|
|
781,236
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.77
|
|
|
|
8/31/2015
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
This stock option was immediately
exercisable upon grant, and as of March 31, 2010, was fully
vested.
|
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The table below summarizes the potential payments to each of our
named executive officers if he or she were to be terminated on
December 31, 2009 under the circumstances described in the
footnotes below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
Medical/Welfare
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Payments(1)
|
|
Benefits(2)
|
|
Total Benefits
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
$
|
515,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
515,000
|
|
John T. Staton
|
|
$
|
599,994
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
18,252
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
618,246
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
$
|
281,250
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
281,250
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts subject to a reduction for compensation earned by the
named executive officer from any new employment during the
severance period. |
|
(2) |
|
Calculated based on the estimated cost to us of providing these
benefits. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents amounts payable for termination due to death or
disability or termination without cause
or for good reason pursuant to the employment
agreement described below. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents amounts payable for termination without
cause or for good reason pursuant to the
employment agreement described below. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents amounts payable for termination without
cause pursuant to the offer letter described below. |
Employment
Agreements
Mary A. Tolan. We entered into an
at-will employment agreement with Mary A. Tolan, our president
and chief executive officer, effective January 2004. Pursuant to
the agreement, Ms. Tolan is entitled to an annual base
salary of at least $400,000, subject to adjustment by our board
of directors. Ms. Tolans annual base salary is
currently $700,000. Pursuant to the agreement, Ms. Tolan
earned a one-time cash performance bonus of $200,000 based on
customer procurement during 2004
105
consistent with our business plan. Pursuant to the agreement, in
March 2004, our board of directors granted Ms. Tolan
11,760,000 shares of restricted stock, which vested in
equal monthly installments over four years ending November 2007.
If Ms. Tolans employment is terminated due to her
death or disability, if we terminate
Ms. Tolans employment without cause or if
Ms. Tolan terminates her employment for good
reason, as those terms are defined in her employment
agreement, (1) Ms. Tolan will be entitled to receive
her base salary paid in accordance with our payroll practices
during the 12 months following such termination, subject to
a reduction for any compensation she earns from any new
employment during the severance period, and
(2) Ms. Tolans outstanding stock-based awards
will continue to vest until the earlier of 12 months
following her termination or the end of the applicable
awards vesting period. In the event of a change in
control, as such term is defined in her employment
agreement, 50% of all unvested shares of Ms. Tolans
stock-based awards will accelerate and vest in full as of the
effective date of the change in control. If
Ms. Tolans employment is terminated without
cause or if Ms. Tolan terminates her employment
for good reason within 12 months after a
change in control, the remaining 50% of all unvested
shares of Ms. Tolans stock-based awards will
accelerate and vest in full. If Ms. Tolan is terminated for
cause, she has agreed to execute a limited stock
power transferring all rights to vote the 11,760,000 shares
of restricted stock granted to her pursuant to the employment
agreement to a person we designate in our sole discretion.
Ms. Tolans employment agreement restricts her from
engaging in activities competitive with us, soliciting our
employees and consultants, and diverting business from us for a
period of 12 months following her termination.
John T. Staton. We entered into an
at-will employment agreement with John T. Staton, our chief
financial officer and treasurer, effective June 2005. Pursuant
to the agreement, Mr. Staton is entitled to an annual base
salary of at least $300,000, subject to adjustment by our board
of directors and our chief executive officer.
Mr. Statons annual base salary is currently $330,000.
Mr. Staton is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus
of up to $100,000 per year, with the full $100,000 guaranteed
for each of his first two years of employment. Pursuant to the
agreement, in September 2005, our board of directors granted
Mr. Staton an option to purchase 1,173,236 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $0.77 per share,
vesting in equal monthly installments over four years ending
September 2009.
If we terminate Mr. Statons employment without
cause or if Mr. Staton terminates his
employment for good reason, as those terms are
defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Staton will be
entitled to receive $33,333 per month during the 18 months
following such termination, subject to a reduction for any
compensation he earns from any new employment during the
severance period. If Mr. Statons employment is
terminated without cause or if Mr. Staton
terminates his employment for good reason,
Mr. Staton and his family will be entitled to continue to
participate in our health insurance plan during the
18 months following termination to the extent of his
participation prior to termination, and we will pay the premiums
that we paid prior to termination. Mr. Statons
employment agreement restricts him from engaging in activities
competitive with us, soliciting our employees and consultants,
and diverting business from us for a period of 18 months
following his termination.
Gregory N. Kazarian. We entered into an
offer letter with Gregory N. Kazarian, our senior vice
president, in December 2003. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Kazarian is entitled to an annual base salary of
$225,000. Mr. Kazarians annual base salary is
currently $288,850. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Kazarian earned a one-time cash performance bonus of
$75,000 based on customer procurement, and was entitled to
receive an option to purchase shares of our common stock then
representing 1.5% of our common stock. In lieu of the option, in
June 2004, our board of directors awarded Mr. Kazarian
980,000 shares of common stock, then representing 1.5% of
our common stock, which vested in equal monthly installments
over four years ending before January 2008. If we terminate
Mr. Kazarians employment without cause,
Mr. Kazarian will be entitled to receive his current
monthly base salary during the 12 months following such
termination, subject to a reduction for any compensation he
earns from any new employment during the severance period.
106
Confidentiality
and Non-Disclosure Agreements
As a condition to employment, each named executive officer
entered into a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement with
us. Under these agreements, each named executive officer has
agreed:
|
|
|
|
|
not to solicit our employees and customers during his or her
employment and for a period of 18 months after the
termination of employment;
|
|
|
|
not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a
period of 12 months after the termination of employment;
|
|
|
|
to protect our confidential and proprietary information; and
|
|
|
|
to assign to us intellectual property developed during the
course of his or her employment.
|
Stock Option and
Other Compensation Plans
Amended and
Restated Stock Option Plan
Our amended and restated stock option plan, which we refer to as
our prior option plan, was adopted by our board of directors in
December 2005. The plan was amended and restated in February
2006 and further amended in May 2007, October 2008, January
2009, November 2009 and April 2010. As of April 30,
2010, a maximum of 28,033,974 shares of common stock was
authorized for issuance under our prior option plan. Upon
effectiveness of our 2010 stock incentive plan described below,
no further grants will be made under our prior option plan, and
all grants then outstanding under our prior option plan will
remain outstanding in accordance with their terms.
As of April 30, 2010, there were options to purchase
16,076,525 shares of common stock outstanding under our
prior option plan, 3,700,671 shares of common stock issued
and outstanding pursuant to the exercise of options granted
under this plan (of which 3,676,865 shares were vested) and
8,256,778 shares of common stock available for future
grants under the plan.
Our prior option plan provides for the grant of options that are
not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to
as non-statutory stock options. Our employees, directors and
outside consultants are eligible to receive options under the
plan. The plan is administered by the board of directors, our
compensation committee or another committee designated by the
board of directors. Subject to limitations specified in the
plan, the committee or our chief executive officer may grant
options, select option recipients and determine the number of
shares covered by, and the timing of, option grants, except that
our chief executive officer may not grant options to herself.
Unless otherwise prescribed in an option agreement, options
granted pursuant to our prior option plan vest in equal
installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the
grant date. Options under our prior option plan are immediately
exercisable upon grant, provided that unvested shares of common
stock issued upon exercise of an option remain subject to our
right of repurchase upon termination and to restrictions on
transfer. Subject to the repurchase right, upon exercise of an
option, a holder has the rights of a stockholder as to both the
vested and unvested shares. Our prior option plan contains
restrictive covenants relating to confidentiality, ownership of
proprietary information, non-competition and non-solicitation.
In the event an option holders employment or service is
terminated other than for cause, as defined in our prior option
plan, the unvested portion of the unexercised option shall be
forfeited, the vested but unexercised portion of the option may
be exercised within 60 days and unvested shares that were
issued upon prior exercises are subject to our right of
repurchase at a price per share equal to the lesser of the
options exercise price or the fair market value at the
time of termination. In the event an option holders
employment or service is terminated for cause, the vested but
unexercised portion of the option is forfeited, vested shares
that were issued upon prior exercises are subject to our right
of repurchase at a price per share equal to the options
exercise price, and unvested shares that were issued upon prior
exercises are subject to our right of repurchase at a price per
share equal to the lesser of the options exercise price or
the fair market value at the time of termination.
107
Upon a change of control, as defined in the plan,
all unvested shares issued upon prior exercises of options
granted under our prior option plan will be accelerated in full
unless the acquirer replaces the shares with its shares subject
to the same vesting schedule. If an acquirer of our company does
not accept the assignment of our repurchase rights under the
prior option plan, the repurchase rights will terminate upon the
change of control.
Our prior option plan restricts option recipients from engaging
in activities competitive with us, soliciting our employees and
consultants, and diverting business from us while serving as an
employee, director or consultant and for periods of 18 to
24 months after termination of employment or service.
2010 Stock
Incentive Plan
Our 2010 stock incentive plan, which will become effective
immediately prior to the closing of this offering, was adopted
by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in
April 2010. The 2010 stock incentive plan provides for the
grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options,
restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards. Upon
effectiveness of the plan, the number of shares of our common
stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2010 stock
incentive plan will equal the sum of the number of shares of
common stock then available for issuance under our prior option
plan plus the number of shares of common stock subject to awards
granted under our prior option plan that expire, terminate or
are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased
by us pursuant to a contractual repurchase right, up to a
maximum of 24,374,756 shares.
Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are
eligible to receive awards under our 2010 stock incentive plan.
The exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2010
stock incentive plan cannot be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock
options may be granted only to our employees; in the case of any
participant who owns 10% or more of the total combined voting
power of our capital stock, an incentive stock option cannot
have an exercise price of less than 110% of the fair market
value of the common stock on the date of grant and the term of
the option cannot exceed five years.
The 2010 stock incentive plan is administered by the board of
directors, our compensation committee or another committee
designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may
delegate authority to an executive officer to grant options
under the plan. Subject to limitations specified in the plan,
the board, applicable committee or executive officer to whom
authority is delegated will select the recipients of awards and
determine:
|
|
|
|
|
the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the
dates upon which the options become exercisable;
|
|
|
|
the exercise price of options;
|
|
|
|
the duration of the options; and
|
|
|
|
the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted
stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions
of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price
and repurchase price.
|
Our board of directors has delegated authority to our chief
executive officer to grant options under the 2010 stock
incentive plan, except to herself and to other executive
officers and directors, and subject to such guidelines as our
board of directors may establish from time to time.
In general, options granted pursuant to our 2010 stock incentive
plan will have a term of up to ten years and will vest in equal
installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the
grant date. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable option
agreement, options will not be exercisable prior to vesting.
Agreements evidencing options under the 2010 stock incentive
plan will generally contain restrictive covenants relating to
confidentiality, ownership of proprietary information,
non-competition and non-solicitation. In the event an option
holders employment or service is terminated other than for
cause, as defined in the applicable option agreement, the
unvested portion of the unexercised option
108
will be forfeited and the vested but unexercised portion of the
option may be exercised within 60 days. In the event an
option holders employment or service is terminated for
cause, the vested but unexercised portion of the option will be
forfeited and vested shares that were issued upon prior
exercises will be subject to our right of repurchase at a price
per share equal to the options exercise price. In
addition, if the option holder has sold the vested shares, we
have the right to recover the proceeds from such sale that are
in excess of the options exercise price.
Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of
directors, may, in its sole discretion, take any one or more of
the following actions pursuant to our 2010 stock incentive plan,
as to some or all outstanding awards other than restricted stock
awards:
|
|
|
|
|
provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed or
substituted by the successor corporation;
|
|
|
|
upon written notice to a participant, provide that the
participants unexercised options or awards will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless
exercised by the participant;
|
|
|
|
provide that outstanding awards will become exercisable,
realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an
award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the
reorganization event;
|
|
|
|
in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders
of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share
surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a
cash payment to the participants equal to the excess, if any, of
the acquisition price times the number of shares of our common
stock subject to such outstanding awards (to the extent then
exercisable (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting)
at prices not in excess of the acquisition price), over the
aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding awards and any
applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of
such awards; and
|
|
|
|
provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution,
awards convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds.
|
Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a
liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights
under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for
the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board
of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash,
securities or other property into which our common stock is
converted pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the
occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or
dissolution, all conditions on each outstanding restricted stock
award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied,
unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the
restricted stock award.
No award may be granted under the 2010 stock incentive plan
after April 2020. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or
terminate the 2010 stock incentive plan at any time, subject to
stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or
stock market requirements.
Restricted
Stock Plan
Our restricted stock plan was adopted by our board of directors
in March 2004 and amended in June 2004, August 2004 and February
2005. As of April 30, 2010, there were
25,871,807 shares of common stock outstanding under our
restricted stock plan, all of which were vested. Upon the
closing of this offering, no further shares will be available
for issuance under our restricted stock plan.
Our restricted stock plan provides for the grant of restricted
stock awards. Our employees, directors and outside consultants
are eligible to receive awards under the plan. The plan is
administered by the board of directors, our compensation
committee or another committee designated by the board of
directors, provided that a majority of the members of such
committee are directors who are not also our employees. The
committee may grant awards, select the recipients and timing of
awards, and determine the number of shares covered by awards.
109
Shares issued under our restricted stock plan vest on schedules
specified in the applicable award agreement, ranging from
immediate vesting to vesting over a period of 48 months.
Upon termination for cause or without good reason, all unvested
shares shall be forfeited. Upon termination without cause, for
good reason, or for death or disability, unvested shares may
continue to vest for up to 12 months and are subject to
repurchase by us at the original purchase price therefor.
Subject to the repurchase provisions, upon grant of an award, a
holder has the rights of a stockholder as to both the vested and
unvested shares.
Upon a change of control, as defined in the plan,
unvested shares are accelerated only to the extent provided in
the applicable award agreement, employment agreement or other
agreement.
401(k)
Retirement Plan
We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a
tax-qualified defined contribution plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general,
all of our employees are eligible to participate. The 401(k)
plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which
participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by
up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in
2009, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the
401(k) plan. We currently match up to 50% of the first 3% of
base compensation in 401(k) plan contributions by employees who
are below the director level; as such, our named
executive offices do not receive a match from the company for
amounts, if any, deferred under the 401(k) plan.
Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification
As permitted by Delaware law, we plan to adopt provisions in our
restated certificate of incorporation, which will become
effective upon the closing of this offering, that limit or
eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Our restated
certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law
provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally
liable for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary
duties as directors, except liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or which involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under
federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of
equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission.
If Delaware law is amended to permit the further elimination or
limiting of the personal liability of directors, then the
liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.
As permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of
incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of
this offering also provides that:
|
|
|
|
|
we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest
extent permitted by law;
|
|
|
|
we may indemnify our other employees and other agents to the
same extent that we indemnify our officers and directors, unless
otherwise determined by the board of directors; and
|
|
|
|
we will advance expenses to our directors and officers in
connection with legal proceedings to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
|
The indemnification provisions contained in our restated
certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the
closing of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, we have
entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement
provides that we will indemnify the director or executive
officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims
arising in his or her capacity as our director, officer,
employee or agent,
110
provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that
he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our
best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had
no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was
unlawful. In the event that we do not assume the defense of a
claim against a director or executive officer, we will be
required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his
or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all
amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she
is not entitled to be indemnified by us. We believe that these
provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and executive officers.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under
which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against
losses rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or
other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may
be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the
above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.
Rule 10b5-1
Sales Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans,
known as
Rule 10b5-1
plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell
shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a
Rule 10b5-1
plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters
established by the director or officer when entering into the
plan, without further direction from the director or officer.
The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some
circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy
or sell additional shares outside of a
Rule 10b5-1
plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic
information concerning our company.
111
RELATED PERSON
TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2007, we have engaged in the following
transactions, other than compensation arrangements, with our
directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our
voting securities and selling stockholders, and certain
affiliates of our directors, executive officers, 5% stockholders
and selling stockholders.
Transactions with
Ascension Health
In October 2004, Ascension Health became our founding customer.
Since then, in exchange for its initial
start-up
assistance, operational laboratory services and related
consulting services relative to the services we were developing,
we have issued common stock and granted warrants to Ascension
Health, as a result of which Ascension Health holds more than 5%
of our voting securities. Ascension Health is the nations
largest Catholic and largest non-profit health system. It is
dedicated to its mission of serving all, with special attention
to those who are poor and vulnerable. Our work on behalf of
Ascension Health is done in compliance with its charity care
guidelines and billing and collection policies, which recognize
the human dignity of each individual and our responsibility to
treat all patients with respect. A key element of our work for
Ascension Health is qualifying patients for charity care and
identifying potential payment sources for patients who are
uninsured or underinsured. Since January 1, 2007, we have
engaged in the following transactions with Ascension Health:
Customer Relationship. In October 2004,
we and Ascension Health entered into a master services agreement
with an initial term through November 1, 2007. In December
2007, we and Ascension Health renewed and extended the agreement
through December 31, 2012 pursuant to an amended and
restated master services agreement, which will automatically
renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by us or
Ascension Health upon 180 days prior written notice.
Pursuant to the amended and restated master services agreement,
we provide our revenue cycle service offering to hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health that execute separate managed
service contracts with us and thereby become our customers. In
rendering our services, we must comply with each hospitals
policies and procedures relating to billing, collections,
charity care, personnel, risk management, good corporate
citizenship and other matters; the ethical and religious
directives for Catholic healthcare services; and all applicable
federal, state and local laws and regulations. Ascension
Healths affiliated hospitals are not obligated to execute
a managed service contract with us or to use our services. Each
managed service contract with a hospital affiliated with
Ascension Health incorporates the provisions of the master
services agreement and provides that the hospital will be bound
by all amendments, modifications and waivers that we and
Ascension Health agree to under the master services agreement.
With certain discrete exceptions, we are the exclusive provider
of revenue cycle services to the hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health that execute managed service contracts with us.
Our managed service contracts with hospitals affiliated with
Ascension Health require us to consult with such hospitals
before undertaking services for competitors specified by such
hospitals in their contracts with us. As a result, before we can
begin to provide services to a specified competitor, we are
required to inform and discuss the situation with the hospital
that specified the competitor but are not required to obtain the
consent of such hospital. We do not believe the existence of
this consultation obligation has materially impaired our ability
to obtain new customers.
The term of each managed service contract with a hospital
affiliated with Ascension Health is five years and will
automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless
terminated by us or Ascension Health upon 210 days prior
written notice. By mutual agreement, we and Ascension Health can
terminate the managed service contracts between us and hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health upon 180 days prior
written notice after the second anniversary of the effective
date of the applicable contract. Upon 30 days prior written
notice, Ascension Health can terminate the affected portion of
any applicable managed service contract if we are unable to
provide services to a hospital for 30 days out of any
45-day
period due to any cause beyond our reasonable control. We can
terminate any applicable managed service contract if a hospital
is excluded from participation in the
112
federal Medicare, state Medicaid or other specified federal or
state healthcare programs, and Ascension Health can terminate
the master services agreement if we are excluded from
participation in any such program. A hospital cannot terminate
its managed service contract with us but it can determine not to
renew its contract with us. All managed service contracts
between us and hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health will
terminate automatically when the master services agreement
between us and Ascension Health terminates or expires.
The amended and restated master services agreement provides,
among other things, that:
|
|
|
|
|
we assume full responsibility for the management and cost of the
revenue cycle operations of each hospital that executes a
managed service contract with us, including the payroll and
benefit costs associated with the hospitals employees
conducting revenue cycle activities (and who remain hospital
employees for all purposes), and the agreements and costs
associated with related third-party services;
|
|
|
|
we are required to supply, at our cost, a sufficient number of
our own employees on each hospitals premises and the
technology necessary to implement and manage our services;
|
|
|
|
each hospital must provide us with the facilities, standard
office furnishings and services, pre-existing revenue cycle
assets and authority to provide our services;
|
|
|
|
in general, each hospital pays us:
|
|
|
|
|
|
base fees equal to a specified amount, subject to annual
increases under an inflation and wage increase formula;
|
|
|
|
incentive fees based on achieving
agreed-upon
benchmarks; and
|
|
|
|
management and technology fees;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our fees are subject to adjustment in the event specified
performance milestones are not met, which would result in a
reduction of future fees payable to us;
|
|
|
|
we are required to offer to Ascension Healths affiliated
hospitals fees for our services that are at least as low as the
fees we charge any other similarly-situated customer receiving
comparable services at comparable volumes;
|
|
|
|
we must implement our services and technology at each hospital
in a manner that does not cause an unplanned material disruption
in the hospitals operations;
|
|
|
|
we are required to work to qualify patients for charity care and
identify potential payment sources for patients who are
uninsured and underinsured;
|
|
|
|
we are required to maintain patient and employee satisfaction
levels as compared to specified baseline performance
measurements;
|
|
|
|
a joint review board consisting of an equal number of senior
executives from us and Ascension Health oversees the obligations
and performance of the parties and hears fee disputes and other
disputes, with any unresolved disputes submitted to binding
arbitration (provided that hospitals cannot withhold base fees
for any reason);
|
|
|
|
the parties provide various representations and indemnities
(subject to a specified cap) to each other;
|
|
|
|
following termination or expiration of the master services
agreement or any managed service contract between us and a
hospital affiliated with Ascension Health, if requested by
Ascension Health, we must:
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide termination assistance, in return for reasonable
compensation, for three months;
|
|
|
|
continue to provide our services for up to one year in return
for compensation equal to a specified percentage of the
then-applicable base fees; and
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
provide reasonable assistance to Ascension Health in seeking
bids from other parties to provide similar services; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
following termination or expiration of the agreement, we must
grant to the applicable hospitals a license to continue using
all software and tools we used to provide our services, in
exchange for payments and fees that vary depending on whether
the agreement is terminated for cause or for any other reason.
|
The amended and restated master services agreement may not be
terminated by hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health. The
agreement may only be terminated by Ascension Health or us in
the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
either party may terminate the agreement if the other party
materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach
in accordance with specified cure provisions; and
|
|
|
|
Ascension Health may terminate the agreement (1) if we undergo a
change in control, (2) if Ascension Health receives an opinion
of qualified legal counsel, after consultation with our
qualified legal counsel, in which it concludes that the
agreement presents a material risk of causing Ascension Health
or any affiliated hospital to violate any applicable laws,
regulations or rules related to its operations, and that risk
cannot be reasonably mitigated by the parties following good
faith consultations and consideration of reasonable amendments
and modifications to the agreement, or (3) if we become
excluded from participation in the federal Medicare, state
Medicaid or other specified federal or state healthcare
programs, or if we fail to promptly remove from providing
services to Ascension Health and its affiliates any of our staff
or related entities that become excluded from participation in
the federal Medicare, state Medicaid or other specified federal
or state healthcare programs.
|
In 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 net services revenue from hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health were $214.2 million,
$281.7 million, $307.5 million, $72.7 million and
$74.7 million, respectively, representing 89.0%, 70.7%,
60.3%, 64.7% and 59.3% of our total net services revenue in such
periods, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, we had
$20.3 million of accounts receivable from hospitals
affiliated with Ascension Health.
Ascension Health is one of the selling stockholders in this
offering and, following completion of this offering, will own
8.5% of our outstanding common stock. See Principal and
Selling Stockholders.
Initial Stock Issuance and Protection Warrant
Agreement. In October and November 2004, we
issued 3,537,306 shares of our common stock to Ascension
Health, then representing a 5% ownership interest in our company
on a fully-diluted basis, and entered into a protection warrant
agreement, under which we granted Ascension Health the right to
purchase additional shares of our common stock from time to time
for $0.003 per share when Ascension Healths ownership
interest in our company declines below 5% due to our issuance of
additional stock or rights to purchase stock. The protection
warrant agreement, and all purchase rights granted thereunder,
expire on the closing of this offering. In 2007, 2008 and 2009,
we granted Ascension Health the right to purchase 228,046,
91,183 and 136,372 shares of our common stock for $0.003
per share, respectively, pursuant to the protection warrant
agreement. In 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010, Ascension Health purchased 835,352,
261,275, 164,396 and 29,929 shares of our common
stock, respectively, from us for $0.003 per share, pursuant to
the protection warrant agreement.
Supplemental Warrant
Agreement. Pursuant to a supplemental warrant
agreement that became effective in November 2004, Ascension
Health had the right to purchase up to 3,537,306 shares of
our common stock based upon the achievement of specified
milestones relating to its sales and marketing assistance. In
May 2007, we amended and restated the supplemental warrant
agreement to reduce the number of shares covered by the
agreement to 1,749,064 shares. In September 2007, we
further amended and restated the supplemental warrant agreement
to modify the purchase right milestones. Under the supplemental
warrant agreement, the purchase price is equal to the most
recent common stock-equivalent price per share paid in a capital
raising transaction or, if we
114
have not had a capital raising transaction within the preceding
six months, the exercise price of the employee stock options we
have most recently granted. All purchase rights under the
supplemental warrant agreement will expire on the closing of
this offering. Based on Ascension Healths achievement of
specified milestones relating to its sales and marketing
assistance, Ascension Health earned the right to purchase all
1,749,064 shares under the supplemental warrant agreement.
The table below summarizes Ascension Healths purchase
rights under the supplemental warrant agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Earned
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Purchase Price Per
Share
|
|
December 2007
|
|
|
874,532
|
|
|
$
|
4.43
|
|
March 2008
|
|
|
437,268
|
|
|
$
|
10.25
|
|
March 2009
|
|
|
437,264
|
|
|
$
|
13.02
|
|
Ascension Health has elected to exercise the December 2007 and
March 2008 warrants in a cashless exercise transaction prior to
closing of this offering in which Ascension Health will receive
615,649 shares.
Stock Sale. Concurrently with the
amendment and restatement of the supplemental warrant agreement
described above in May 2007, we sold 2,623,593 shares of
our common stock to Ascension Health for $2.09 per share, which
was equal to the fair market value of the common stock at that
time, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,488,128.
Registration Statement. Approximately
one year after this offering, we intend to file a registration
statement on
Form S-3
under the Securities Act to register the resale of the shares of
common stock issued to Ascension Health upon exercise of all
warrants acquired by it under the Protection Warrant Agreement
and Supplemental Warrant Agreement and the resale of the shares
acquired by it pursuant to the stock sale described in the
preceding paragraph.
Share
Exchanges
Effective as of December 31, 2008, certain of our
directors, executive officers, selling stockholders and their
affiliates agreed to exchange 12,975,007 shares of our
non-voting common stock held by them for 12,975,007 shares
of our voting common stock. To implement these exchanges, we
entered into share exchange agreements with these persons in
February 2009. These shares are subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in our restricted stock plan, the
restricted stock award agreements entered into with these
persons in connection with the original issuance of their shares
of non-voting common stock and our stockholders agreement
pursuant to which these persons have certain registration
rights. For a more detailed description of these registration
rights, see Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights. Effective May 19, 2010, all
outstanding shares of non-voting common stock were converted
into voting common stock. The table below sets forth the number
of shares of voting common stock issued to our directors,
executive officers, selling stockholders and their affiliates in
exchange for an equal number of shares of non-voting common
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
4,573,334
|
|
Steven N. Kaplan
|
|
|
163,334
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
|
980,000
|
|
The Shultz 1989 Family Trust(1)
|
|
|
352,800
|
|
Spiegel Family LLC(2)
|
|
|
2,940,000
|
|
John T. Staton Declaration of Trust(3)
|
|
|
392,000
|
|
John Ducharme
|
|
|
784,000
|
|
Paul Daversa
|
|
|
1,443,673
|
|
SBS Revocable Trust u/a/d November 20, 2000(4)
|
|
|
1,306,665
|
|
Other selling stockholders*
|
|
|
39,200
|
|
115
|
|
|
* |
|
Other selling stockholders beneficially owning in the aggregate
less than 1% of the outstanding shares. |
|
(1) |
|
George P. Shultz, a member of our board of directors, and his
wife are the beneficiaries of The Shultz 1989 Family Trust. |
|
(2) |
|
Arthur H. Spiegel, III, a member of our board of directors,
and his wife are the managing members of Spiegel Family LLC, the
members of which are members of Mr. Spiegels
immediate family. |
|
(3) |
|
John T. Staton, our chief financial officer and treasurer, is
the trustee of John T. Staton Declaration of Trust, the
beneficiaries of which are members of Mr. Statons
immediate family. |
|
(4) |
|
Stephen Smith, a selling stockholder, is the trustee of SBS
Revocable Trust u/a/d November 20, 2000, the beneficiaries
of which are members of Mr. Smiths immediate family. |
Management
Investments in Our Company
We have not sold any shares of preferred stock since
January 1, 2007. Between August 2003 and December 2005, we
raised approximately $16.1 million from the sale of
preferred stock to private investors principally consisting of
our 5% stockholders, directors, executive officers and their
affiliates. All outstanding shares of preferred stock will
automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the
closing of this offering, and the holders thereof will be
entitled to receive in addition to such shares of common stock
the liquidation preference payments described below under
Liquidation Preference Payments. Each of our four
executive officers made one or more cash investments in our
company on the same terms as applicable to the other investors
in these preferred stock financings. The cash investments of
Ms. Tolan and Mr. Deffarges together represented more
than 10% of the aggregate proceeds from our preferred stock
financings. Upon the closing of this offering, the shares of
preferred stock held by our four executive officers and their
affiliates will automatically convert into an aggregate of
3,418,624 shares of common stock.
Liquidation
Preference Payments
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, upon the
automatic conversion of shares of our preferred stock as
described in the preceding paragraph, we are required to make
liquidation preference payments to the holders of our
outstanding preferred stock in amounts equal to the original
purchase price per share plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
Each holder is entitled to elect to receive such payment in cash
or in shares of common stock valued at the initial public
offering price per share set forth on the cover of this
prospectus. The following table sets forth the liquidation
preference payments to be made to our directors, executive
officers, selling stockholders and holders of more than 5% of
our voting securities who hold shares of our preferred stock
and, based on elections received by such holders, the allocation
of such payments between cash and shares of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.
|
|
|
603,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,238,625
|
|
FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P.
|
|
|
502,696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,032,357
|
|
Mary A. Tolan
|
|
|
104,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,255,199
|
|
John T. Staton Declaration of Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
78,946
|
|
|
$
|
78,946
|
|
Etienne H. Deffarges
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
530,132
|
|
|
$
|
530,132
|
|
Steven N. Kaplan
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
88,212
|
|
|
$
|
88,212
|
|
Gregory N. Kazarian
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69,979
|
|
|
$
|
69,979
|
|
The Shultz 1989 Family Trust
|
|
|
11,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
132,633
|
|
Spiegel Family LLC
|
|
|
42,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
506,714
|
|
John Ducharme
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
119,965
|
|
|
$
|
119,965
|
|
Other selling stockholders*
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,663
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,265,012
|
|
|
$
|
887,234
|
|
|
$
|
16,067,425
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Other selling stockholders beneficially owning in the aggregate
less than 1% of the outstanding shares. |
116
Stock
Repurchase
In July 2008, we repurchased 130,665 shares of our common
stock from Christine M. Rakoci, a former senior executive
of our company and one of the selling stockholders, for
$11.14 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price
of $1,455,985.
Certain
Employment Arrangements
We employ Kyle Hupach, the
brother-in-law
of Gregory N. Kazarian, our senior vice president, as a director
of revenue cycle operations. Mr. Hupachs current
annual base salary is $123,250, and he also participates in our
standard employee benefits package. In 2008 and 2009,
Mr. Hupachs total compensation, including salary,
bonus and the amount of share-based compensation expense that we
recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for stock
options previously granted to him, was $167,678.
Registration
Rights
We are a party to a stockholders agreement with certain of
our stockholders, including the following directors, executive
officers, selling stockholders and holders of more than 5% of
our voting securities and their affiliates: Mary A. Tolan,
Etienne H. Deffarges, Gregory N. Kazarian,
John T. Staton Declaration of Trust, Steven N. Kaplan,
The Shultz 1989 Family Trust, Spiegel Family LLC, Paul
Daversa, John Ducharme, Christine M. Rakoci, SBS Revocable
Trust u/a/d November 20, 2000, Accretive Investors SBIC,
L.P. and FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P., as
well as other selling stockholders beneficially owning in the
aggregate less than 1% of our outstanding shares. Pursuant to
the registration rights provisions of the stockholders
agreement, the foregoing stockholders are selling a portion of
their shares in this offering. See Principal and Selling
Stockholders. In addition, after the contractual
lock-up
agreements in connection with this offering expire, the
stockholders who are parties to the stockholders agreement
will have the right to require us to register all or a portion
of their shares under the Securities Act under specific
circumstances and subject to certain limitations. For a more
detailed description of these registration rights, see
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights.
Indemnification
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect
upon the closing of this offering provides that we will
indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers that are broader in scope than the specific
indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. For more information regarding these
agreements, see Management Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification and Description of
Capital Stock Limitation of Liability and
Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
Policies and
Procedures for Related Person Transactions
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person
transaction policy to set forth policies and procedures for the
review and approval or ratification of related person
transactions. This policy covers any transaction, arrangement or
relationship, or any series of similar transactions,
arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a
participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related
person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest,
including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by
or from the related person or entities in which the related
person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of
indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. Our
related person transaction policy contains exceptions for any
transaction or interest that is not considered a related person
transaction under SEC rules as in effect from time to time.
117
Any related person transaction proposed to be entered into by us
must be reported to our general counsel and will be reviewed and
approved by the audit committee in accordance with the terms of
the policy, prior to effectiveness or consummation of the
transaction whenever practicable. If our general counsel
determines that advance approval of a related person transaction
is not practicable under the circumstances, the audit committee
will review and, in its discretion, may ratify the related
person transaction at the next meeting of the audit committee.
Alternatively, our general counsel may present a related person
transaction arising in the time period between meetings of the
audit committee to the chair of the audit committee, who will
review and may approve the related person transaction, subject
to ratification by the audit committee at the next meeting of
the audit committee.
In addition, any related person transaction previously approved
by the audit committee or otherwise already existing that is
ongoing in nature will be reviewed by the audit committee
annually to ensure that such related person transaction has been
conducted in accordance with the previous approval granted by
the audit committee, if any, and that all required disclosures
regarding the related person transaction are made.
Transactions involving compensation of executive officers will
be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the
manner specified in the charter of the compensation committee.
A related person transaction reviewed under this policy will be
considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit
committee in accordance with the standards set forth in the
policy after full disclosure of the related persons
interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the
circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:
|
|
|
|
|
the related persons interest in the related person
transaction;
|
|
|
|
the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the
related person transaction;
|
|
|
|
the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related
persons interest in the transaction without regard to the
amount of any profit or loss;
|
|
|
|
whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of
business of our company;
|
|
|
|
whether the transaction with the related person is proposed to
be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to us than
the terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third
party;
|
|
|
|
the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the
transaction; and
|
|
|
|
any other information regarding the related person transaction
or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction
that would be material to investors in light of the
circumstances of the particular transaction.
|
The audit committee will review all relevant information
available to it about the related person transaction. The audit
committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction
only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the
circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent
with, our best interests. The audit committee may, in its sole
discretion, impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on us
or the related person in connection with approval of the related
person transaction.
118
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 3, 2010,
by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us
to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each selling stockholder.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership
of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power
or investment power with respect to those securities and include
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
options or warrants that are immediately exercisable or
exercisable within 60 days after May 3, 2010. Except
as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table
are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have
sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community
property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of
beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior
to this offering are based on 81,984,028 shares outstanding
as of May 3, 2010, assuming (1) the conversion of all
outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into shares of
voting common stock effected May 19, 2010, (2) the
automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible
preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of
this offering and (3) the issuance of 615,649 shares
of common stock upon cashless exercises of outstanding warrants
prior to the closing of this offering. Percentage ownership
calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering
reflect (1) the shares we are offering hereby, (2) the issuance
of 100,000 shares of common stock to FT Partners
contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, which FT
Partners has elected in writing to receive in satisfaction of a
fee for financial advisory services in respect of this offering,
and (3) the issuance of 1,265,012 shares of common
stock in satisfaction of the liquidation preference payments
required to be made to the holders of our outstanding preferred
upon the closing of this offering, based upon payment elections
received from such holders. Except as otherwise indicated in the
table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of
Accretive Health, Inc., 401 North Michigan Avenue,
Suite 2700, Chicago, Illinois 60611.
In addition, in computing the number of shares of common stock
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock
subject to options or warrants held by that person that are
immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010. We did not deem the shares subject to these
options and warrants to be outstanding, however, for the purpose
of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with
an asterisk (*).
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares to be
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sold if
|
|
Owned After the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Offering if
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
Option is
|
|
Underwriters Option
|
|
|
Prior to Offering
|
|
Number of
|
|
After Offering
|
|
Exercised in
|
|
is Exercised in Full
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Shares Offered
|
|
Number
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Full
|
|
Number
|
|
Percentage
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.(1)
|
|
|
21,512,214
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
|
865,520
|
|
|
|
20,646,694
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
129,828
|
|
|
|
20,516,866
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
%
|
FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P.(2)
|
|
|
17,927,458
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
%
|
|
|
721,292
|
|
|
|
17,206,166
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
|
|
108,194
|
|
|
|
17,097,972
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
%
|
Ascension Health(3)
|
|
|
8,067,502
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
342,100
|
|
|
|
7,725,402
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
51,315
|
|
|
|
7,674,087
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
Executive Officers and Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary A. Tolan(4)
|
|
|
15,209,014
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
625,240
|
|
|
|
14,583,774
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
93,786
|
|
|
|
14,489,988
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
John T. Staton(5)
|
|
|
1,702,470
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
64,921
|
|
|
|
1,637,549
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
9,738
|
|
|
|
1,627,811
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Etienne H. Deffarges(6)
|
|
|
6,062,056
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
250,937
|
|
|
|
5,811,119
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
|
|
37,641
|
|
|
|
5,773,478
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
Gregory N. Kazarian(7)
|
|
|
1,432,308
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
59,290
|
|
|
|
1,373,018
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,893
|
|
|
|
1,364,125
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Edgar M. Bronfman, Jr.(8)
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
J. Michael Cline(9)
|
|
|
21,564,479
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
|
|
865,520
|
|
|
|
20,698,959
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
129,828
|
|
|
|
20,569,131
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
%
|
Steven N. Kaplan(10)
|
|
|
460,331
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
16,891
|
|
|
|
443,440
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
2,534
|
|
|
|
440,906
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Denis J. Nayden(11)
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
George P. Shultz(12)
|
|
|
774,281
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
29,430
|
|
|
|
744,851
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
4,414
|
|
|
|
740,437
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Arthur H. Spiegel, III(13)
|
|
|
4,166,294
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
170,713
|
|
|
|
3,995,581
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
25,607
|
|
|
|
3,969,974
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
Mark A. Wolfson(14)
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All current executive officers and directors as a group
(11 persons)(15)
|
|
|
51,528,028
|
|
|
|
60.2
|
%
|
|
|
2,082,942
|
|
|
|
49,445,086
|
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
312,441
|
|
|
|
49,132,645
|
|
|
|
51.9
|
%
|
Other Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul Daversa(16)
|
|
|
1,443,673
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
25,011
|
|
|
|
1,418,662
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
3,752
|
|
|
|
1,414,910
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Stephen Smith(17)
|
|
|
1,306,665
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
54,089
|
|
|
|
1,252,576
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
8,113
|
|
|
|
1,244,463
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
Christine M. Rakoci(18)
|
|
|
1,176,000
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
48,680
|
|
|
|
1,127,320
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
7,302
|
|
|
|
1,120,018
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
John Ducharme(19)
|
|
|
1,053,991
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
25,292
|
|
|
|
1,028,699
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
3,794
|
|
|
|
1,024,905
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
Other stockholders (2 persons)(20)
|
|
|
820,836
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
33,927
|
|
|
|
786,909
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
5,089
|
|
|
|
781,820
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC is
the general partner of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.
Mr. Cline is the managing member of Accretive Associates
SBIC, LLC, and may be deemed to have sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares held by Accretive Investors
SBIC, L.P. Also includes 603,218 shares of common stock
which Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. has elected to receive in
satisfaction of the liquidation preference payment required to
be made to it upon the closing of this offering. The address of
Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. is
c/o Accretive,
LLC, 51 Madison Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York
10010.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Group VI 31, L.L.C. is the general
partner of FW Oak Hill Accretive Healthcare Investors, L.P. (the
Oak Hill Partnership). The sole member of Group VI
31, L.L.C. is J. Taylor Crandall, who disclaims beneficial
ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary
interest therein. J. Taylor Crandall exercises voting and
investment power with respect to such shares.
Messrs. Nayden and Wolfson are limited partners of the Oak
Hill Partnership, and Mr. Wolfson is a Vice President and
Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, L.L.C. Neither
Mr. Nayden nor Mr. Wolfson is deemed to have voting or
investment power with respect to any shares held by the Oak Hill
Partnership by virtue of their roles as limited partners of the
Oak Hill Partnership or, in the case of Mr. Wolfson, by
virtue of his position with Group VI 31, L.L.C. Also includes
502,696 shares of common stock which the Oak Hill
Partnership has elected to receive in satisfaction of the
liquidation preference payment required to be made to it upon
the closing of this offering. The address of the Oak Hill
Partnership is 201 Main Street, Suite 3100,
Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Ascension Health is a Missouri
not-for-profit corporation. Anthony J. Speranzo, Ascension
Healths senior vice president and chief financial officer,
has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares
held by Ascension Health. Mr. Speranzo disclaims beneficial
ownership of such shares. Includes 615,649 shares of common
stock to be issued upon the cashless exercise of outstanding
warrants prior to
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
the closing of this offering. The
address of Ascension Health is 4600 Edmundson Road,
St. Louis, Missouri 63134.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Includes 2,587,200 shares held
by Tolan Family Trust U/A/D
6/29/03,
John G. Tolan and Margaret A. Coughlin as Trustees, and
646,800 shares held by Tolan Gamma Trust U/A/D
12/31/06,
Angie Selden and John G. Tolan, as Co-Trustees. The
beneficiaries of these trusts are members of
Ms. Tolans immediate family. Members of
Ms. Tolans immediate family share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by these
trusts. Also includes 1,176,000 shares subject to options
exercisable within 60 days of May 3, 2010 (of which no
shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these
options as of May 3, 2010) and 104,599 shares of
common stock which Ms. Tolan has elected to receive in
satisfaction of the liquidation preference payment required to
be made to her upon the closing of this offering.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of 156,834 shares
held by John T. Staton Declaration of Trust, 313,600 shares
held by John T. Staton 2009 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and
1,232,036 shares subject to options exercisable within
60 days of May 3, 2010 (of which 781,236 shares
would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as
of May 3, 2010). The beneficiaries of John T. Staton
Declaration of Trust and John T. Staton 2009 Grantor
Retained Annuity Trust are members of Mr. Statons
immediate family. Mr. Staton is the trustee of such trusts
and exercises sole voting and investment power with respect to
the shares held by the trusts. John T. Staton Declaration of
Trust is selling 64,921 shares in this offering and an
additional 9,738 shares if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Includes 509,600 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which no shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3, 2010).
|
|
(7)
|
|
Includes 545,468 shares held
by the Irrevocable 2009 Gregory N. Kazarian Trust,
353,717 shares held by the Irrevocable 2009 Kazarian
Childrens Trust, 170,069 shares held by Kazarian
Family LLC and 282,240 shares subject to options
exercisable within 60 days of May 3, 2010 (of which no
shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these
options as of May 3, 2010). The beneficiaries of the trusts
are members of Mr. Kazarians immediate family.
Mr. Kazarians wife and sister are the trustees of the
Irrevocable 2009 Gregory N. Kazarian Trust and share voting
and investment power with respect to the shares held by the
trust. Gregory S. Davis is the trustee of the Irrevocable
2009 Kazarian Childrens Trust and exercises sole voting
and investment power with respect to the shares held by the
trust. Mr. Davis disclaims beneficial ownership of such
shares. Mr. Kazarian is the manager member of Kazarian
Family LLC. Mr. Kazarian is selling 11,593 shares in
this offering and an additional 1,739 shares if the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares. Kazarian Family LLC is selling 47,697 shares in
this offering and an additional 7,154 shares if the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Consists of 52,265 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which no shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3,
2010). Mr. Bronfman is a member of Accretive Associates
SBIC, LLC, which is the general partner of Accretive Investors
SBIC, L.P., but exercises no voting or investment power with
respect to the shares held by Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.
Mr. Bronfman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
held by Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Consists of the shares described in
note 1 above and 52,265 shares subject to options
exercisable within 60 days of May 3, 2010 (of which no
shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of these
options as of May 3, 2010). Mr. Cline is the managing
member of Accretive Associates SBIC, LLC, which is the general
partner of Accretive Investors SBIC, L.P. and, as such, may be
deemed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to
the shares described in note 1 above.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Includes 52,265 shares subject
to options exercisable within 60 days of May 3, 2010
(of which no shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise
of these options as of May 3, 2010).
|
|
(11)
|
|
Consists of 52,265 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which no shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3,
2010). Mr. Nayden is not deemed to have voting or
investment power with respect to any shares held by the Oak Hill
Partnership as a limited partner. See note 2 above.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Consists of 710,964 shares
held by The Shultz 1989 Family Trust, of which Mr. Shultz
and his wife are the beneficiaries, 52,265 shares subject
to options exercisable within 60 days of May 3, 2010
(of which no shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise
of these options as of May 3, 2010) and
11,052 shares of common stock which The Shultz 1989 Family
Trust has elected to receive in satisfaction of the liquidation
preference payment required to be made to it upon the closing of
this offering. George T. Argyris is the trustee for the trust
and exercises sole voting and investment power with respect to
the shares held by the trust. Mr. Argyris disclaims
beneficial ownership of such shares. The Shultz 1989 Family
Trust is selling
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
29,430 shares in this offering
and an additional 4,414 shares if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Consists of 4,071,803 shares
held by Spiegel Family LLC, the members of which are members of
Mr. Spiegels immediate family, 52,265 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which no shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3,
2010) and 42,226 shares of common stock which Spiegel
Family LLC has elected to receive in satisfaction of the
liquidation preference payment required to be made to it upon
the closing of this offering. Mr. Spiegel and his wife are
the managing members of Spiegel Family LLC and exercise shared
voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Spiegel
Family LLC is selling 170,713 shares in this offering and
an additional 25,607 shares if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
(14)
|
|
Consists of 52,265 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which no shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3,
2010). Mr. Wolfson is not deemed to have voting or
investment power with respect to any shares held by the Oak Hill
Partnership as a limited partner or as a Vice President or
Assistant Secretary of Group VI 31, L.L.C. See note 2 above.
|
|
(15)
|
|
Does not include the shares
described in note 2 above. Includes 3,565,731 shares
subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
May 3, 2010 (of which 781,236 shares would be vested
if purchased upon exercise of these options as of May 3,
2010) and 761,095 shares of common stock which
executive officers and directors have elected to receive in
satisfaction of the liquidation preference payment required to
be made to them upon the closing of this offering.
|
|
(16)
|
|
Includes 235,200 shares held
by Daversa 2009 GRAT dated
8/20/09. The
beneficiaries of Daversa 2009 GRAT dated
8/20/09 are
members of Mr. Daversas immediate family.
Mr. Daversas brother is the trustee of this trust and
exercises sole voting and investment power with respect to the
shares held by it. Mr. Daversa is selling
25,011 shares in this offering and an additional
3,752 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional shares. Mr. Daversa is a consultant to
us.
|
|
(17)
|
|
Consists of 431,200 shares
held by Stephen Smith as Trustee of the Smith 2009 Grantor
Retained Annuity Trust and 875,465 shares held by SBS
Revocable Trust u/a/d November 20, 2000. Mr. Smith is
the trustee of these trusts and exercises sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by them. SBS
Revocable Trust u/a/d November 20, 2000 is selling
54,089 shares in this offering and an additional
8,113 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional shares. Mr. Smith is one of our
employees.
|
|
(18)
|
|
Ms. Rakoci is one of our
former employees.
|
|
(19)
|
|
Includes 392,000 shares held
by Sheryl M. Ducharme, as trustee of the John Ducharme 2009
Grantor Retained Annuity Trust under agreement dated
November 6, 2009, 215,063 shares held by Ducharme
Family Partnership and 54,928 shares held by individual
retirement accounts owned by Mr. Ducharme and members of
his immediate family. Mr. Ducharme is managing partner of
Ducharme Family Partnership and exercises sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by it.
Mr. Ducharme is selling 16,227 shares in this offering
and an additional 2,434 shares if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares. Ducharme Family
Partnership is selling 9,065 shares in this offering and an
additional 1,360 shares if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares. Mr. Ducharme is one
of our employees.
|
|
(20)
|
|
Other stockholders beneficially
owning in the aggregate less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
Includes 439,040 shares subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of May 3, 2010 (of which
58,800 shares would be vested if purchased upon exercise of
these options as of May 3, 2010), and 1,221 shares of
common stock which a holder has elected to receive in
satisfaction of the liquidation preference payment required to
be made to the holder upon the closing of this offering.
|
122
DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par
value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which preferred stock
will be undesignated.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and
are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of
incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be
in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these
documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our
registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect
changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the
closing of this offering.
Common
Stock
As of April 30, 2010, there were 81,368,379 shares of
our common stock outstanding, held of record by 89 stockholders,
assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible
preferred stock into common stock and the conversion of all
outstanding shares of non-voting common stock into voting common
stock.
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for
each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders and do not have any cumulative voting rights.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive
proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors
out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any
preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding
preferred stock.
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our
common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets
remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities,
subject to the prior rights of any then outstanding preferred
stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive,
subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All outstanding
shares of our common stock are validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. The shares to be issued by us in this offering
will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.
The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the
rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board
of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in
one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of
directors has the discretion to determine the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting
rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of
preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or
senior to the rights of the common stock. The issuance of
preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of
holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such
holders will receive dividend payments or payments on
liquidation. In certain circumstances, an issuance of preferred
stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of
our common stock.
Authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and
determine its rights and preferences has the effect of
eliminating delays associated with a stockholder vote on
specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions,
future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the
effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire,
or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a
123
majority of our outstanding stock. Upon the closing of this
offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock
outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
Stock
Options
As of April 30, 2010, 16,076,525 shares of common
stock were issuable upon the exercise of stock options
outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price
of $9.17 per share, of which 5,737,931 shares with a
weighted average exercise price of $3.37 per share would be
vested if purchased upon exercise of these options as of
April 30, 2010.
Warrants
As of April 30, 2010, 1,749,064 shares of voting
common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants
outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price
of $8.03 per share and 3,266,668 shares of non-voting
common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants
outstanding and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price
of $0.29 per share. The warrants to purchase
1,749,064 shares of voting common stock may be exercised by
paying the exercise price in cash or pursuant to a cashless
exercise feature based on the fair market value per share of our
common stock, but the warrants to purchase 3,266,668 shares
of non-voting common stock may be exercised only by paying the
exercise price in cash. Prior to the closing of this offering,
we will issue 615,649 shares of common stock upon cashless
exercises of outstanding warrants.
Upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of
non-voting
common stock into shares of voting common stock, which was
effected May 19, 2010, any warrants to purchase non-voting
common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will
remain outstanding and will be warrants to purchase shares of
voting common stock.
Registration
Rights
We have entered into a stockholders agreement with certain
of our stockholders. After the completion of this offering and
the sale by the selling stockholders of the shares of common
stock offered by them hereby, holders of an aggregate of
75,259,073 shares of outstanding common stock and shares
issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants will have the
right to require us to register these shares under the
Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration
pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. The
following description of these registration rights is intended
as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the stockholders agreement, which is filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part.
Demand Registration Rights. Beginning
181 days after the effective date of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to the
contractual
lock-up
agreements, the holders of at least 50% of our shares of common
stock having registration rights under the stockholders
agreement, provided such shares represent at least 25% of our
outstanding common stock on a fully-diluted basis, may demand
that we register all or a portion of their shares under the
Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In addition,
each of the three parties to the stockholders agreement
holding more than 12% of our common stock on an as-converted
basis as of September 25, 2009 (Mary A. Tolan, Accretive
Investors SBIC, L.P. and FW Oak Hill Accretive
Healthcare Investors, L.P.) may demand on one occasion that
we register all or a portion of its shares under the Securities
Act, provided that the shares to be registered have an aggregate
market value of at least $50 million or represent at least
5% of our then outstanding common stock. We are not required to
file (1) a registration statement less than six months
after the effective date of a registration statement effected
pursuant to this requirement of the stockholders agreement
or (2) more than five registration statements pursuant to
this requirement under the stockholders agreement. In
addition, we may not register any shares of our common stock
held by a stockholder
124
who is not a party to the stockholders agreement in a
registration statement requested to be filed pursuant to the
terms of the stockholders agreement.
Incidental Registration Rights. If at
any time we propose to register shares of our common stock under
the Securities Act, other than a registration statement on
Form S-4
or
Form S-8,
the holders of registrable shares under the stockholders
agreement will be entitled to notice of our intention to file a
registration statement and, subject to certain exceptions, have
the right to require us to use best efforts to register all or a
portion of the registrable shares held by them. In the event
that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares
participate pursuant to the stockholders agreement is an
underwritten public offering, the number of registrable shares
to be included may, in specified circumstances, be limited due
to market conditions. A total of 3,333,333 shares of common
stock are being sold in this offering by selling stockholders
(plus up to 500,000 additional shares that the underwriters
have an option to purchase from selling stockholders) pursuant
to these incidental registration rights granted under the
stockholders agreement.
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, we are required to
pay all registration fees and expenses, including the reasonable
fees and disbursements of one counsel for the participating
stockholders, and indemnify each participating stockholder with
respect to each registration of registrable shares that is
effected.
In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to the
registration rights granted under the stockholders
agreement, each holder of registrable shares has agreed, whether
or not such holders registrable shares are included in
such registration, not to effect any public sale or
distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under
the Securities Act, of any registrable shares or of any security
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any
registrable shares (other than as part of such underwritten
offering), without the consent of the managing underwriter of
the offering, during a period commencing seven days before and
ending 180 days (or such lesser number as the managing
underwriter shall designate) after the effective date of such
registration. In addition, we have agreed, if required by the
managing underwriter of the offering, not to effect any public
sale or distribution of any of our equity or debt securities, or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
any of our equity or debt securities, during a period commencing
seven days before and ending 180 (or such lesser number as the
managing underwriter shall designate) days after the effective
date of such registration, except for shares sold in such
underwritten offering or except in connection with a stock
option plan, stock purchase plan, savings or similar plan, or an
acquisition, merger or exchange offer.
In addition, approximately one year after this offering, we
intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-3
under the Securities Act to register the resale of the shares of
common stock issued to Ascension Health upon exercise of its
warrants (a maximum of 1,052,913 shares) and to register
the resale of up to an additional 2,623,593 shares of common
stock held by Ascension Health.
Anti-Takeover
Effects of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws
Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws
contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying,
deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control
of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are
expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and
inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first
negotiate with our board of directors.
Classified
Board; Removal of Directors
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws divide our board of
directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In
addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of
the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in
an election of directors or class of directors. Any vacancy on
our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an
enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by
vote
125
of a majority of our directors then in office, although less
than a quorum. The classification of our board of directors and
the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of
vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire,
control of our company.
Stockholder
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action
required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such
holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by
such holders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also
provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special
meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman
of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of
directors.
Advance Notice
Requirements for Stockholder Proposals
Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder
proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of
stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for
election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual
meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in
the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the
direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder of
record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to
vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice
in proper form to our secretary of the stockholders
intention to bring such business before the meeting. This
written notice must contain certain information specified in our
bylaws. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until
the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are
favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting
securities.
Delaware
Business Combination Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203
prevents a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a
business combination with any interested
stockholder for three years following the date that the
person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested
stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board
of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. A business combination includes,
among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and
the interested stockholder and the sale of more than
10% of our assets. In general, an interested
stockholder is any entity or person beneficially owning
15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such
entity or person.
Amendment of
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on
any matter is required to amend a corporations certificate
of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporations
certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be,
requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws may be amended or
repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in
any election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes which all our
stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of
directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any
provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our
certificate of incorporation described above under
Classified Board; Removal of Directors
and Stockholder Action by Written Consent;
Special Meetings.
Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification of Officers and
Directors
Our restated certificate of incorporation limits the personal
liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the
maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Our
126
restated certificate of incorporation also provides that no
director will have personal liability to us or to our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or
limit the liability of any of our directors for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or which involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not
eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of
any act or failure to act, or any cause of action, suit or claim
that would accrue or arise prior to any amendment or repeal or
adoption of an inconsistent provision. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended to permit the further elimination or
limiting of the personal liability of directors, then the
liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law
as so amended.
In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation provides
that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must
advance expenses, including attorneys fees, to our
directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings,
subject to limited exceptions.
Authorized but
Unissued Shares
The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred
stock are available for future issuance without stockholder
approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing
standards of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional
shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance
transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The
existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock
and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage
an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest,
tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC.
New York Stock
Exchange
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol AH.
127
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common
stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering.
Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock,
including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or
warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the
anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect the public
market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our
ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol AH.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of 90,015,707 shares of common stock, assuming no
exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase
additional shares from us and no exercise of then outstanding
options or warrants. Of these shares, all shares sold in this
offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares
purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be
subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described
below, other than the holding period requirement.
The remaining 80,015,707 shares of common stock will be
restricted securities, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted
securities are eligible for public sale only if they are
registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under
the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
Subject to the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144
and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Eligible
|
|
|
|
Date Available for
Sale
|
|
for Sale
|
|
|
Comment
|
|
Date of prospectus
|
|
|
10,158,454
|
|
|
Shares sold in the offering and shares saleable under Rule 144
that are not subject to a lock-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 days after date of prospectus
|
|
|
33,320
|
|
|
Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to
a lock-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180 days after date of prospectus
|
|
|
79,823,933
|
|
|
Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701
|
In addition, of the 16,076,525 shares of our common stock
that were subject to stock options outstanding as of
April 30, 2010, 5,737,931 shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options and would be eligible
for sale subject to the
lock-up
agreements and securities laws described below. The
5,015,732 shares of our common stock that were subject to
warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2010 were exercisable
as of April 30, 2010 and, upon exercise will be eligible
for sale subject to the
lock-up
agreements and securities laws described below.
Rule 144
Affiliate
Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a
person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at
any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six
months would be entitled to sell in brokers
transactions or certain riskless principal
transactions or
128
to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month
period that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal approximately 900,157 shares immediately
after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the
NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
|
Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the
availability of current public information about us. In
addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144
by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds
5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of
$50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the
SEC and the NYSE concurrently with either the placing of a sale
order with the broker or the execution directly with a market
maker.
Non-Affiliate
Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a
person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and
has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months
preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is
entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of
current public information about us. If such person has held our
shares for at least one year, such person can resell under
Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144
restrictions, including the
90-day
public company requirement and the current public information
requirement.
Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale,
volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees,
directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased
shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option
plan or other written agreement entered into before the
effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares
90 days after this offering in reliance on Rule 144.
Lock-up
Agreements
Our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all
of our outstanding shares of common stock have agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell,
contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any
short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock,
options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or
securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent
the right to receive shares of common stock, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, make any demand for, or exercise any
right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common
stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from
the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
180 days after the date of this prospectus, as modified as
described below, except with the prior written consent of
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters.
The 180-day
restricted period will be automatically extended under the
following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
if, during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce
material news or a material event, the restrictions described in
the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the
expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event; or
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
if, prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph
will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release.
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC currently do not anticipate shortening or waiving any
of the
lock-up
agreements and do not have any pre-established conditions for
such modifications or waivers. Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, however, with the
approval of our board of directors, release for sale in the
public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the
lock-up
agreement.
Stock Options and
Warrants
As of April 30, 2010, 16,076,525 shares of common
stock were issuable upon the exercise of stock options
outstanding, of which 5,737,931 shares would be vested if
purchased upon exercise of these options as of April 30,
2010. Following this offering, we intend to file registration
statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common
stock subject to outstanding options and options and other
awards issuable pursuant to our prior option plan and our 2010
stock incentive plan, as well as to register the resale of the
shares of common stock issued under our restricted stock plan.
Approximately one year after this offering, we also intend to
file a registration statement on
Form S-3
under the Securities Act to register the resale of the shares of
common stock issued to Ascension Health upon exercise of its
warrants.
As of April 30, 2010, 1,749,064 shares of voting
common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
warrants and 3,266,668 shares of non-voting common stock
were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. The
warrants to purchase 1,749,064 shares of voting common
stock may be exercised by paying the exercise price in cash or
pursuant to a cashless exercise feature based on the fair market
value per share of our common stock, but the warrants to
purchase 3,266,668 shares of non-voting common stock may be
exercised only by paying the exercise price in cash. Prior to
the closing of this offering, we will issue 615,649 shares
of common stock upon cashless exercises of outstanding warrants.
Any shares purchased by our non-affiliates pursuant to the
cashless exercise feature of the warrants to purchase voting
common stock will be freely tradable under Rule 144(b)(1),
subject to the
180-day
lock-up
period described above. Upon the closing of this offering, all
outstanding warrants to purchase shares of voting common stock
that are not exercised prior to this offering will be cancelled.
Upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of non-voting
common stock into shares of voting common stock prior to the
closing of this offering, any warrants to purchase non-voting
common stock that are not exercised prior to this offering will
remain outstanding following this offering and will be warrants
to purchase shares of voting common stock.
130
CERTAIN U.S.
FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of certain
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This
discussion applies only to a
non-U.S. holder
(as defined below) of our common stock. This discussion is based
upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations
thereof, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is
limited to investors that hold our common stock as capital
assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Furthermore,
this discussion does not address all aspects of
U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be
applicable to investors in light of their particular
circumstances, or to investors subject to special treatment
under U.S. federal income or estate tax law, such as
financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, entities that are treated as partnerships for
U.S. federal tax purposes, dealers in securities or
currencies, expatriates, persons deemed to sell our common stock
under the constructive sale provisions of the Code and persons
that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction or other integrated investment. In
addition, this discussion does not address any U.S. federal
gift tax consequences or any state, local or foreign tax
consequences. Prospective investors should consult their tax
advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local
alternative minimum and foreign income, estate and other tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our
common stock.
For purposes of this summary, the term
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for
U.S. federal income and estate tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity subject to tax as a corporation
for such purposes that is created or organized under the laws of
the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
|
|
|
|
a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for such purposes);
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust (1) if a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or
more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its
substantial decisions or (2) that has made a valid election
to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes.
|
If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as
a partnership for such purposes) owns our common stock, the tax
treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the
status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.
Partners in a partnership that owns our common stock should
consult their tax advisors as to the particular
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable
to them.
Dividends
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal
income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified
by an applicable income tax treaty.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to
benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of
claiming the benefits of such treaty. A
non-U.S. holder
that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an
income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess
amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with
the Internal Revenue Service.
Dividends that are effectively connected with a
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if
certain income tax treaties apply, that are attributable to a
non-U.S. holders
permanent establishment in the United States are not subject to
the withholding tax
131
described above but instead are subject to U.S. federal
income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated
U.S. federal income tax rates. A
non-U.S. holder
must satisfy certain certification requirements for its
effectively connected dividends to be exempt from the
withholding tax described above. Dividends received by a foreign
corporation that are effectively connected with its conduct of a
trade or business in the United States may be subject to an
additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate
as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
Gain on
Disposition of Common Stock
A
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be taxed on gain recognized on a disposition
of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset,
is present in the United States for 183 days or more during
the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other
conditions;
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if
certain income tax treaties apply, is attributable to a
non-U.S. Holders
permanent establishment in the United States; or
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a United States real property holding
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at
any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on
the date of disposition or the period that the
non-U.S. holder
held our common stock.
|
We do not believe that we have been, currently are, or will
become, a United States real property holding corporation. If we
were or were to become a United States real property holding
corporation at any time during the applicable period, however,
any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more
than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period would
not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that
our common stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market (within the meaning of
Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).
Individual
non-U.S. holders
who are subject to U.S. federal income tax because the
holders were present in the United States for 183 days or
more during the year of disposition are taxed on their gains
(including gains from the sale of our common stock and net of
applicable U.S. losses from sales or exchanges of other
capital assets recognized during the year) at a flat rate of 30%
or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income
tax treaty. Other
non-U.S. holders
subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain
recognized on the disposition of our common stock generally will
be taxed on any such gain on a net income basis at applicable
graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, in the case of
foreign corporations, the branch profits tax discussed above
also may apply.
Federal Estate
Tax
Our common stock that is owned or treated as owned for
U.S. estate tax purposes by an individual who is a
non-U.S. holder
at the time of death will be included in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes.
Therefore, U.S. federal estate tax may be imposed with
respect to the value of such stock, unless an applicable estate
tax or other treaty provides otherwise.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, backup withholding will apply to dividends on our
common stock paid to a
non-U.S. holder,
unless the holder has provided the required certification that
it is a
non-U.S. holder
and the payor does not have actual knowledge (or reason to know)
that the holder is a U.S. person. Generally, information
will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service regarding the
amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient,
and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information
reporting requirements apply even if no tax was required to be
withheld. A similar report is
132
sent to the recipient of the dividend and may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which the
non-U.S. holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
In general, backup withholding and information reporting will
apply to the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our
common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
through a U.S. office of a broker or through the
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain enumerated
connections with the United States, unless the holder has
provided the required certification that it is a
non-U.S. holder
and the payor does not have actual knowledge (or reason to know)
that the holder is a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts that
are withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment
to a
non-U.S. holder
will be refunded or credited against the holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
certain required information is furnished to the Internal
Revenue Service.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
regarding the application of the information reporting and
backup withholding rules to them.
Recent
Developments
Legislation was recently enacted into law that will materially
change the requirements for obtaining an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax and impose withholding taxes on
certain types of payments made to foreign financial
institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. In
general, and depending on the specific facts and circumstances,
the failure to comply with certain certification, information
reporting and other specified requirements will result in a 30%
withholding tax being imposed on withholdable
payments to such institutions and entities, including
payments of dividends and proceeds from the sale of our common
stock. These rules will apply to payments made after
December 31, 2012 with respect to our common stock.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers
regarding this legislation and the potential implications of
this legislation on their investment in our common stock.
133
UNDERWRITING
Accretive Health, the selling stockholders and the underwriters
named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with
respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain
conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase
the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman,
Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are
the joint book-running managers and representatives of the
underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley
& Co. Incorporated are also joint book-running managers on
this transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the
shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares
covered by the option described below unless and until this
option is exercised.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set
forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to
purchase up to 1,000,000 additional shares from Accretive Health
and 500,000 additional shares from the selling stockholders to
cover such sales. They may exercise that option for
30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this
option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in
approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table
above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by
Accretive Health and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase 1,000,000 additional
shares from Accretive Health and 500,000 additional shares
from the selling stockholders.
Paid by Accretive
Health
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,600,000
|
|
|
$
|
6,440,000
|
|
Paid by the
Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,400,000
|
|
|
$
|
2,760,000
|
|
Upon the completion of this offering, Accretive Health will pay
FT Partners a fee of $1,200,000 (equal to 1% of the aggregate
price of the shares offered hereby) for financial advisory
services in respect of this offering. If the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares, Accretive
Health will pay FTP Securities LLC an additional fee equal
to 1% of the aggregate purchase price of such shares, up to a
maximum additional fee of $180,000 if the underwriters fully
exercise their option to purchase additional shares. These fees
will be paid through the issuance of shares of our common stock
valued at the initial public offering price per share.
134
Reimbursement of expenses paid to FTP Securities LLC by
Accretive Health will not exceed $175,000. Accretive Health has
also agreed to indemnify FT Partners against certain
losses, claims, damages and liabilities in connection with
FT Partners financial advisory services. FT Partners
has entered into a
lock-up
agreement with the underwriters with respect to these shares,
and these shares will also be subject to limitations on resale
imposed by Rule 144, each as described under the heading
Shares Eligible for Future Sale elsewhere in this
prospectus. Shares of common stock payable to FT Partners by
Accretive Health are deemed underwriting compensation and are
subject to the irrevocable 180-day lockup imposed by FINRA Rule
5110(g) beginning at the effective time of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. FT
Partners financial advisory services included assistance
in financial and valuation modeling and advice with respect to
the initial public offering process and equity capital market
alternatives. None of Financial Technology Partners LP, FTP
Securities LLC or any of their affiliates is acting as an
underwriter of this offering.
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be
offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to
securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $0.4802
per share from the initial public offering price. If all the
shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the
representatives may change the offering price and the other
selling terms.
Accretive Health, its officers and directors, and holders of
substantially all of the outstanding shares of its common stock,
have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain
exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant
any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose
of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase
shares of common stock or securities convertible into,
exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares
of common stock, make any demand for, or exercise any right with
respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or
any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for shares of common stock, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, during the period from the date of this prospectus
continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman,
Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on
behalf of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any
existing employee benefit plans. See Shares Eligible for
Future Sale for a discussion of certain transfer
restrictions.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days
of the
180-day
restricted period Accretive Health issues an earnings release or
announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior
to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, Accretive Health announces that it will
release earnings results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price has been
negotiated among Accretive Health and the representatives. Among
the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, were Accretive Healths historical performance,
estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of
Accretive Health, an assessment of Accretive Healths
management and the consideration of the above factors in
relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol AH.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These
transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions
and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short
sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number
of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.
Covered short sales are sales
135
made in an amount not greater than the underwriters option
to purchase additional shares from Accretive Health and the
selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close
out any covered short position by either exercising their option
to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open
market. In determining the source of shares to close out the
covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them.
Naked short sales are any sales in excess of such
option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position
by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common
stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common
stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the
completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when
a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of
the underwriting discount received by it because the
representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the
account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing
transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for
their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of Accretive
Healths stock, and together with the imposition of the
penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might
exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced,
they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be
effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter
market or otherwise.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which is
referred to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has
represented and agreed that with effect from and including the
date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Relevant Member State, referred to as the Relevant
Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer
of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to
the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which
has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant
Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant
Member State and notified to the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus
Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including
the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the
public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000;
and (3) an annual net turnover of more than
50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated
accounts;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such
offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication
by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of shares to the public in relation to any
shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in
any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms
of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the
same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member
State
136
and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in
each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
|
|
|
|
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection
with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which
Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the
Issuer; and
|
|
|
|
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions
of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to
the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
|
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document
other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an
offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong)
and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other
circumstances which do not result in the document being a
prospectus within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement,
invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or
may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue
(in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is
directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed
or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do
so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to
shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to
persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional
investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures
Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made
thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the
Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus
and any other document or material in connection with the offer
or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the
shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares
be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for
subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to
persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional
investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures
Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, (2) to a relevant
person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in
accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of
the Securities and Futures Act or (3) otherwise pursuant
to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other
applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole
business of which is to hold investments and the entire share
capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of
whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the
trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to
hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that
corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in
that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that
corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under
Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor
under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a
relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A),
and in accordance with the conditions, specified in
Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under
the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and
Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not
offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan
or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term
as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any
corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan),
or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly,
in
137
Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in
compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other
applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts
to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
Accretive Health estimates that the total expenses of the
offering payable by it, excluding underwriting discounts and
commissions but including expenses of the selling stockholders
payable by Accretive Health, will be approximately
$6.2 million. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse
Accretive Health for $800,000 (or $920,000 if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of
its offering expenses, including printing, road show and other
similar offering expenses.
Accretive Health and the selling stockholders have agreed to
indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may
in the future perform various financial advisory and investment
banking services for the company, for which they received or
will receive customary fees and expenses.
Directed Sale
Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our
officers, directors and employees, immediate family members of
the foregoing, and other persons selected by us, up to 1,000,000
shares of the common stock offered by this prospectus, at the
initial public offering price. Persons who purchase such shares
of reserved common stock have agreed, during the period ending
180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to sell,
transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate such shares of common
stock. This lock-up period will be extended if during the last
17 days of the lock-up period we issue a release about
earnings or material news or events relating to us occurs, or,
prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that
we will release earnings results during the 16-day period
beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case
the restrictions described above will continue to apply until
the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of
the release or the occurrence of the material news or material
event.
The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent such persons
purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares of common
stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the
other shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We have
agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities
and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in
connection with the sales of the directed shares.
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed
upon by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston,
Massachusetts. The underwriters are represented by Skadden,
Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York,
in connection with this offering.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements and schedule at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, as set forth in their report. We have
included our consolidated financial statements and schedule in
the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
138
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of
common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which
constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include
all of the information contained in the registration statement
and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration
statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect
to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration
statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration
statement filed as part of the registration statement.
Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of
any contract or any other document filed as an exhibit are not
necessarily complete and, and in each instance, we refer you to
the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement. Each of these statements is
qualified in all respects by this reference.
You may read and copy the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part at the SECs public reference room,
which is located at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request
copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and
paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for more information about the operation of the SECs
public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an
Internet website, located at www.sec.gov, which contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may
access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a
part at the SECs Internet website.
We are subject to the full informational and periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our
obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic
reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish
our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated
financial statements certified by an independent registered
public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at
www.accretivehealth.com. Our website is not a part of this
prospectus.
139
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Accretive Health, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Accretive Health, Inc. (formerly Healthcare Services Inc. d/b/a
Accretive Health) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the
related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Accretive Health, Inc. at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 12, 2010, except for the Stock Split
section
of Note 2, as to which the date is May 3, 2010.
F-2
Accretive Health,
Inc.
(In thousands,
except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
51,656
|
|
|
$
|
43,659
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$82 at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010
|
|
|
20,206
|
|
|
|
27,519
|
|
|
|
30,849
|
|
|
|
30,849
|
|
Prepaid assets
|
|
|
1,031
|
|
|
|
4,283
|
|
|
|
3,743
|
|
|
|
3,743
|
|
Due from related party
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
|
1,337
|
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
75,528
|
|
|
|
78,071
|
|
|
|
67,455
|
|
|
|
67,455
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,739
|
|
|
|
7,956
|
|
|
|
7,956
|
|
Furniture and equipment, net
|
|
|
8,913
|
|
|
|
12,901
|
|
|
|
13,315
|
|
|
|
13,315
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
1,468
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
3,293
|
|
|
|
5,057
|
|
|
|
5,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
86,904
|
|
|
$
|
103,472
|
|
|
$
|
95,251
|
|
|
$
|
95,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
18,066
|
|
|
$
|
11,967
|
|
|
$
|
18,725
|
|
|
$
|
18,725
|
|
Accrued service costs
|
|
|
23,547
|
|
|
|
27,742
|
|
|
|
26,458
|
|
|
|
26,458
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
9,147
|
|
|
|
12,114
|
|
|
|
4,298
|
|
|
|
4,298
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,188
|
|
|
|
4,190
|
|
|
|
4,190
|
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
22,987
|
|
|
|
22,610
|
|
|
|
14,744
|
|
|
|
14,744
|
|
Preference payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
78,981
|
|
|
|
82,193
|
|
|
|
71,410
|
|
|
|
87,477
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, Series A, $0.01 par
value, 32,317 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2008 2009 and March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, Series D, $0.01 par
value, 1,267,224 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding
at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized; issued
or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no
shares issued or outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B common stock, $0.01 par value,
68,600,000 shares authorized, 31,992,535, 32,156,932 and
32,186,858 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2008 and 2009, and March 31, 2010
respectively
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C common stock, $0.01 par value,
31,360,000 shares authorized, 4,985,189, 5,257,727 and
5,343,477 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010
respectively
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares
authorized, 81,326,955 shares issued and outstanding as of
March 31, 2010, pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
38,401
|
|
|
|
51,777
|
|
|
|
53,878
|
|
|
|
37,811
|
|
Non-executive employee loans for stock option exercises
|
|
|
(263
|
)
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(30,101
|
)
|
|
|
(30,452
|
)
|
|
|
(30,138
|
)
|
|
|
(30,138
|
)
|
Cumulative translation adjustment
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
21,279
|
|
|
|
23,841
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
86,904
|
|
|
$
|
103,472
|
|
|
$
|
95,251
|
|
|
$
|
95,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-3
Accretive Health,
Inc.
(In thousands,
except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net services revenue
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
Costs of services
|
|
|
197,676
|
|
|
|
335,211
|
|
|
|
410,711
|
|
|
|
92,703
|
|
|
|
102,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
43,049
|
|
|
|
63,258
|
|
|
|
99,481
|
|
|
|
19,764
|
|
|
|
23,648
|
|
Other operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infused management and technology
|
|
|
27,872
|
|
|
|
39,234
|
|
|
|
51,763
|
|
|
|
11,175
|
|
|
|
14,909
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative
|
|
|
15,657
|
|
|
|
21,227
|
|
|
|
30,153
|
|
|
|
8,817
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
43,529
|
|
|
|
60,461
|
|
|
|
81,916
|
|
|
|
19,992
|
|
|
|
22,476
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
2,797
|
|
|
|
17,565
|
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
Net interest income (expense)
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
17,556
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Dividends on preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,048
|
)
|
|
|
(8,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
(6,805
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,546
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted-average shares used in calculating net income (loss)
per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
32,968,085
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
36,725,194
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
36,943,691
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
40,360,362
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
43,955,167
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
44,371,648
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-4
Accretive Health,
Inc.
(In thousands,
except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
for Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Exercises
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
15,297,306
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
|
16,536,249
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
20,457
|
|
|
$
|
(365
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,020
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of class B common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,458,945
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of class C common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of vested stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of previously exercised options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
994,939
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock
option exercises, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(258,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(655
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to restricted common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
18,756,251
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
|
17,491,592
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
32,361
|
|
|
$
|
(320
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,246
|
)
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
15,910
|
|
|
$
|
784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of Series C to Series B Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,975,007
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(12,975,007
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of class B common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261,277
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of vested stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of previously exercised options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589,470
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock
option exercises, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to restricted common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,001
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,001
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
31,992,535
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
4,985,189
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
38,401
|
|
|
$
|
(263
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,101
|
)
|
|
$
|
(222
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,923
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity
(Continued)
(In thousands,
except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
for Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Exercises
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
31,992,535
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
4,985,189
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
38,401
|
|
|
$
|
(263
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,101
|
)
|
|
$
|
(222
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of vested stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of previously exercised options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of class B common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock
option exercises, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from equity-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
32,156,932
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
5,257,727
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
51,777
|
|
|
$
|
(120
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,452
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34
|
)
|
|
$
|
21,279
|
|
|
$
|
14,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of vested stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of previously exercised options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of class B common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of amounts loaned to employees related to stock
option exercises, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense related to stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from equity-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
32,317
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,267,224
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
32,186,858
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
5,343,477
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
53,878
|
|
|
$
|
(107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,138
|
)
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
23,841
|
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-6
Accretive Health,
Inc.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
Employee stock based compensation
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
3,551
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
Expense associated with the issuance of stock warrants
|
|
|
5,081
|
|
|
|
3,332
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
3,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,552
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
Loss on disposal of equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(15,091
|
)
|
|
|
(4,309
|
)
|
|
|
(7,313
|
)
|
|
|
(20,454
|
)
|
|
|
(3,330
|
)
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
(2,182
|
)
|
|
|
(1,381
|
)
|
|
|
(3,217
|
)
|
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
|
|
648
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
15,546
|
|
|
|
(6,113
|
)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
6,740
|
|
Accrued service costs
|
|
|
7,242
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
4,195
|
|
|
|
7,578
|
|
|
|
(1,269
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
3,263
|
|
|
|
3,563
|
|
|
|
2,960
|
|
|
|
(6,608
|
)
|
|
|
(7,827
|
)
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(484
|
)
|
|
|
(447
|
)
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
|
|
(1,168
|
)
|
|
|
(733
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
6,599
|
|
|
|
10,275
|
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(2,498
|
)
|
|
|
(7,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
11,835
|
|
|
|
39,525
|
|
|
|
15,099
|
|
|
|
(23,650
|
)
|
|
|
(10,083
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of a business net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of furniture and equipment
|
|
|
(1,837
|
)
|
|
|
(1,843
|
)
|
|
|
(3,514
|
)
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(424
|
)
|
Acquisition of software
|
|
|
(1,639
|
)
|
|
|
(4,988
|
)
|
|
|
(4,348
|
)
|
|
|
(774
|
)
|
|
|
(1,196
|
)
|
Collection (issuance) of note receivable
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
(1,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,271
|
)
|
|
|
(6,133
|
)
|
|
|
(7,244
|
)
|
|
|
(821
|
)
|
|
|
(2,701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of class B common stock
|
|
|
5,490
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of class C common stock from
employee stock option exercise
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Collection of non-executive employee notes receivable
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Excess tax benefit from equity based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Deferred offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,939
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
Payment of dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,001
|
)
|
|
|
(14,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(1,510
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
5,389
|
|
|
|
(16,303
|
)
|
|
|
(15,997
|
)
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
(617
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes in cash
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
13,963
|
|
|
|
16,911
|
|
|
|
(7,997
|
)
|
|
|
(24,317
|
)
|
|
|
(13,348
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
20,782
|
|
|
|
34,745
|
|
|
|
51,656
|
|
|
|
51,656
|
|
|
|
43,659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
34,745
|
|
|
$
|
51,656
|
|
|
$
|
43,659
|
|
|
$
|
27,339
|
|
|
$
|
30,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
160
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
8,254
|
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
911
|
|
Exercise of unvested stock options
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued in connection with the acquisition of a business
|
|
$
|
327
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of notes receivable to non-executive employees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(585
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of previously exercised stock options
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-7
Accretive Health,
Inc.
|
|
1.
|
Description of
Business
|
Accretive Health, Inc. (the Company) is a leading
provider of healthcare revenue cycle management services. The
Companys business purpose is to help U.S. hospitals,
physicians and other healthcare providers manage their revenue
cycle operations more efficiently. The Companys
integrated, end-to-end technology and services offering, which
is referred to as Accretives solution, helps customers
realize sustainable improvements in their operating margins and
improve the satisfaction of their patients, physicians and
staff. The Company enables these improvements by helping
customers increase the portion of the maximum potential revenue
received while reducing total revenue cycle costs.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation. These financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of
March 31, 2010, the statement of stockholders equity
for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the
three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 are unaudited
and have been prepared in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
They do not include all of the information and footnotes
required by accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States for complete financial statements. The unaudited
interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on
the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
and, in the opinion of the Companys management, reflect
all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments
considered necessary to present fairly the Companys
financial position as of March 31, 2010 and results of its
operations and its cash flows for the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010. The results of operations for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year
ending December 31, 2010.
Stock
Split
Immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public
offering of the Companys common stock, the number of
authorized shares will be increased to 500 million. In
addition, all common share and per share amounts in the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been
restated to reflect a stock split effective on May 3, 2010
whereby each share of common stock was reclassified into
3.92 shares of common stock.
Pro forma
(Unaudited)
The pro forma balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 give
effect to (1) the authorization of a new class of common
stock of $0.01 par value, (2) the authorization of a
new class of preferred stock of $0.01 par value,
(3) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of
non-voting common stock into shares of common stock prior to the
closing of this offering, (4) the automatic conversion of
all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into
shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and
(5) the liability for the preferred stock preference
payment.
F-8
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the one-time
mandatory preference payment to the Companys preferred
stockholders which is payable upon the completion of an initial
public offering. The distribution, estimated at $16,067,425,
will be satisfied through the remittance of $0.9 million in
cash and the issuance of 1,265,012 shares of common stock,
based upon payment elections received from such holders. Pro
forma earnings per share data reflects the issuance of these
shares as well as the issuance of 73,936 additional shares of
common stock whose proceeds will be used to pay the preference
payment.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
The Company regularly evaluates its accounting policies and
estimates. In general, estimates are based on historical
experience and on assumptions believed to be reasonable given
the Companys operating environment. These estimates are
based on managements best knowledge of current events and
actions the Company may undertake in the future. Actual results
may differ from these estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
The Companys managed service contracts generally have an
initial term of four to five years and various start and end
dates. After the initial terms, these contracts renew annually
unless canceled by either party. Revenue from managed service
contracts consists of base fees and incentive payments.
The Company records net services revenue in accordance with the
provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 104. As a result,
the Company only records revenue once there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, services have been rendered, the
amount of revenue has become fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes
base fee revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract. Base fees for managed service contracts which are
received in advance of services delivered are classified as
deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets until
services have been provided.
Some of the Companys service contracts entitle customers
to receive a share of the cost savings achieved from operating
their revenue cycle. This share is returned to the customers as
a reduction in subsequent base fees. Services revenue is
reported net of cost sharing, and is referred to as net services
revenue.
The Companys managed service contracts generally allow for
adjustments to the base fee. Adjustments typically occur at 90,
180 or 360 days after the contract commences, but can also
occur at subsequent dates as a result of factors including
changes to the scope of operations and internal and external
audits. All adjustments, the timing of which is often dependent
on factors outside of the Companys control and which can
increase or decrease revenue and operating margin, are recorded
in the period the changes are known and collectibility of any
additional fees is reasonably assured. Any such adjustments may
cause the Companys quarter-to-quarter results of
operations to fluctuate.
The Company records revenue for incentive payments once the
calculation of the incentive payment earned is finalized and
collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company uses a
proprietary
F-9
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
technology and methodology to calculate the amount of benefit
each customer receives as a result of the Companys
services. The Companys calculations are based in part on
the amount of revenue each customer is entitled to receive from
commercial and private insurance carriers, Medicare, Medicaid
and patients. Because the laws, regulations, instructions, payor
contracts and rule interpretations governing how the
Companys customers receive payments from these parties are
complex and change frequently, estimates of a customers
prior period benefit could change. All changes in estimates are
recorded when new information is available and calculations are
completed.
Incentive payments are based on the benefits a customer has
received throughout the life of the contract. Each quarter, the
Company records its share of the increase in the cumulative
benefit the customer has received to date as an increase in
revenue. If a quarterly calculation indicates that the
cumulative benefits the customer has received to date have
decreased, the Company records a reduction in revenue. If the
decrease in revenue exceeds the amount previously paid by the
customer, the excess is recorded as deferred revenue.
The Companys services also include collection of dormant
patient accounts receivable that have aged 365 days or more
directly from individual patients. The Company shares all cash
generated from these collections with its customers in
accordance with specified arrangements. The Company records as
revenue its portion of the cash received from these collections
when each customers cash application is complete.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a
maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash
equivalents.
Allowance for
Uncollectible Accounts Receivable
The Company extends unsecured credit to its customers based on
its assessment of each customers creditworthiness. The
Company maintains an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts
to reduce its gross accounts receivable, which represent amounts
due from customers, to the amount that it believes will be
collected. This allowance is based on the Companys
historical experience, its assessment of each customers
ability to pay and the status of any ongoing operations with
each applicable customer.
The Company performs quarterly reviews and analyses of each
customers outstanding balance and assesses, on an
account-by-account
basis, whether the allowance for doubtful accounts needs to be
adjusted based on currently available evidence such as
historical collection experience, current economic trends and
changes in customer payment terms. In accordance with the
Companys policy, if collection efforts have been pursued
and all avenues for collections exhausted, accounts receivable
would be written off as uncollectible.
Accrued
Service Costs
Accrued service costs represent estimated amounts due to
customers and vendors for hospital operating costs for which the
Company has not yet received invoices and other costs directly
related to managed service contracts.
Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
The fair values of cash, accounts receivable, other current
assets, and current liabilities approximate their carrying value
due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.
F-10
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Furniture and
Equipment
Furniture and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated
depreciation determined on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Shorter of 5 years or lease term
|
Office furniture
|
|
5 years
|
Capitalized software
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Computers and other equipment
|
|
3 years
|
Software
Development
The Company applies the provisions of Accounting Standards
Codification
(ASC) 350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and
Other Internal Use Software, which requires
the capitalization of costs incurred in connection with
developing or obtaining internal use software. In accordance
with ASC 350-40, the Company capitalizes the costs of
internally-developed, internal use software when an application
is in the development stage. This generally occurs after the
overall design and functionality of the application has been
approved and management has committed to the applications
development. Capitalized software development costs consist of
payroll and payroll-related costs for employee time spent
developing a specific internal use software application or
related enhancements, and external costs incurred that are
related directly to the development of a specific software
application.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the net
assets acquired for a business that the Company acquired in May
2006. In accordance with ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other, goodwill
is not subject to amortization but is subject to impairment
testing at least annually. The Companys annual impairment
assessment date is the first date of the fourth quarter. The
Company conducts its impairment testing on a company-wide basis
because it has only one reporting unit. The Companys
impairment tests are based on its current business strategy in
light of present industry and economic conditions and future
expectations.
As the Company applies its judgment to estimate future cash
flows and an appropriate discount rate, the analysis reflects
assumptions and uncertainties. The Companys estimates of
future cash flows could differ from actual results. The
Companys 2007, 2008 and 2009 impairment assessments did
not result in goodwill impairment.
Foreign
Currency
The functional currency of each entity included in the
consolidated financial statements is its respective local
currency, which is also the currency of the primary economic
environment in which it operates. Transactions in foreign
currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates
of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All
transaction foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries which use a
functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are
translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange
prevailing on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are
translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate
during each month. Resulting translation adjustments are
included in the cumulative translation adjustment in the
consolidated balance sheets.
F-11
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Impairments of
Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates all of its long-lived assets, such as
furniture, equipment, software and other intangibles, for
impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant
and Equipment, when events or changes in circumstances
warrant such a review. If an evaluation is required, the
estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the assets carrying amount to
determine if there is an impairment and an adjustment to fair
value is required.
See Note 8 for discussion of the impairment loss recorded
for customer relationships in 2008.
Income
Taxes
The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for
future income tax consequences that are attributable to
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial statement purposes and the income tax
bases of such assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured based on enacted tax rates that are
expected to apply in the year that the temporary differences are
expected to be settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
adjusted for changes in income tax rates in the period that
includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance for deferred
tax assets is provided if, based upon the available evidence, it
is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.
As of December 31, 2008 and in all prior periods, a
valuation allowance was provided for all net deferred tax
assets. As a result of the Companys improved operations,
in 2009 the Company determined that it was no longer necessary
to maintain a valuation allowance for all of its deferred tax
assets, and therefore released $3.5 million of the
valuation allowance.
Beginning January 1, 2008, with the adoption of
ASC 740-10
Income Taxes Overall, the Company recognizes
the financial statement effects of a tax position only when it
is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon
examination. Tax positions taken or expected to be taken that
are not recognized under the pronouncement are recorded as
liabilities.
As a result of the Companys adoption of
ASC 740-10,
the Company recognized a $0.2 million increase to reserves
for uncertain tax positions, of which $0.1 million was
recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings.
The remaining $0.1 million related to current year changes
and was recorded as an expense in 2008.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to income
tax matters in the income tax provision.
Share-Based
Compensation
Share-based compensation expense results from awards of
restricted common stock and grants of stock options and warrants
to employees, directors, outside consultants, customers, vendors
and others. The Company recognizes the costs associated with
option and warrant grants using the fair value recognition
provisions of ASC 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation. Generally, ASC 718 requires the value of
all share-based payments to be recognized in the statement of
operations based on their estimated fair value at date of grant
amortized over the grants vesting period. The Company uses
the straight-line method to amortize compensation costs over the
grants respective vesting periods.
Legal
Proceedings
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in
legal proceedings or regulatory investigations. The Company
evaluates the need for loss accruals using the requirements of
ASC 450,
F-12
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Contingencies. When conducting this evaluation, the
Company considers factors such as the probability of an
unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable
estimate of the amount of loss. The Company records an estimated
loss for any claim, lawsuit, investigation or proceeding when it
is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
the loss can reasonably be estimated. If the reasonable estimate
of a probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is
a better estimate, then the Company records the minimum amount
in the range as its loss accrual. If a loss is not probable or a
probable loss cannot be reasonably estimated, no liability is
recorded.
New Accounting
Standards and Disclosures
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles. The guidance in ASC 105
identifies the sources of accounting principles and the
framework for selecting the principles to be used in the
preparation of financial statements that are presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States. ASC 105 is effective for financial
statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009; adoption of ASC 105 had no impact
on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805, Business
Combinations. The guidance in ASC 805 requires the
Company to continue to follow the guidance in
SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, for
certain aspects of business combinations, with additional
guidance provided defining the acquirer, recognizing and
measuring the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities
assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, assets and
liabilities arising from contingencies, defining a bargain
purchase, and recognizing and measuring goodwill or a gain from
a bargain purchase. In addition, under ASC 805, adjustments
associated with changes in tax contingencies and valuation
allowances that occur after the measurement period, not to
exceed one year, are recorded as adjustments to income. This
statement is effective for all business combinations for which
the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of an
entitys first fiscal year that begins after
December 15, 2008; however, the guidance in this standard
regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies and
valuation allowances is retroactive to business combinations
completed prior to January 1, 2009. The Company adopted
ASC 805 on January 1, 2009. The adoption had no
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 260,
Earnings Per Share, as codified by
ASC 260-10.
The guidance in
ASC 260-10
addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and,
therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in
computing earnings per share under the two-class method.
ASC 260-10
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods
within those years. The Company adopted
ASC 260-10
effective January 1, 2009. The adoption had no material
impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
See Note 15.
In April 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 825,
Financial Instruments, as codified by
ASC 825-10.
The guidance in
ASC 825-10
requires publicly-traded companies, as defined in ASC 270,
Interim Reporting, to provide disclosures on the fair
value of financial instruments in interim financial statements.
Since
ASC 825-10
requires only additional disclosures in interim financial
statements concerning the financial instruments, the adoption of
ASC 825-10 effective June 30, 2009 did not have any
impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements
presented herein.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events. ASC 855 establishes general standards of
accounting for and disclosures of subsequent events that occur
after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of
financial statements. The statement requires additional
disclosure regarding the date through which subsequent events
have been evaluated by the entity as well as whether that date
is the date the financial statements were issued. This statement
became effective for the Companys consolidated financial
statements as of June 30, 2009.
F-13
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
(ASU)
No. 2010-09
to amend ASC 855 which applies with immediate effect. The ASU
removes the requirement to disclose the date through which
subsequent events were evaluated in both originally issued and
reissued financial statements for SEC Filers.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 09-13,
Revenue Recognition Multiple Deliverable Revenue
Arrangements (ASU
09-13).
ASU 09-13
updates the existing multiple-element revenue arrangements
guidance currently included in FASB ASC
605-25. The
revised guidance provides for two significant changes to the
existing multiple element revenue arrangements guidance. The
first change relates to the determination of when the individual
deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement may be
treated as separate units of accounting. The second change
modifies the manner in which the transaction consideration is
allocated across the separately identified deliverables.
Together, these changes are likely to result in earlier
recognition of revenue and related costs for multiple-element
arrangements than under the previous guidance. This guidance
also significantly expands the disclosures required for
multiple-element revenue arrangements. The revised multiple
element revenue arrangements guidance will be effective for the
first annual reporting period beginning on or after
June 15, 2010, however, early adoption is permitted,
provided that the revised guidance is retroactively applied to
the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU
09-13 and
expects that the adoption of the ASU will have no material
impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation.
The Companys net services revenue consisted of the
following for each of the three years ending December 31,
and the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net base fees for managed service contracts
|
|
$
|
212,086
|
|
|
$
|
350,085
|
|
|
$
|
434,281
|
|
|
$
|
99,176
|
|
|
$
|
111,369
|
|
Incentive payments for managed service contracts
|
|
|
25,491
|
|
|
|
38,971
|
|
|
|
64,033
|
|
|
|
10,416
|
|
|
|
12,334
|
|
Other services
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
9,413
|
|
|
|
11,878
|
|
|
|
2,875
|
|
|
|
2,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
240,725
|
|
|
$
|
398,469
|
|
|
$
|
510,192
|
|
|
$
|
112,467
|
|
|
$
|
125,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Infused
Management and Technology Expenses
|
Infused management and technology expenses consist primarily of
the wages, bonuses, benefits,
share-based
compensation, travel and other costs associated with deploying
the Companys employees on customer sites to guide and
manage customers revenue cycle operations. The employees
that the Company deploys on customer sites typically have
significant experience in revenue cycle operations, technology,
quality control or other management disciplines. The other
F-14
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
significant portion of these expenses is an allocation of the
costs associated with maintaining, improving and deploying the
Companys integrated proprietary technology suite and an
allocation of the amortization relating to software development
costs capitalized.
|
|
5.
|
Segments and
Concentrations
|
All of the Companys significant operations are organized
around the single business of providing end-to-end management
services of revenue cycle operations for
U.S.-based
hospitals and other medical providers. Accordingly, for purposes
of disclosure under ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the
Company has only one operating and reporting segment.
All of the Companys net services revenue and trade
accounts receivable are derived from healthcare providers
domiciled in the United States.
While managed independently and governed by separate contracts,
several of the Companys customers are affiliated with a
single healthcare system, Ascension Health. Pursuant to the
Companys master services agreement with Ascension Health,
the Company provides services to Ascension Healths
affiliated hospitals that execute separate contracts with the
Company. The Companys aggregate net services revenue from
these hospitals was $214.2 million, $281.7 million,
$307.5 million, $72.7 million and $74.7 million
during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively. The Company had $8.0 million,
$17.7 million, and $20.3 million of accounts
receivable from hospitals affiliated with Ascension Health as of
December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010,
respectively.
In addition, another customer, which is not affiliated with
Ascension Health, accounted for 10.6%, 9.1%, and 8.9% of the
Companys total net services revenue in the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2010, respectively. Additionally, another
customer, not affiliated with Ascension Health, with whom the
Company entered into a managed service contract in 2009,
accounted for 10.9% of the Companys total net services
revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 9.2%
of the Companys net services revenue in the year ended
December 31, 2009. No other non-Ascension Health customer
accounted for more than 10% of the Companys total net
services revenue in any of the periods presented.
|
|
6.
|
Due from Related
Party
|
Pursuant to the acquisition of a business in May 2006, the
sellers, a majority of which are now employees of the Company,
are obligated to indemnify the Company for federal and state
income taxes related to periods up to and including the date of
the acquisition. The net amount due to the Company related to
this indemnity was $1.3 million as of December 31,
2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 and is presented as due
from related party in the consolidated balance sheets. This
amount is secured by 547,510 shares of the Companys
Series C common stock held in escrow.
F-15
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
7.
|
Furniture and
Equipment
|
Furniture and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
$
|
113
|
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
Capitalized software
|
|
|
8,443
|
|
|
|
13,575
|
|
|
|
15,062
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
3,582
|
|
|
|
4,188
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
|
|
2,149
|
|
Other equipment
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
551
|
|
Office furniture
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,156
|
|
|
|
21,089
|
|
|
|
22,743
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(4,243
|
)
|
|
|
(8,188
|
)
|
|
|
(9,428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,913
|
|
|
$
|
12,901
|
|
|
$
|
13,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net furniture and equipment located in India accounted for
approximately 2.6%, 6.7% and 8.0% of total net assets at
December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010,
respectively. The Company recorded $1.2 million,
$2.4 million, $3.9 million, $0.9 million and
$1.3 million of depreciation and amortization expense
related to its furniture and equipment for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the three months
ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
In 2008, the Company determined that the customers that were
served by a business at the time of its acquisition by the
Company were unlikely to generate significant future revenues.
As a result, management considered the customer relationships
intangible asset to be impaired and have no future economic
value. Therefore, the $0.1 million remaining net book value
of this asset was charged to amortization expense at
December 31, 2008, which is included in selling, general,
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of
operations. There have been no further impairments through
December 31, 2009.
|
|
9.
|
Non-Executive
Employee Loans
|
In March 2006, certain non-executive employees of the Company
exercised options to purchase an aggregate of
4,246,147 shares of Series C common stock. To
facilitate this stock option exercise, the Company permitted
these employees to deliver promissory notes to the Company
representing the exercise price related to these option
exercises. The aggregate amount loaned to employees for this
purpose was approximately $0.3 million. Certain employees
elected under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to
be taxed on the difference between the stocks fair value
at the purchase date and the option exercise price. In addition,
pursuant to the promissory notes, the Company advanced an
additional $0.1 million to such employees to facilitate the
payment of such federal and state income tax obligations.
Each of the individual promissory notes bears interest at 5% per
annum. The principal of each note is payable annually in five
equal installments, commencing on March 1, 2007. Each
promissory note is secured by the shares of the Companys
Series C common stock associated with the employees
stock option exercise. If an employee sells any shares issued
pursuant to his or her stock option exercise, then a pro rata
portion of the associated promissory note becomes immediately
due. Any unpaid balance on an employees promissory note
becomes due and payable 60 days after such employee ceases
to work for the Company.
F-16
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The amounts receivable from these notes, $0.3 million,
$0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 31,
2008, and 2009, and March 31, 2010 respectively, have been
deducted from stockholders equity.
Preferred
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 1,350,000 shares of
preferred stock, of which 32,317 shares have been
designated as Series A, 1,267,224 shares have been
designated as Series D, and the remaining
50,459 shares have neither been designated nor issued.
Dividend
Rights
The holders of Series A and Series D preferred stock
are not entitled to receive any dividends unless declared by the
Companys Board of Directors (the Board). In
the event the Board declares a dividend on any shares of common
stock, the holders of Series A and Series D preferred
stock are entitled to receive a dividend on the same terms and
at the same rate.
Liquidation
Preference
Upon liquidation, the Series A and Series D
stockholders rank equally with each other and senior to common
stockholders and to all other classes or series of stock issued
by the Company, except such classes or series of stock that rank
pari passu with or senior to the Series A and Series D
stock and such ranking is approved by a majority of the
Series A and a majority of the Series D preferred
stockholders. Upon liquidation, each holder of Series A and
Series D preferred stock is entitled to receive an amount
per share equal to the original purchase price plus any accrued
but unpaid dividends (the Termination Amount). All
assets remaining available for distribution will be distributed
ratably to the holders of common stock, Series A preferred
stock and Series D preferred stock. In the event the assets
available for distribution to the holders of the Series A
and Series D preferred stock are insufficient to pay in
full the Termination Amount, the available assets will be
distributed to such holders in proportion to the full amount
each holder is entitled to receive.
In the event of a qualifying public offering, as defined in the
Companys Fourth Amended and Restated Certification of
Incorporation, the Company must pay to each holder of
Series A and Series D preferred stock an amount in
cash equal to the Termination Amount, unless at the
stockholders option, the holder chooses to receive shares
of common stock valued at the per common share price offered in
the qualifying public offering. In addition, the Companys
Series A preferred stock and Series D preferred stock
will automatically convert into shares of Series B common
stock at the time of the qualifying public offering.
Neither the Series A preferred stock nor the Series D
preferred stock is redeemable.
Voting
Rights
Holders of each Series A preferred stock and Series D
preferred stock have the right to a number of votes equal to the
number of shares of Series B common stock that are issuable
upon conversion of such share of Series A preferred stock
and Series D preferred stock.
Conversion
Rights
Holders of Series A preferred stock have the right to
convert the Series A preferred stock at any time into
shares of Series B common stock at the rate of the original
purchase price divided by the
F-17
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
conversion price, subject to adjustment. Holders of the
Series D preferred stock have the right to convert the
Series D preferred stock at any time into shares of
Series B common stock at the rate of the original purchase
price divided by the conversion price, subject to adjustment. In
the event of a qualifying public offering, as defined in the
Companys Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, the Companys Series A preferred stock
and Series D preferred stock will automatically convert
into shares of Series B common stock at the time of the
offering.
As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, each
outstanding share of Series A preferred stock was
convertible into 1,201.5 shares of Series B common
stock and each share of Series D preferred stock was
convertible into 3.92 shares of Series B common stock.
Common
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 99,960,000 shares of
common stock, of which 68,600,000 are designated as
Series B common stock and 31,360,000 are designated as
Series C common stock. The Company has reserved 56,592,502,
59,044,349 and 64,090,153 shares at December 31, 2008
and 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively, for the issuance
of common stock upon exercise of outstanding stock options and
warrants, and conversion of shares of Series A preferred
stock and Series D preferred stock.
Each share of Series B common stock is entitled to one
vote. Shares of Series C common stock have no voting
privileges. Holders of Series B common stock and
Series C common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and if declared by the Board, subject to the prior rights
of holders of all classes of stock outstanding. All of the
Companys outstanding common stock at December 31,
2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 is restricted with regard
to transfer rights.
Restricted
Stock Plan
In March 2004, the Board authorized the Companys
Restricted Stock Plan. The Restricted Stock Plan provides for
the grant of restricted Series B or Series C common
stock to employees, directors, and outside consultants. The
Companys Board, or a committee designated by the Board
administers the Restricted Stock Plan and has authority to
determine the terms and conditions of awards, including the
number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule of
the awards, and the selection of grantees.
Series B
Common Stock
In March 2004, the Company awarded 11,760,000 restricted shares
of Series B common stock, having a fair market value on
that date of $0.007 per share to an employee under the
Restricted Stock Plan. The shares vested over four years,
beginning in November 2003, subject to the employees
continued employment. Stock-based compensation expense of
$0.02 million was recorded during the year ended
December 31, 2007.
In May 2007, the Company issued and sold 2,623,593 restricted
shares of Series B common stock to a customer for an
aggregate price of $5.5 million under the Restricted Stock
Plan.
Series C
Common Stock
In June 2004, the Company issued 12,446,000 restricted shares of
Series C common stock, having a fair market value on that
date of $0.007 per share to certain employees and directors
under the Restricted Stock Plan. In January 2005, 352,800
restricted shares of Series C common stock, having a fair
market value on that date of $0.26 per share, were issued to a
director under the Restricted Stock Plan. The shares have
various vesting schedules ranging from immediate vesting to
F-18
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
vesting over a period of 48 months, subject to continued
employment or service on the Board. Stock compensation expense
of $0.02 million was recorded during the year ended
December 31, 2007 related to these awards.
Exchange of
Series B and Series Class C Restricted Common
Stock
Effective December 2008, the Company and certain employees and
directors entered into an agreement pursuant to which such
employees and directors exchanged a total of
12,975,007 shares of Series C common stock for a like
number of Series B common stock.
Dividends
The Company paid a cash dividend in the aggregate amount of
$15.0 million, or $0.18 per common equivalent share, to
holders of record as of July 11, 2008 of the Companys
common stock and preferred stock.
The Company paid a cash dividend in the aggregate amount of
$14.9 million, or $0.18 per common equivalent share, to
holders of record as of September 1, 2009 of the
Companys common stock and preferred stock.
Warrants
Effective in October 2004, the Company entered into a
Supplemental Warrant Agreement with Ascension Health, its
founding customer, which provided for the right to purchase up
to 3,537,306 shares of Series B common stock based
upon the achievement of specified milestones relating to the
customers sales and marketing assistance. In May and
September 2007, the Company and Ascension Health agreed to amend
and restate the Supplemental Warrant Agreement to reduce the
number of shares covered by the warrant to 1,749,064 and to
extend the period of time covered by the Supplemental Warrant
Agreement. The measurement date for each purchase right earned
under the warrant was the date when the founding customers
performance was complete, which was the date that the Company
entered into a managed service contract with a customer for
which the founding customer provided marketing assistance. The
purchase price of the shares is equal to the most recent per
share price of the Companys Series B common stock in
a capital raising transaction or, if there has not been a
capital raising transaction within the preceding six months, the
exercise price of the Companys most recently granted
employee stock options.
During December 2007, the founding customer earned the right to
purchase 874,532 shares of Series B common stock under
the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an
exercise price of $4.43 per share. The Company recorded
$4.2 million as marketing expenses during the year ended
December 31, 2007 in conjunction with the issuance of this
warrant.
During March 2008, the founding customer earned the right to
purchase 437,268 shares of Series B common stock under
the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an
exercise price of $10.25 per share. The Company recorded
$2.4 million as marketing expenses during the year ended
December 31, 2008 in conjunction with the issuance of this
warrant.
During March 2009, the founding customer earned the right to
purchase 437,264 shares of Series B common stock under
the Amended Supplemental Warrant Agreement. The warrants have an
exercise price of $13.02 per share. The Company recorded
$2.8 million as marketing expenses during the year ended
December 31, 2009 in conjunction with the issuance of this
warrant.
F-19
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The Supplemental Warrant Agreement, and all individual warrants
issued thereunder, expire on the earlier of the tenth
anniversary of the last award issued under this warrant, March
2019, or the effective date of an initial public offering.
Effective November 2004, the Company entered into a Protection
Warrant Agreement with the founding customer whereby the Company
granted the customer anti-dilution rights by entering into an
agreement whereby the founding customer is granted warrants to
purchase the Companys Series B common stock from time
to time at an exercise price of $0.003 per share when the
customers original ownership percentage declines as a
result of the Company offering more common share equivalents.
The Protection Warrant Agreement, and all individual warrants
issued thereunder, expire on the earlier of November 7,
2014, or the effective date of an initial public offering.
In the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and
the three months ended March 31, 2009 warrants to purchase
228,046, 91,183, 136,372 and 53,174 shares of Series B
common stock, respectively, were earned under the Protection
Warrant. As a result of these grants, revenue recorded was
reduced by $0.9 million, $0.9 million,
$1.7 million, and $0.7 million during the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the three months
ended March 31, 2009, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,
and the three months ended March 31, 2010 the founding
customer purchased 835,352, 261,275, 164,396 and
29,929 shares of the Companys Series B common
stock, respectively, for $0.003 per share, pursuant to the
Protection Warrant Agreement. As of March 31, 2010, the
founding customer did not have any unexercised protection
warrants outstanding.
In conjunction with the start of its business, in February 2004,
the Company executed a term sheet with a consulting firm and its
principal contemplating that the Company would grant the
consulting firm a warrant, with an exercise price equal to the
fair market value of the Companys common stock upon grant,
to purchase shares of the Companys common stock then
representing 2.5% of the Companys equity in exchange for
exclusive rights to certain revenue cycle methodologies, tools,
technology, benchmarking information and other intellectual
property, plus up to another 2.5% of the Companys equity
at the time of grant if the consulting firms introduction
of the Company to senior executives at prospective customers
resulted in the execution of managed service contracts between
the Company and such customers. In January 2005, the Company
granted the consulting firm a warrant to purchase
3,266,668 shares of the Companys Series C common
stock for $0.29 per share, representing 5.0% of the
Companys equity at that time. The warrant expires on the
earlier of January 15, 2015 or a change of control of the
Company.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to
determine the estimated fair value of all of the above warrants
at the date granted. The significant assumptions used in the
model were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Future dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.75% to 4.21%
|
|
3.45%
|
|
2.91%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
Expected life
|
|
6.8 years
|
|
6.6 years
|
|
5.6 years
|
Stock
Options
In December 2005, the Board approved a stock option plan, which
provides for the grant of stock options to employees, directors
and consultants. The plan was amended and restated in February
2006. As of December 31, 2009 the plan permitted the
issuance of a maximum of
F-20
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
28,033,974 shares of common stock and
14,152,775 shares were available for grant. As of
March 31, 2010, the plan permitted the issuance of a
maximum of 28,033,974 shares of common stock and
9,067,238 shares were available for grant. Under the terms
of the plan, all options will expire if they are not exercised
within ten years after the grant date. Substantially all of the
options granted vest over four years at a rate of 25% per year
on each grant date anniversary. Options can be exercised
immediately upon grant, but upon exercise the shares issued are
subject to the same vesting and repurchase provisions that
applied before the exercise.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to
determine the estimated fair value of each option as of its
grant date. These inputs are subjective and generally require
significant analysis and judgment to develop. The following
table sets forth the significant assumptions used in the
Black-Scholes
model and the calculation of stock-based compensation cost
during 2007, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Future dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.3% to 5.5%
|
|
2.8% to 4.0%
|
|
1.6% to 3.2%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
Expected life
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
6.25 years
|
Forfeitures
|
|
7.5% annually
|
|
3.75% annually
|
|
4.25% annually
|
Since the Companys stock is not actively traded, the
Companys management estimated its expected volatility by
reviewing the historical volatility of the common stock of
public companies that operate in similar industries or are
similar in terms of stage of development or size and then
projecting this information toward its future expected results.
Judgment was used in selecting these companies, as well as in
evaluating the available historical and implied volatility for
these companies.
All employees were aggregated into one pool for valuation
purposes. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. treasury
yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
The plan has not been in existence a sufficient period for the
Companys historical experience to be used when estimating
expected life. Furthermore, data from other companies is not
readily available. Therefore, the expected life of each stock
option was calculated using a simplified method based on the
average of each options vesting term and original
contractual term.
An estimated forfeiture rate derived from the Companys
historical data and its estimates of the likely future actions
of option holders has been applied when recognizing the
stock-based compensation cost of the options.
F-21
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
The following table sets forth a summary of option activity
under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008
and 2009, and the three months ended March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Term
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
4,713,517
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
3,010,677
|
|
|
|
3.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised vested
|
|
|
(62,802
|
)
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised non-vested
|
|
|
(145,620
|
)
|
|
|
3.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(109,760
|
)
|
|
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(581,057
|
)
|
|
|
0.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
6,824,955
|
|
|
$
|
1.97
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
16,836
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,736,560
|
|
|
|
10.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised vested
|
|
|
(14,700
|
)
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised non-vested
|
|
|
(33,516
|
)
|
|
|
3.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(44,100
|
)
|
|
|
1.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(309,680
|
)
|
|
|
2.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
8,159,519
|
|
|
$
|
3.77
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
$
|
85,342
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,757,720
|
|
|
|
13.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised vested
|
|
|
(116,620
|
)
|
|
|
1.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised non-vested
|
|
|
(4,900
|
)
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(136,220
|
)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(457,405
|
)
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
10,202,094
|
|
|
$
|
6.16
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
86,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and vested at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,150,421
|
|
|
|
2.73
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
61,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended March 31, 2010:
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
5,197,257
|
|
|
$
|
14.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised vested
|
|
|
(3,920
|
)
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(40,180
|
)
|
|
|
10.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(71,540
|
)
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
15,283,711
|
|
|
$
|
9.03
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
$
|
86,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and vested at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
5,470,391
|
|
|
$
|
3.03
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
$
|
63,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On February 3, 2010, the Companys board of directors
granted 5,197,257 options to members of executive management,
employees, and non-employee directors. These stock options have
an exercise price equal to $14.71 per share, the fair value of
the Companys stock at the grant date, and provide that if
an initial public offering occurs at a higher price prior to
May 15, 2010, the exercise price will be increased to the
price per share at which shares are initially offered to the
public.
The table above reflects these stock options assuming the
exercise price will be equal to $14.71 per share. The Company
will begin recording the share based compensation cost relating
to the grant of these options at the earlier of May 15,
2010 or the date of the IPO. Assuming the exercise price of
F-22
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
the options is set at $14.71 on May 15, 2010, the Company
will recognize $33.0 million of compensation cost over the
remaining vesting period of 45 months.
Amounts received by the Company from the exercise of unvested
stock options are included in other accrued expenses in the
consolidated balance sheets until vesting occurs.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, was $1.85,
$6.20, $6.77, $6.70 and $7.54 per share, respectively. The total
intrinsic value of the options exercised in the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
March 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0.3 million,
$0.2 million, $1.4 million, $0.9 million and
$0.04 million, respectively. The total fair value of
options vested in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008
and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010
was $1.0 million, $2.8 million, $5.4 million,
$0.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Total share-based compensation cost recognized for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months
ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0.9 million,
$3.6 million, $6.9 million, $1.5 million and
$2.0 million, respectively, with related income tax
benefits of
approximately
$0.4 million, $1.4 million, $2.8 million, $0.6
million and $0.8 million, respectively. As of December 31,
2009 and March 31, 2010 there was $20.5 million and
$18.5 million of total, unrecognized share-based
compensation cost related to stock options granted under the
Plan, excluding the impact of February 3, 2010, grants,
which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average
period of 3.0 and 2.8 years, respectively.
|
|
11.
|
401
(k) Retirement Plan
|
The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended
to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general,
all employees are eligible to participate. The 401(k) plan
includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which
participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by
up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in
2009, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the
401(k) plan. The Company currently matches employee
contributions up to 50% of the first 3% of base compensation
that a participant contributes to the plan. In 2007, 2008 and
2009, and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010,
employees who were Directors, Vice President, or higher levels
were excluded from the matching contribution feature of the
plan. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, total
Company contributions to the plan were $0.1 million,
$0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million and
$0.1 million, respectively.
The Company rents office space and equipment under a series of
operating leases, primarily for its Chicago corporate office and
India operations. Lease payments are amortized to expense on a
straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31,
2009, the Chicago corporate office consisted of approximately
28,000 square feet in a multi-story office building. The
Company intends to exercise an option to rent an additional
22,000 square feet of office space on an adjacent floor,
pursuant to its lease agreement, starting June 1, 2010.
Concurrently, the Company will have an ability to return
6,500 square feet of office space on a non-adjacent floor.
After the Company takes possession of the additional
22,000 square feet of office space, the lease will
automatically be extended for a period of ten years.
The Companys financial institution has issued a
$0.2 million irrevocable letter of credit to the landlord
on behalf of the Company. This letter of credit serves as a
security deposit for payment of the
F-23
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Companys obligations under the lease. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had set aside
$0.2 million to guarantee its obligation to repay the
financial institution in the event that the financial
institution is required to perform under the letter of credit.
This amount is included in cash in the Companys
consolidated balance sheet.
Total rent expense was $0.6 million, $1.0 million,
$1.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the
three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
At December 31, 2009, the aggregate minimum lease
commitments under all noncancelable operating leases are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,839
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,974
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
10,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
19,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the
Companys tax provision consists of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
456
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,264
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal
|
|
$
|
4,377
|
|
|
$
|
(3,206
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,171
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,609
|
|
|
$
|
(3,643
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
Reconciliation of the difference between the actual tax rate and
the U.S. federal income tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Federal statutory tax rate
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Increase (reduction) in income tax rate resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in the valuation allowance
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
India tax holiday
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Meals and entertainment and other permanent differences
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Alternative minimum tax
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefits
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Anti-dilution warrants issued to customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in tax rate
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual tax rate
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
65
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the Companys net deferred
tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2008 and 2009
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternative minimum tax credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
carryover
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
2,538
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Employee stock compensation
|
|
|
1,407
|
|
|
|
4,186
|
|
Stock warrants
|
|
|
2,855
|
|
|
|
4,159
|
|
Charitable contributions
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,203
|
|
|
|
8,562
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(3,629
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
3,574
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(2,471
|
)
|
|
|
(2,056
|
)
|
Fixed assets and intangibles
|
|
|
(1,103
|
)
|
|
|
(2,816
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(3,574
|
)
|
|
|
(4,872
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had recorded a
valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax
assets because its cumulative net tax loss during the three-year
period ended December 31, 2008 resulted in management
concluding that it was not more likely than not that the net
deferred tax assets will be realized.
Income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and
2010 amounted to an expense of $0.5 million and
$0.9 million, respectively. Income tax expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 is different
from the amount derived by applying the federal statutory tax
rate of 35% mainly due to the impact of state taxes based on
gross receipts. Additionally, the income tax expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 includes a provision of
$0.2 million for uncertain tax positions.
F-25
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company reduced
the valuation allowance recorded against the Companys net
deferred tax assets due to a change in the estimate of the
future realization of the net deferred tax assets. The reduction
resulted in a tax benefit of $3.5 million.
At December 31, 2009, the Company has cumulative net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $0.2 million
which are available to offset future state taxable income in
future periods.
The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability for the
undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiary that arose in
2007, 2008 and 2009 because the Company considers these earnings
to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. As
of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 the undistributed
earnings of this subsidiary were $0.1 million,
$0.5 million, and $0.7 million, respectively.
The 2008 and 2009 current tax provision includes
$0.02 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for
income taxes arising from the pre-tax income of the
Companys India subsidiaries. The tax provisions include
the impact of a 90% tax holiday in India. The Companys
benefits from this tax holiday were approximately
$0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
The tax benefit of this tax holiday was $0.01 per diluted share
for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The impact
per diluted share of the tax holiday was immaterial for the year
ended December 31, 2007.
The Companys uncertain tax positions as of
December 31, 2009, totaled $0.3 million. The following
table summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax
benefits (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
Increases in positions taken in a current period
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
Decreases in positions taken in a prior period
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
Increases in positions taken in a current period
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, approximately $0.3 million of
the total gross unrecognized tax benefits represented the amount
that, if recognized, would result in a reduction of the
effective income tax rate in future periods.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company
recognized an increase in its liability for uncertain tax
positions of $0.2 million. The Company does not anticipate
the total amount of unrecognized tax positions will
significantly increase or decrease in the subsequent twelve
months. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to
U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple
state and foreign jurisdictions. U.S. federal income tax
returns for 2006 through 2008 are currently open for
examination. State jurisdictions vary for open tax years. The
statute of limitations for most states ranges from 3 to
6 years.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income
tax matters as income tax expense.
From time to time, the Company has been and may become involved
in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of business. The Company is not presently a party to any
material litigation or regulatory proceeding and the
Companys management is not aware of any pending or
threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding that could have a
material adverse effect on the Companys business,
operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
F-26
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
15.
|
Earnings (Loss)
Per Common Share
|
Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated in accordance
with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. The guidance in ASC 260
states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain
nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents
(whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall
be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to
the two-class method.
Under the two-class method, earnings are allocated between
common stock and participating securities. The accounting
guidance also states that the presentation of basic and diluted
earnings per share is required only for each class of common
stock and not for participating securities. The Companys
Series B and Series C common stock have equal
participation rights and therefore the Company has presented
earnings per common share for Series B and Series C
common stock as one class.
The two-class method includes an earnings allocation formula
that determines earnings per share for each class of common
stock according to dividends declared and undistributed earnings
for the period. The Companys reported net earnings is
reduced by the amount allocated to participating securities to
arrive at the earnings allocated to common stock shareholders
for purposes of calculating earnings per share.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and
diluted earnings per share under the two-class method (in
thousands of dollars, except for share and per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$
|
774
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
(638
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Less: Distributed earnings available to participating securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,148
|
|
|
|
8,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Undistributed earnings available to participating
securities
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator for basic earnings (loss) per share - Undistributed
and distributed earnings available to common shareholders
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
(6,905
|
)
|
|
|
6,416
|
|
|
|
(638
|
)
|
|
|
143
|
|
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Less: Undistributed earnings reallocated to participating
securities
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator for diluted earnings (loss) per share - Undistributed
and distributed earnings available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
326
|
|
|
$
|
(6,905
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,416
|
|
|
|
(638
|
)
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share -
Weighted-average common shares
|
|
|
32,968,085
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
36,725,194
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
36,943,691
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
7,392,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,229,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,427,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share -
Weighted-average common shares adjusted for dilutive securities
|
|
|
40,360,362
|
|
|
|
36,122,470
|
|
|
|
43,955,167
|
|
|
|
36,522,491
|
|
|
|
44,371,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Because of their anti-dilutive effect, 43,796,560, 55,369,976,
47,338,312, 53,276,978 and 51,982,850 common share equivalents,
comprised of convertible preferred shares, stock options and
warrants, have been excluded from the diluted earnings (loss)
per share calculation for the years ended December 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009, and three months ended March 31, 2009
and 2010 respectively.
Pro Forma
Earnings Per Share (Unaudited)
The following table sets forth the computations of unaudited pro
forma basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per
common share for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the
three months ended March 31, 2010 (in thousands, except
share and per share amounts).
The computations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and
the three months ended March 31, 2010 give effect to the
following:
(a) Assumed conversion of the Series A and
Series D convertible preferred stock as of the beginning of
the period;
(b) Assumed issuance of 1,338,948 shares for the
purpose of the preferred stock preference payment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
14,590
|
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Denominator for basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual weighted average common shares
|
|
|
36,725,194
|
|
|
|
36,943,691
|
|
Effect of pro forma adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of new shares for preferred stock preference payment
|
|
|
1,338,948
|
|
|
|
1,338,948
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock and reclassification
of common stock into one class of common stock
|
|
|
44,500,991
|
|
|
|
44,367,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for pro forma basic earnings per share
|
|
|
82,565,133
|
|
|
|
82,650,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
7,229,973
|
|
|
|
7,427,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for pro forma diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
89,795,106
|
|
|
|
90,078,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
F-28
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
|
|
16.
|
Revolving Credit
Facility
|
On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into a
$15 million line of credit with the Bank of Montreal, which
may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Any amounts outstanding under the line of credit accrue interest
at LIBOR plus 4% and are secured by substantially all of the
Companys assets. Advances under the line of credit are
limited to a borrowing base and a cash deposit account which
will be established at the time borrowings occur. The line of
credit has an initial term of two years and is renewable
annually thereafter. As of December 31, 2009 and
March 31, 2010, the Company had no amounts outstanding
under this line of credit. The line of credit contains
restrictive covenants which limit the Companys ability to,
among other things, enter into other borrowing arrangements and
pay future dividends. The Company recorded $0.15 million of
interest expense in 2009 as a result of the origination fee paid
in conjunction with closing this facility.
F-29
10,000,000 Shares
Accretive Health,
Inc.
Common Stock
|
|
Goldman,
Sachs & Co. |
Credit Suisse |
|
|
J.P.Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Baird |
William Blair & Company |